Conspiracy Links

[AbuMubarak]

http://freeworldalliance.com/

http://infowars.com/

[AbuMubarak]

Bush Expands Government Secrecy, Arouses Critics
BY ALAN ELSNER, NATIONAL CORRESPONDENT
Reuters

WASHINGTON - As part of its "war on terrorism," the Bush
administration has vastly expanded government secrecy, removing
information from the public domain, limiting its disclosures to
Congress and allowing law enforcement agencies to operate in the
shadows.

Its policies are beginning to stir growing criticism from the courts,
Congress and even from some conservatives.

"For whatever reason, this administration has gone way way too far in
its pursuit of secrecy in some particularly worrying ways," said Mark
Tapscott, head of the Center for Media and Public Policy at the
conservative Heritage Foundation.

Administration officials, from the president down, have justified
their policy on the needs of fighting terrorism.

"We can't have leaks of classified information. It's not in our
nation's interest," Bush said last October.

But the policy goes beyond classified information. A March 19
memorandum from White House Chief of Staff Andy Card urged government
agencies to more aggressively protect "sensitive but unclassified"
information.

Even before the Sept. 11 attacks, the administration was expanding
secrecy. It moved to hold up the release of presidential papers from
former President Ronald Reagan and insisted on keeping secret members
of an energy policy task force chaired by Vice President **** Cheney.

Last week, the White House said it would keep secret 4,000 pages
related to presidential pardons granted by former President Bill
Clinton in the final days of his administration. It said all
presidents had the right to discuss and decide on pardons in private.

'MORE SECRETIVE THAN NIXON'

"This administration is the most secretive of our lifetime, even more
secretive than the Nixon administration. They don't believe the
American people or Congress have any right to information," said last
week Larry Klayman, chairman of Judicial Watch, a conservative group
that is suing the administration to force it to reveal the members of
the energy task force.

A month after the Sept. 11 attacks, the Justice Department revised
its policy on releasing documents under the Freedom of Information
Act, urging agencies to pay more heed to "institutional, commercial,
and personal privacy interests."

Gary Bass of OMB Watch, a private group which monitors government
spending and legislation, said the change represented a dramatic
reversal of decades of open government.

"We are moving from a right to know to a need to know society," Bass
said.

The administration wants its new Department of Homeland Security
exempted from many requirements of the Freedom of Information Act but
Senate Democrats are opposed.

"The administration is asking us to put this new department above the
law and outside the checks and balances these laws are put there to
ensure," said Vermont Democrat Sen. Patrick Leahy, chairman of the
Judiciary Committee.

Thousands of pages of information that were publicly available on the
Internet suddenly disappeared after Sept. 11. Some related to areas
of obvious security concern but others were much less clear.

For example, researcher and community activists could no longer
access data on chemical plants that violate pollution laws or on
where hazardous chemicals are stored.

"Some degree of secrecy is obviously justified but we are seeing far
more secrecy than is warranted by national security requirements,"
said Steven Aftergood, who runs the project on government secrecy for
the Federation of American Scientists.

"There is a pattern of secrecy that is a defining characteristic of
the Bush administration. It resists even the most mundane requests
for information," he told Reuters recently.

Following the Sept. 11 attacks, Congress rushed through the USA
Patriots Act, which vastly expanded the government's ability to track
and detain suspected enemies in secret.

The government gained the power to conduct searches of homes without
informing their owners until long after; it can conduct telephone and
e-mail traces of people not suspected of a crime and investigate
people on basis of activities such as writing a letter to the editor
or attending a rally.

Last month, book publishers and booksellers criticized the Justice
Department for refusing to reveal how many times it had used new
powers under the act to force bookstores, libraries and newspapers to
reveal confidential records, including the titles of books an
individual has purchased or borrowed.

The Department refused to turn over this information to the House
Judiciary Committee, saying it would give it only to House
Intelligence Committee, which does not have oversight responsibility
for the act.

Some judges and legislators are beginning to bristle. House Judiciary
Committee chairman James Sensenbrenner and ranking minority member
John Conyers said this secrecy was "an open invitation to abuse of
government power."

Gladys Kessler, a federal district judge in Washington, recently
called the government's secret arrests after Sept. 11, "a concept
odious to a democratic society."

In a rare public rebuke, the secret court that supervises the Foreign
Intelligence Surveillance Act in May alleged that Justice Department
and FBI officials supplied erroneous information to the court in more
than 75 applications from search warrants and wiretaps.

The court found that new procedures proposed by Ashcroft in March
would have given prosecutors too much control over
counterintelligence investigations and allowed the government to
misuse intelligence information for criminal cases.

http://www.grandforks.com/mld/grandforks/news/politics/3993298.htm

[AbuMubarak]

Homeland Security Name an Issue
Homeland Security Department Name Evokes a Variety of
Reactions From People
The Associated Press
September 5, 2002
http://abcnews.go.com/wire/Politics/ap20020905_78.html

W A S H I N G T O N, Sept. 5  The name of the
Department of Homeland Security is meant to evoke
images of safety even family, hearth, comfort. It
gives some people a knot in the stomach.

An uncommon word to begin with, "homeland" became an
everyday word after the Sept. 11 attacks and was
institutionalized when President Bush created the
Office of Homeland Security.

Jeff Neberman, who teaches European history at Boise
State University, says it's "right out of Nazi
Germany." The German word "heimat" means "homeland"
and was used by the Nazis. Others dispute a direct
Nazi link and note various cultures have used the
word, too.

"Homeland" has "obviously grated on quite a number of
people," said Todd Gitlin, who teaches culture and
sociology at Columbia University. "It feels like an
import even if you're not aware that its origins are
German."

Leslie Savan, who wrote a book about advertising and
popular culture, said "homeland" makes her think not
only of Germany, but also of Russia and South Africa's
former apartheid government.

"It's been one of those words that's supposed to sound
cozy and warm," she said. "But because it sounds cozy
and warm it has been used by totalitarian
governments."

Bush wants Congress to turn the homeland security
office into a full-fledged Cabinet agency called the
Department of Homeland Security, a matter the Senate
took up this week. The House has passed its version of
Bush's plan to merge all or parts of 22 agencies into
a 170,000-employee department focused on preventing
terrorism.

The name doesn't give everyone the willies.

"Who doesn't want homeland security?" asked Mark
DiMassimo, president of DiMassimo Brand Advertising, a
New York City agency. "No one is arguing for homeland
insecurity."

William Keenan, chairman of De Novo Corp., a Delaware
advertising firm, said it sounds "hokey" but it
"certainly evokes the emotion of protecting the
family, protecting the home front."

The compound of "home" and "land" has roots in German,
says linguist Donna Jo Napoli, who believes the Bush
administration chose it to be as comforting as
possible to a shaken public.

"It's a feel-good name and it's probably what George
Bush felt we needed and maybe it is what we all need,"
said Napoli, who teaches at Swarthmore College. "By
making it a straight old Germanic compound they were
saying, 'This department is not going to be far away
from you.'"

As an alternative, since "domus" is Latin for "home,"
the "domestic" could have been substituted for
"homeland," making for a Department of Domestic
Security, she said.

But, she added, "We don't say, 'Domus is where the
heart is.'"

"Security" was used heavily by the Nazis, and in
combination with "homeland" the phrase has a European
or German flavor, said Richard Breitman, who teaches
European history at American University.

Stanley Renshon, a political psychologist at the City
University of New York, said "homeland" was an odd
choice because Americans generally don't describe the
United States in that way the way many foreigners talk
about their native countries.

"But what first might appear odd, with repeated use
can feel more comfortable," Renshon said. The word
"speaks to the desire to have the sense that we're all
in this together."

Historically, "homeland" has been invoked in times of
grievance or crisis.

Pope John Paul II declared "the homeland is our
earthly mother" when he went to his native Poland
during a period of martial law. U.S. poet Sterling
Allen Brown was referring to slavery and Africa, not
America, when he said, "They dragged you from
homeland."

President Jimmy Carter spoke specifically of the
Confederacy, not the whole country, when he said,
"Southerners, whose ancestors a hundred years ago knew
the horrors of a homeland devastated by war, are
particularly determined that war shall never come to
us again."

Adolf Hitler exhorted German troops on the Eastern
front with the words, "With bated breath, the blessing
of the entire German homeland accompanies you during
the hard days ahead."

Perhaps one reason the word feels foreign to the
American tongue is that threats like terrorism have
been foreign, too.

As the French-Algerian philosopher Albert Camus put
it, "It is a well-known fact that we always recognize
our homeland when we are about to lose it."

http://abcnews.go.com/wire/Politics/ap20020905_78.html

=====
ISLAMIC COMMUNITY NET
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/islamiccommunitynet/

[AbuMubarak]

presenting, the new world order

[ZawjatuRaafi]

hmmm isnt this the events in your area section of the forum :D just thought I would check...

[Mary Carol]

Originally posted by zawjaturaafi
hmmm isnt this the events in your area section of the forum :D just thought I would check...

Do I detect a "conspiracy"? :eek:

[ZawjatuRaafi]

lol

[AbuMubarak]

http://911.mazesoftware.com/

[frank chu]

These conspiracies are weak. You have no idea how far the real conspiracies go... Just a taste (http://brain-terminal.com/video/frank-chu/index.html) ;)

[Tahiyah]

Originally posted by frank chu
These conspiracies are weak. You have no idea how far the real conspiracies go... Just a taste (http://brain-terminal.com/video/frank-chu/index.html) ;)



i couldnt make heads or tales of what he was saying, so i read
the transcript... and, well, err.. umm........
what the....???? :eek2:

[AbuMubarak]

http://www.justresponse.net/DougalWatt20Aug02.html

[AbuMubarak]

http://www.freemasonrywatch.org/cia_freemasons.html

[AbuMubarak]

http://www.gothpoodle.com/empire/occult.html

[AbuMubarak]

Freemasons and Illuminati set up Apparatus for the Establishment of One-world Government
Part VI

One of the Books used: Dissipation of the Darkness, the Origin of Masonry, by G.S.Lawrence

Editors of these articles, which we used with permission, are Dominic Tran and End Days enddays@webcom.com


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------




The Council on Foreign Relations

Abraham asserts that one of the primary reasons these Illuminati worked behind the scenes to forment WWI was to create in its aftermath a world government to control resources of the world. The selling point is peace. Professor Carroll Quigley, Mr. Clinton's own professor at Georgetown University, in his book Tragedy and Hope (MacMillan, New York, 1966) informs us that the secret Round Table was created for Rothschild, to be headed by Lord Milner, using Cecil Rhodes' money. (Is it accidental that Rhodes scholarship fund was created and a Rhodes scholar, Bill Clinton, was nominated and elected President of the U.S.?) The Round Table worked behind the scenes at the highest levels of British government, influencing foreign policy and England's involvement and conduct of WWI.
Professor Quigley tells us that in New York, the Round Table Group was known as the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR). (Quigley, p. 951) According to Quigley, the most important financial dynasties in America following WWI were (in addition to Morgan) the Rockefeller family; Kuhn, Loeb & Company; Dillon Read and Company and Brown Bros., Harriman. (Quigley, p. 529). The founders of CFR include those who financed the Bolshevik Revolution. The CFR has come to be known as "The Establishment," "the invisible government" and "the Rockefeller foreign office." St. Michael called David Rockefeller the man who hides the mask ruling the U.S.
The CFR's takeover and control of the U.S. Department of State is contained in State Department Publication 2349, Report to the President on the Results of the San Francisco Conference. It is the report of Secretary of State President on the Results of the San Francisco Conference. It is the report of Secretary Edward R. Stettinius (C.F.R.) to President Truman. This document states that new problems after the war required a special committee to deal with them. As a result, a Committee on Post-War Problems was set up with high officials of the State Department (all but one were CFR members) assisted by a research staff who were previously working for CFR but now became part of State Department as Division of Special Research. After Pearl Harbor, the Committee on Post-War Problems became Advisory Committee on Post-War Foreign Policies. (See also the C.F.R.'s booklet, A Record of Twenty Years, 1921-1947.) (ibid., pp. 95-96).
This is the group which designed the United Nations. The land in Manhattan, New York where the U.N. building now stands was donated by the Rockefellers. (cf. P. Collier and D. Horowitz, The Rockefellers An American Dynasty, Holt, Rinehart Winston, 1976, pp. 246-247).
The Christian Science Monitor indicates the fantastic power the C.F.R. has had during the last six administrations (before Mr. Reagan's second term): "Almost half of the Council members have been invited to assume official government positions or to act as consultants at one time or another." The policies promoted by the C.F.R. in the fields of defense and international relations become, with a regularity which defies the laws of chance, the official policies of the United States Government. (Abraham, pp. 94-95).
The CFR dominated President Kennedy's State Department, his Cabinet, and Secretary of State Dean Rusk's staff. Anthony Lukas of the New York Times reported: "Of the first 82 names on a list prepared to help President Kennedy staff his State Department, 63 were Council members. Kennedy once complained, 'I'd like to have some new faces here, but all I get is the same old names.' (James W. Wardner, The Planned Destruction of America, P.O. Box 163141, Altamonte Springs, Florida 32716-3141; 407-865-9722 , p. 60)
President Nixon appointed 110 CFR members to the highest un-elected offices in the land. (Wardner, op. cit., p. 59)
President Carter appointed more than 70 men from the CFR and over 20 members of the Trilateral Commission (TC) to the highest unelected offices of government. (Wardner, op. cit., p. 58)
President Reagan appointed over 80 individuals to his administration who were members of the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission, or both. Note especially his running mate, Trilateralist George Bush. Reagan appointed to the highest offices in government: 64 CFR members, 6 Trilateral members, 6 both CFR and Trilateral members, and 5 former members of the Trilateral Commission. (Wardner, op. cit., p. 56.)
Most of President Clinton's first term cabinet officers were CFR members including Secretary of State, Deputy Secretary of State, Secretary of Defense, National Security Advisor, Deputy National Security Advisor, CIA Director, Chairman of the Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board, Secretary of Treasury, Deputy Secretary of the Treasury, Secretary of Health and Human Services, Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, Secretary of the Interior, Under Secretary for Political Affairs, Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs, Aid Coordinator to the Commonwealth of Independent States, Deputy Director, Office of Management and Budget, Chairman, Council of Economic Advisors, U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations (Madeleine Albright who was responsible for foreign policy legislation during the Carter years and was Director of the world-government-promoting Atlantic Council, now Secretary of State under Clinton.) (Wardner, op. cit., pp. 51-52.)
Dr. James W. Wardner in his well-documented book lists the following:
Of the eighteen secretaries of the treasury since 1921, twelve have been members of the CFR.
Of the sixteen secretaries of state, twelve have been CFR members (four have been presidents of Rockefeller Foundation).
The Defense Department, created in 1947, has had fifteen secretaries; nine have been CFR.
The CIA, also created in 1947, has had eleven directors seven have been CFR.
Six of seven superintendents at West Point have been CFR.
Every supreme Allied commander in Europe has been CFR
Every U.S. ambassador to NATO has been CFR.
The Four key positions in every administration, Republican or Democratic, are routinely filled by CFR members:
National Security Advisor
Secretary of State
Secretary of Defense
Secretary of Treasury
There are increasing numbers of CFR members in the legislative branch of government. Pat Schroeder (D-CO), Christopher Dodd (D-CT), Newt Gingrich (R-GA), Warren Rudman (R-NH), Bob Graham (D-FL), Thomas Foley (D- WA), Charles Robb (D-VA), John D. Rockefeller, IV (D-WV) are all members.
George Bush had 387 members of the CFR in his administration. Ronald Reagan had 313.
The team of Clinton and Gore is financed and supported by the CFR as well. Clinton is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and the Trilateral Commission.
Perot, the outsider in the 1992 elections, picked CFR people to run his campaign.
Total CFR membership as of December 1992 was 2905.
The objective of the CFR and CFR-controlled State Department is to completely disarm the whole world including America and let the United Nations has monopoly on armed forces which they called the U.N. Peace Force. (Wardner, op. cit., pp. 67-68).
In his stunning book The Most Secret Science, retired Air Force Colonel Archibald Roberts states: "Under this plan, the United States will finance and man a totalitarian UN military complex." (Wardner, op. cit., p. 68). According to the CFR and its agency the U.S. State Department, even the U.S. would not have the power to challenge the U.N. Peace Force. Consequently, Colonel Roberta continues: "The enormity of this subversion is nearly incomprehensible -- as is the failure of the American people to protest the criminal abrogation of the United States Constitution. As one American soldier, I bitterly resent being turned over to an organization whose every precept and very existence contravenes the Constitution I have sworn to uphold." (p. 133, quoted in Wardner, op. cit, p. 68).
While media reports and discusses everything else except the CFR and its objectives. This is because, according to CFR's own 1987 report, 262 of its members are "journalists, correspondents, and communications executives." (Wardner, op. cit., p. 70).
The Illuminati, through the C.F.R., has spread its influence to other vital areas of American society. Its members have run or are running NBC, CBS, ABC, the New York Times, the Washington Post, the Los Angeles Times, the Chicago Sun, the Des Moines Register, the Wall Street Journal, Time, Life, Newsweek, Fortune, Business Week.
Here is the list of well-known reporters and anchors who have been or are current members of the CFR:
CBS: Bill Moyers CFR, William Paley CFR, Dan Rather CFR, Harry Reasoner CFR.
NBC: Tom Brokaw CFR, John Chancellor CFR, Marvin Kalb CFR, Irving R. Levine CFR.
ABC: David Brinkley CFR, Ted Koppel CFR Diane Sawyer CFR, John Scali CFR, Barbara Walters CFR.
CNN: Daniel Schorr CFR.
PBS: Hodding Carter III CFR, Jim Lehrer CFR, Robert McNeil CFR.
(The list is based on James Wardner, Planned Destruction of America, p. 143.)

It is a conspiracy of silence among the media to keep American people in the dark about the CFR's plan to subvert the U.S. Constitution and to create a dictatorial one-world government under the leadership of the emerging Anti-Christ. In his opening statement to the secret Bilderberger meeting in Germany 1991, David Rockefeller included the acknowledgment: "We are grateful to the Washington Post, The New York Times, Time magazine, and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion [silence] for almost forty years....It would have been impossible for us to develop our Plan for the world if we had been subject to the bright lights of publicity during these years." (Larry Abraham, Insider Report, January 1992, p. 2.) In other words, the success of the conspiracy to set up one-world government under the Anti-Christ is due in part to the cooperation of the media sector. When the Anti-Christ finally arrives on the world scene, do you think that the media people would be on our side, the side of freedom?
The Trilateral Commission
The roots of the Trilateral Commission (TC) stem from a book Between Two Ages written by Zbigniew Brzezinski in 1970 while he was a professor at Columbia University in New York City. David Rockefeller read the book and was impressed with its contents. The book inspired Rockefeller to create the TC.

In July 1972, 8 members of CFR, among whom were David Rockefeller and Zbigniew Brzezinski founded the Trilateral Commission. The Commission's purpose is to engineer an enduring partnership among the ruling classes of North America, Western Europe, and Japan -- hence the term 'Trilateral' -- in an attempt to influence public opinions and government decision-makings in such a way that the peoples, governments and economies of all nations must serve the needs of multinational banks and corporations. To achieve this, Trilateralists must manage both dependence and democracy -- at home and abroad. In other words, they must reduce the mass to dependency and suppress democracy and any voice of protest through control and surveillance. The ultimate aim would be to establish an one-world economy, one-world government, one-world monetary system, and one-world religion. The following excerpts from official TC's documents, together with writings and speeches of founding members will confirm this.
In his book With No Apologies (1979), Senator Barry Goldwater writes: "The C.F.R. is the American branch of a society which originated in England. Internationalistic in viewpoint, the C.F.R., along with the Atlantic Union Movement, and the Atlantic Council of the U.S., believes national boundaries should be obliterated and one-world rule established ... What the Trilaterals truly intend is the creation of a worldwide economic power superior to the political government of the nation-states involved. As managers and creators of the system they will rule the world ... In my view, the Trilateral Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to seize control and consolidate the four centers of power: political, monetary, intellectual, and ecclesiastical." (With No Apologies, pp. 128, 284).
The TC took the position that "the economic officials of ... the largest countries must begin to think in terms of managing a single world economy, in addition to managing international economic relations among countries" (The Reform of International Institutions: A Report of the Trilateral Tank Force on International Institutions to the Trilateral Commission , New York: The Trilateral Commission, 1976, p. 22.)
In order to achieve the goal of world domination in the form of one-world government, the Trilateralists need to control the U.S. and other governments.
Senator Barry Goldwater observed, "Whereas the Council on Foreign Relations is distinctly national in membership, the Trilateral Commission is international. Representation is allocated equally to Western Europe, Japan, and the United States. It is intended to be the vehicle for multinational consolidation of the commercial and banking interest by seizing control of the political government of the United States." ( With No Apologies, p. 280.)
Holly Sklar, in her book Trilateralism, says, "These men make the most important foreign, economic, and domestic policy decisions of the U. S. government today; they set the goals and direction for the administration." (p. 208.)
In Kissinger on the Couch (1975) authors Phyllis Schlafly and former CFR member Chester Ward state: "Once the ruling members of the CFR have decided that the US Government should adopt a particular policy, the very substantial research facilities of the CFR are put to work to develop arguments, intellectual and emotional, to support the new policy, and to confound and discredit, intellectually and politically, any opposition. . . " According to Ward, the CFR's goal is the "submergence of US sovereignty and national independence into an all-powerful one-world govemment. . . This lust to surrender the sovereignty and independence of the United States is pervasive throughout most of the membership. . . In the entire CFR lexicon, there is no term of revulsion carrying a meaning so deep as 'America First.'" (Dennis L. Cuddy and Robert H. Golsborough, The Network of Power and Part II The New World Order: Chronology and Commentary, Baltimore: The American Research Foundation, Inc., 1993, p.17.)
Senator Goldwater revealed, "David Rockefeller and Zbigniew Brzezinski found Jimmy Carter their ideal candidate. They helped him win the nomination and the presidency. To accomplish this purpose, they mobilized the money power of the Wall Street bankers, the intellectual influence of the academic community-which is subservient to the wealth of the great tax-free foundations -- and the media controllers represented in the membership of the CFR and the Trilateral." ( With No Apologies, p. 286.) Senator Golwater continued, "Brzezinski and Rockefeller invited Carter to be a member of the Trilateral Commission in 1973. They immediately began grooming him for the Presidency ... We have arrived at our present position of peril in the world and at home because our leaders have refused to tell us the truth ... unless we, who profess to believe in freedom, wake up, the world is headed for a period of slavery." (With No Apologies, p. 299.) Now you understand why a virtual unknown could zoom to the presidency in 1976. Carter was labeled the ultimate outsider, but actually he was an insider -- a Trilateralist.
Early on in Carter's appointee process the Washington Post remarked, "If you like conspiracy theories about secret plots to take over the world, you are going to love the administration of President-elect Jimmy Carter...." (January 16, 1977.) (Comment: The conspiracy by the Trilateralists is no longer a theory but a fact! But, of course, the Washington Post is part of the conspiracy.)
In his White House memoirs, Brzezinski acknowledged, "Moreover, all the key foreign policy decision-makers of the Carter Administration had previously served in the Trilateral Commission...." (Power & Principle: Memoirs of the National Security Advisor, 1977-1981, New York: Farrar, Straus, Giroux, 1983, p. 289.) The U.S. News and World Report assessed the impact of Trilateralists' power under Carter: "The 'Trilateralists' have taken charge of foreign policy making in the Carter Administration, and already the immense power they wield is sparking some controversy. Active or former members of the Trilateral Commission now head every key agency involved in mapping U.S. strategy for dealing with the rest of the world ... some see this concentration of power as a conspiracy at work." (February 21, 1977.)
Since Brzezinski, who became its founding executive director, provides the rationale for the creation of TC, we would like to further examine the ideas contained in his book Between Two Ages (p. 300):
"Though Stalinism may have been a needless tragedy for both the Russian people and communism as an ideal, there is the intellectually tantalizing possibility that for the world at large it was, as we shall see, a blessing in disguise." (Note: Stalin had massacred at least 20 million people and here Brzezinski praises the ideology of this mass murderer.)
"Marxism represents a further vital and creative stage in the maturing of man's universal vision. Marxism is simultaneously a victory of the external man over the inner, passive man and a victory of reason over belief." (Note: he believes in the god of reason.)
"In the absence of social consensus society's emotional and rational needs may be fused -- mass media makes this easier to achieve -- in the person of an individual who is seen as...making the necessary innovations in the social order." (Note: he calls for a charismatic individual who can change the social order, i.e. the Anti-Christ.)
"Such a society would be dominated by an elite whose claim to political power would rest on allegedly superior scientific know-how. Unhindered by the restraints of traditional liberal values, this elite would not hesitate to achieve its political ends by the latest modern techniques for influencing public behavior and keeping society under close surveillance and control."
"Movement toward such a community (of developed nations)... would involve the forging of community links among the United States, Western Europe, and Japan (a Trilateral Commission stated objective)."
"Though the objective of shaping a community of the developed nations is less ambitious than the goal of world government, it is more attainable."
"The Soviet Union could have emerged as the standard-bearer of this century's most influential system of thought and as the social model for resolving the key dilemmas facing modern man."
Marxism "supplied the best available insight into contemporary reality. Marxist theory [is] this century's most infuential system of thought."
'The approaching 200th anniversary of the Declaration of Independence could justify the call for a national Constitutional convention to reexamine the nation's formal institutional framework."
Brzezinski's ideas above fit in exactly with those of David Rockefeller who stated in 1973 after his visit to China:
"The social experiment of China under Chairman Mao's leadership is one of the most important and successful in human history." (quoted by New York Times, "From a China Traveler," August 10, 1973.) Among the social experiment was the creation of a commune system in which "the family unit is broken up...The children are taken away from the parents and placed in government-run nurseries...The parents may see their children once a week and when they see them they cannot show affection toward the children. The idea is to have the children and the family sever their affection and direct it toward the state. Names are taken away from the children and they are given numbers. There is no individual identity... The commune system is destroying morality in Red China: There is no morality because the love of the family is taken away. There is no honesty and respect among men or between men. There is no human dignity: they are all like animals. There is no guilt associated with murder of individuals for the improvement of the state." ( Sworn statement before the House Un-American Activities Committee by the Reverend Shik-Ping Wang, East Asia Director of the Baptist Evangelization Society International, in Myron C. Fagan, The Truth About "National Council of Churches", CPA Book Publishers, Boring, Oregon, p. 10.)
This is the Communist system that Rockefeller praises, a system in which 64 million persons were killed as result of Mao's social experiment. The number is based on the U.S. Senate Internal Security Subcommittee's report.
A major Trilateral Commission position paper entitled "The Crisis of Democracy" the authors, Michael Crozier, Samuel Huntington and Joji Watanuki, conclude that popular participation by the people of the Trilateral nations in government policymaking is a bad proposition. According to the study, the ruling elites in the United States and Western Europe are already facing grass-roots dissent from the ranks of their people and that will be necessary "to restore amore equitable relationship between government authority and popular control." In other words, the power of the Trilateral elites and the governnments they control must be strengthened -- and the power of the people must be diminished.
In the 1981 book Democratic Dictatorship: The Emergent Constitution of Control Arthur S. Miller describes a "new feudal order" controlled by elitists, and asserts that "dictatorship will come -- is coming -- but with the acquiescence of the people. . . The goal is 'predictable' man."
In view of the Marxist thoughts espoused by Brzezinski and Rockefeller, which are also dominant among Trilateralists, it no surprise that they would accept holocausts, mass murders, and dictatorship of the Communist regimes. The question immediately coming to mind is: who are being rational here, the Trilateralists -- the elites -- or the dominated people under them? Indeed, we are coming to an age of barbarism where the elite's decision-makings are no longer guided by reason, much less by God's commandments, but instead by overriding passions like greed for power and money. In the age of barbarism, we would expect much chaos and disorder. This is exactly what will be needed by the Anti-Christ for the population of the world to accept him as the "savior".
The Trilateralists' ready acceptance of such crimes against humanity would seem incomprehensible if we forget another major objective of TC: to reduce what it termed the "rapidly growing population" and to solve the problems of "overpopulation." It called on the developed countries to increase their aid "substantially", including, of course, "family planning", to the less-developed countries. But these grants-in-aid are not without strings. "Grants can properly be subject to conditions to achieve their stated objectives" and "recipient countries whose sense of national sovereignty is offended by such conditions can decline the foreign assistance." These conditions are already imposed in Sections 102 and 104(d) of the U.S. International Development and Food Assistance Act - i.e., countries receiving American aid must take steps to curb their population growth. (Towards a Renovated International System: A Report of the Trilateral Integrators Task Force to the Trilateral Commission, New York: Trilateral Commission, 1977, p. 28.) From there we know that abortion (i.e. murders of the unborn) and birth control are forced on those poor countries that receive both U.S. and U.N. aids.
First, the Report prepared for the Masonic Club of Rome posited that as the world population was growing out of control, the non-renewable resources of the world would eventually run out and the world economy would mire in depression and misery. Worst still, the whole civilization may collapse as a result of the lack of a drastic response to this critical problem. (Donella H. Meadows, Dennis L. Meadows et al., The Limits to Growth: A Report for the Club of Rome's Project on the Predicament of Mankind, New York: Universe Books, 1972). Next, the Carter administration's Global 2000 Report, which was essentially written by Trilateralists, predicted: "With the persistence of human poverty and misery, the staggering growth of human population, and ever increasing human demands, the possibilities of further stress and permanent damage to the planet's resource base are very real." (The Global 2000 Report to the President: Global Future: Time to Act, prepared by the Council on Environmental Quality and the U.S Department of State, Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office, January 1981, p. ix.) In his January 14, 1981, Farewell Address, President Jimmy Carter reemphasized the overriding importance his administration had attached to the problem of "overpopulation". (Jimmy Carter, "Farewell Address: Major Issues Facing the Nation", Vital Speeches of the Day, vol XLVII, no.8, February 1, 1981, p. 227.) More extreme than these are ideas of Kenneth Boulding, Isaac Asimov, and Garrett Hardin who compared the earth with a spaceship or an overloaded life boat. (K. Boulding, "The Economics of the Coming Spaceship Earth," in Henry Jarrett, ed. Enviromental Quality in a Growing Economy, Baltimore: Johns Hopkins, 1966; I. Asimov, Earth, Our Crowded Spaceship, New York: John Day, 1974; G. Hardin, "Living on a Life Boat," BioScience, Oct. 1974.) The implication is that there is enough food only for a few elite people on the lifeboat or the spaceship. As there is not enough food to feed the excess number of people (the poor, the mass) they should

http://www.cephasministry.com/history_of_masonry_6.html

[AbuMubarak]

WORLD DEPOPULATION IS TOP NSA AGENDA: CLUB OF ROME

A Timely Repost:



The Haig-Kissinger depopulation policy by Lonnie Wolfe

Special Report EIR (Executive Intelligence Review) March 10, 1981


Investigations by EIR have uncovered a planning apparatus operating outside the control of the White House whose sole purpose is to reduce the world's population by 2 billion people through war, famine, disease and any other means necessary. This apparatus, which includes various levels of the government is determining U.S. foreign policy. In every political hotspot -- El Salvador, the so-called arc of crisis in the Persian Gulf, Latin America, Southeast Asia and in Africa- the goal of U.S. foreign policy is population reduction. The targeting agency for the operation is the National Security Council's Ad Hoc Group on Population Policy. Its policy-planning group is in the U.S. State Department's Office of Population Affairs, established in 1975 by Henry Kissinger. This group drafted the Carter administration's Global 2000 document, which calls for global population reduction, and the same apparatus is conducting the civil war in El Salvador as a conscious depopulation project.



"There is a single theme behind all our work-we must reduce population levels," said Thomas Ferguson, the Latin American case officer for the State Department's Office of Population Affairs (OPA). "Either they [governments] do it our way, through nice clean methods or they will get the kind of mess that we have in El Salvador, or in Iran, or in Beirut. Population is a political problem. Once population is out of control it requires authoritarian government, even fascism, to reduce it "The professionals," said Ferguson, "aren't interested in lowering population for humanitarian reasons. That sounds nice. We look at resources and environmental constraints. We look at our strategic needs, and we say that this country must lower its population-or else we will have trouble.

So steps are taken. El Salvador is an example where our failure to lower population by simple means has created the basis for a national security crisis. The government of El Salvador failed to use our programs to lower their population. Now they get a civil war because of it.... There will be dislocation and food shortages. They still have too many people there."

Civil wars are somewhat drawn-out ways to reduce population, the OPA official added. "The quickest way to reduce population is through famine, like in Africa or through disease like the Black Death," all of which might occur in El Salvador. Ferguson's OPA monitors populations in the Third World and maps strategies to reduce them. Its budget for FY 1980 was $190 million; for FY 198l, it will be $220 million. The Global 2000 report calls for doubling that figure. The sphere of Kissinger In 1975, OPA was brought under a reorganized State Department Bureau of Oceans, International Environmental, and Scientific Affairs-- a body created by Henry Kissinger.

The agency was assigned to carry out the directives of the NSC Ad Hoc Group. According to an NSC spokesman, Kissinger initiated both groups after discussion with leaders of the Club of Rome during the 1974 population conferences in Bucharest and Rome. The Club of Rome, controlled by Europe's black nobility, is the primary promotion agency for the genocidal reduction of world population levels. The Ad Hoc Group was given "high priority" by the Carter administration, through the intervention of National Security Adviser Zbigniew Brzezinski and Secretaries of State Cyrus Vance and Edmund Muskie.

According to OPA expert Ferguson, Kissinger initiated a full about-face on U.S. development policy toward the Third World. "For a long time," Ferguson stated, "people here were timid" They listened to arguments from Third World leaders that said that the best contraceptive was economic reform and development. So we pushed development programs, and we helped create a population time bomb. "We are letting people breed like flies without allowing for natural causes to keep population down. We raised the birth survival rates, extended life-spans by lowering death rates, and did nothing about lowering birth rates.

That policy is finished. We are saying with Global 2000 and in real policy that you must lower population rates. Population reduction and control is now our primary policy objective- then you can have some development."Accordingly, the Bureau of Oceans, International Environmental, and Scientific Affairs has consistently blocked industrialization policies in the Third World, denying developing nations access to nuclear energy technology--the policies that would enable countries to sustain a growing population. According to State Department sources, and Ferguson himself, Alexander Haig is a "firm believer" in population control.

"We will go into a country," said Ferguson, "and say, here is your goddamn development plan. Throw it out the window. Start looking at the size of your population and figure out what must be done to reduce it."If you don't like that, if you don't want to choose to do it through planning, then you'll have an El Salvador or an Iran, or worse, a Cambodia."According to an NSC spokesman, the United States now shares the view of former World Bank President Robert McNamara that the "population crisis" is a greater threat to U.S. national security interests than "nuclear annihilation." "Every hot spot in the world corresponds to a population crisis point," said Ferguson who would rename Brzezinski's arc of crisis doctrine the "arc of population crisis."


This is corroborated by statements in the NSC Ad Hoc Group's April 1980 report. There is "an increased potential for social unrest, economic and political instability, mass migration and possible international conflicts over control of land and resources," says the NSC report. It then cites "demographic pressures" as key to understanding "examples of recent warfare in India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, El Salvador. Honduras, and Ethiopia, and the growing potential forinstability in such places as Turkey, the Philippines, Central America, Iran, and Pakistan." Through extraordinary efforts, the Ad Hoc Group and OPA estimate that they may be able to keep a billion people from being born through contraceptive programs.

But as the Ad Hoc Group's report states, the best efforts of the Shah of Iran to institute "clean programs" of birth control failed to make a significant dent in the country's birth rate. The promise of jobs, through an ambitious industrialization program, encouraged migration toward "overcrowded cities" like Teheran. Now under Ayatollah Khomeini, the "clean programs" have been dismantled. The government may make progress because it has a program "to induce up to half of Teheran's 6 million residents to relocate, as well as possible measures to keep rural migrants from moving to the cities." Behind the back of the President Ferguson and others involved with the OPA and NSC group maintain that the United States will continue a foreign policy based on a genocidal reduction of the world's population.

"We have a network in place of cothinkers in the government," said the OPA case officer. "We keep going, no matter who is in the White House." But Ferguson reports that the "White House" does not really understand what they are saying and that the President "thinks that population policy means how do we speed up population increase. "As long as no one says differently," said Ferguson, "we will continue to do our jobs. "

http://home.iae.nl/users/lightnet/world/depopulation.htm

[AbuMubarak]

President 'Rubbers'

The U.S. President has a long history
of targeting minorities and
the poor with population control.

Baobab Press, Vol. 2, No. 21



When an investigation by the Brazilian government last year revealed that between 33 percent and 44 percent of the nation's women had been sterilised, the legislature promptly called for an inquiry into "family planning" activities funded by the United States Agency for International Development.
And when language proposed at the Earth Summit preparatory conferences included numerous references to unwanted "family planning" operations in developing nations, those who objected to such intervention blamed the U.S. -- or, more specifically, George Bush.
A State Department official, speaking at a conference of professional population planners and lobbyists last month, confirmed the personal involvement of George Bush in urging the unpopular fertility reduction schemes.
According to Nancy O. Carter, the Bush administration's chief of population activities at the Department of State, the United States was almost entirely responsible for the language which many non-governmental organisations found offensive. Indeed, Carter said, it was through the efforts of government officials and powerful representatives of the population establishment that the troublesome references to "population pressures" were placed on the agenda.
All direct references to fertility were later deleted from the Earth Summit documents because of objections raised by women from developing nations.
On the evening of his appearance at the Rio summit in June, said Carter to about 200 persons attending a Washington convention, Bush met with advisors and delivered an impromptu, five-minute-long lecture on the "problems" of population growth in the southern hemisphere.
George Bush's appetite for population control is nothing new. In the mid 1960s, he served as a representative to Congress from the state of Texas. During that time, he was one of the most vocal supporters of birth control projects in the entire Congress -- urging not only that foreign nations be pressured to implement population programmes, but also that similar plans be directed at black Americans.
On July 30, 1968, Bush made a speech before the Congress in which he stated: "Seventy-one percent of the non-white poor families have five or more children. Poverty is a vicious trap into which innocent youngsters should not be placed."
He proposed that the various jurisdictions in the United States "be encouraged to pass legislation increasing the scope of their own efforts in family planning," and countered charges of "genocide" prevalent in the black community by saying that "our black citizens recognise that they cannot hope to acquire a larger share of American prosperity without cutting down on births."
During the same speech, Bush cited a projected 75 percent increase in welfare and social services costs to the federal government, which he blamed on high fertility among the poor, and he called for the creation of a "central bank of information" to streamline local government contraceptive programmes.
The majority of his remarks, however, were about the developing world. "I propose that we totally revamp our foreign aid programme to give primary emphasis to population control," Bush told his fellow Congressmen. "We must encourage foreign nations to increase their population control activities," he continued, adding that once the projects are started, "these countries could turn to more sophisticated approaches, such as providing incentives for their people to limit the size of their families voluntarily."
The "incentive" programme is a tactic that has earned criticism from human rights groups worldwide. It is generally conceded that people who allow themselves to be sterilised under such schemes seldom do so "voluntarily."
Incentives can work in three different ways.
First, direct payments can be made to people using a certain contraceptive method -- usually permanent sterilisation. Persons who find themselves desperate for money often have no other way of feeding their families except to undergo sterilisation in exchange for cash.
A second way is to pay bonuses to family planning workers. The more people the clinic employees can convince to use birth control -- particularly sterilisation -- the more money they earn. So they resort to trickery, and women are sterilised in huge numbers, as in Brazil.
Third, there are "negative incentives" or "disincentives" -- punishments for persons who don't "voluntarily" limit the size of their families. Negative incentives can consist of higher taxes, reduced housing opportunities, fines and confiscation of property -- even police actions.
George Bush left Congress in 1970 to run for the Senate, but was defeated. He served as U.S. representative to the United Nations under President Richard Nixon from 1971 to 1973, and then was sent to the U.S. Embassy in China, where he headed the Liaison Office in Beijing through 1975.
In early 1976, under President Gerald Ford, Bush was sworn in as the head of the Central Intelligence Agency. He remained in charge of the CIA until Jimmy Carter took office in 1977.
In every position that Bush held, he enjoyed -- and apparently exercised -- the opportunity to promote the cause of population control.
In the early 1970s, under the leadership of former Nazi collaborator Kurt Waldheim, the United Nations vastly increased its commitment to the pursuit of U.S. population objectives overseas, almost entirely at the wishes of the U.S.
And while China remained strongly opposed to imperialistic "family planning" activities until after Bush left his China post, the country shortly afterward abandoned its socialist perspective on fertility, and began what would later become the most repressive domestic population policy since Hitler exterminated 11 million Jews and East Europeans.
Under China's current law, most families are limited to one child, and compulsory abortion and sterilisation are routinely inflicted on the Chinese. Chinese-occupied Tibet fares even worse. One observer has dubbed the Chinese-imposed "family planning" operation in Tibet a "no child" policy.
Most interesting of all, however, are the activities of the U.S. government during the years in which Bush headed the CIA and after he came to the White House as Reagan's vice president in January of 1981.
By the time Bush took over the CIA, the "teeming masses" in the so-called "third world" had already been defined as a "security threat" at the highest levels of the U.S. government. In late 1974, slightly more than a year before Bush was appointed to head the Agency, the CIA contributed to a secret study -- National Security Study Memorandum 200 -- which suggested that "mandatory" population control might be needed if leaders in developing countries could not be persuaded to adopt fertility targets through diplomatic channels.
The document was particularly concerned about Brazil and Nigeria. Each of them, the report stated, stood to gain politically and economically by high rates of population increase. The memorandum stressed the urgency of targeting large developing nations for massive American-sponsored population reduction campaigns, and recommended withholding food aid if they failed to conform.
In May of 1976, a follow-up study was prepared for the NSC. At that time, Bush had been in charge of the CIA for about four months.
The 1976 memorandum, which is over 100 pages in length, argues that effective population programmes may call for "incentives such as payment to acceptors for sterilisation, or disincentives such as giving low priorities in the allocation of housing and schooling to those with larger families."
Even worse, the 1976 communique reports that population programmes are "particularly successful" where leaders have taken extraordinary actions against their people, "marshalling governmental workers," including "motivators," the "police," and the military, to make certain that population policies are obeyed.
The expenditure of foreign aid funds is controlled both by the president and Congress. Because Congress must appropriate the money for U.S. overseas activities, it often invokes its authority to limit the purposes for which certain accounts may be used.
Congress probably would not want to go on record as supporting a population police state. But no such oversight exists when it comes to multilateral lending institutions like the World Bank.
Because the U.S. has a controlling share of World Bank assets, it chooses the Bank's president and directs its lending activities to accommodate American foreign policy objectives. The Senate confirms the appointment of the World Bank president, and authorises increased U.S. investments at the institution, but cannot legislate policy. The rules are made entirely by the administration. Simply stated, they are made by one man and his advisors.
The 1974 NSC paper explicitly recommended that changes be made in Bank regulations precisely so that the institution could better collaborate in the population control field. Changes in the Bank's charter were made shortly afterward. But until the early 1980s, the Bank spent relatively little on population activities. By 1986, however, nearly $100 million a year went to support World Bank population operations, and incoming Bank president Barber Conable recommended tripling the amount of money used for population control over the next three years.
On March 9, Conable's successor -- Lewis Preston, a Bush appointee -- announced that World Bank funding for population schemes had skyrocketed to $1.3 billion during fiscal year 1991. He stated that, by the year 1995, the amount spent on population control is expected to reach an annual level of $2.5 billion.
This astounding sum -- which literally dwarfs other development efforts -- amounts to no less than a 12-fold multiplication of population funding in a single decade. It is, perhaps, one hundred times as much as was spent at the height of the Brazilian sterilisation campaign. And the largest part of it thus far has concentrated in Africa -- at a time when money for positive development projects is subject to unprecedented stringency rules, and when other loans are often held hostage to compel borrower nations to borrow for birth control.
Between his years in Congress and the time he took office as Reagan's vice president, Bush adopted the still-prevalent CIA view of population -- namely, that population growth should be stemmed in developing countries while birthrates in the west should increase. As president, he is known for his opposition to many American "family planning" activities. But subtle attacks on black fertility continue. After the Los Angeles riots, for example, Vice President Dan Quayle blamed a television programme which he said promoted irresponsible childbearing.
The enormous re-direction of development funds to population management campaigns now underway is intended -- literally -- to give the United States the ability to shape the future constituency of the world. That is an incredible amount of power in the hands of one man -- more power than anyone dreamed of having since a neurotic fascist rose to power in pre-World War II Germany.




Copyright 1992
Baobab Press -- I.P.F.A.
Post Office Box 43345
Washington, DC 20010 -- U.S.A.

http://www.africa2000.com/BNDX/BAO221.htm

[AbuMubarak]

http://home.iae.nl/users/lightnet/world/awaken/permyth.htm


NOTE: Not all the links in the file may function as their site isn't any more available (as far as I know)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE PERSISTENT MYTH OF OVERPOPULATION
For information at other sites, see: Robert L. Sassone's Handbook on Population or
Tihamer Toth-Fejel's more speculative Population Control: The Bomb, The Lie, and Life Everlasting

For, behold, the days are coming, in the which they shall say, Blessed are the barren, and the wombs that never bare, and the paps which never gave suck.

-- Luke 23:29.

Anti-Life Philosophy.

"We must cut out the cancer of population growth. Coercion? Perhaps, but coercion in a good cause [population control] ... We must be relentless in pushing for population control."

-- Paul Ehrlich, The Population Bomb , 1968.[1] The world is critically overburdened with people right now . This crush of humanity is destroying the environment and detracting from everybody's quality of life.

It is absolutely essential that we slow or halt population growth by making contraception and abortion available to all of the world's women. If we do not put the brakes on our runaway population, the use of coercion will be necessary in order to save the planet.

Introduction.

"Family Planning has a theme

Two children as each couples dream;

Three years after marriage, one -

Before 33 childbearing's done.

Let a small family be your goal

Just choose a method of birth control

Methods are safe and simple too

A happy future waits for you."

-- Poem from a Taiwanese population control pamphlet entitled "Paste Your Umbrella Before the Rain."[2]

The Malthus Manifesto. There exists, at this very moment, a tremendous battle of minds over the vexing problem of world population vs. world food supply. This struggle, largely unnoticed by the public, has been going on ever since the British economist, the Rev. Thomas Malthus, published his landmark work Essay on the Principle of Population in 1798. The heart of Malthus' philosophy, and the cornerstone of the population controller's credo, was contained in his book; "The power of population is indefinitely greater than the power of the earth to produce subsistence for man. Population, when unchecked, increases in a geometrical ratio. Subsistence increases only in an arithmetical ratio ... By that law of our nature which makes food necessary to the life of man, the effects of these two unequal power must be kept equal. This implies a strong and constantly operating check on population from the difficulty of subsistence."

The title of the second edition of Malthus' book, published in 1826, betrayed his strong bias towards "quality of life;" An Essay on the Principle of Population: Or a View of its Past and Present Effects on Human Happiness; With and Inquiry into Our Prospects Respecting the Future Removal or Mitigation of the Evil Which it Occasions ... Take it to the Limit ... The "New Malthusians" seem to delight in painting pictures of mass horrors that will inevitably befall society if various nations do not get serious about controlling their populations right now . Their predictions are almost always wrong and frequently comical.

25 years ago, Paul Ehrlich, the dean of the population scaremasters, warned us that mass starvation would strike the North American continent by the year 1985. Now, of course, the United States and Canada have tens of thousands of weight-loss clinics, and diet books routinely occupy the New York Times bestseller list.

In the 1970s, the mass media, ever ready to hitch a ride on a politically correct cause, warned us that, by 1990, huge artificial islands would be constructed in the middle of the ocean to handle the earth's exploding population; that the world's oil supplies would be completely depleted by 2000; and that the prime motivator of all wars by the year 1990 would be attacks on other nation's cached food stores.[3] Zero Population Growth (ZPG) leaders took advantage of the media drumbeat and loudly insisted that the United States create a Bureau of Population Control.[3]

Some of the population controllers extrapolated current trends far past the point where they are physically possible in order to frighten people who were not familiar with statistical theory or demographics. Unfortunately, the vast majority of the population is unschooled in these disciplines, and so accept the bogus math of the population controllers without question.

A 1972 article by David Lytle, which was heavily circulated by Planned Parenthood-World Population, was chillingly and verbosely entitled "The Human Race Has Thirty-Five Years Left: After That, People Will Start Eating Plankton. Or People."

Other population controllers predicted that, if population growth continued at a rate of two percent annually for 650 years, there would be standing room only on the planet, with only one square foot allocated per person.[4]

In other words, the population of the world under such an absurd scenario would be 1,589 trillion persons, or 450,000 times the world population in 1972.

Even this was not the most ridiculous prediction made by the population controllers. Ansley Coale won the prize for the most ludicrous projection when he said that we are experiencing " ... a growth process which, within 65 centuries and in the absence of environmental limits, could generate a solid sphere of live bodies expanding with a radial velocity that, neglecting relativity, would equal the velocity of light."[5]

A little fiddling with numbers reveals that this would be equivalent to 23,891 trillion trillion trillion trillion trillion

(23,891,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,

000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,00 0) people, or more than the number of atoms in the known universe!

Such statistical extrapolations obviously have no bearing on reality whatever and are entirely useless for any purpose other than scaring people.

Opposing Viewpoints. Intellectuals who are interested in the population 'problem' have gravitated towards two poles. A minority insists that it is indeed possible for the world population to continue to grow almost without restraint, because we could feed as many as 50 billion people comfortably if we could just remove all of the existing barriers to food production and distribution.

This is an unrealistic viewpoint. Inevitably, the world population will indeed exceed the food supply, even if production and distribution methods operate under ideal conditions. At the rate the world population is growing, we would reach the 50 billion limit in about 150 years. What would we do then? How could we possibly overcome the momentum of such massive population growth? Any measures taken to limit population growth would be much more severe under such a scenario than they would be today. And, of course, any population-limiting or reducing disaster would be much worse indeed than under current conditions.

The other viewpoint of those interested in population problems is much more practical. It is also terrifying. Those who hold this view have the primary or secondary goal of limiting population at any cost, and include members of the Rockefeller Foundation, the International Planned Parenthood Federation, UNICEF, Zero Population Growth (ZPG), and many others organizations. This extensive, vastly wealthy, and very influential cartel is so bold in its work, and so convinced that it are right, that it doesn't even bother to conceal or package its activities in a more attractive and appealing format any more.

So the fundamental question remains: Where is the middle ground between a planetwide sewer and the dreaded Uterus Police ( a la the People's Republic of China)?

The Environmental Agitators.

"[Environmental groups] are missing the boat because picking up the garbage is not the issue, having sewage treatment plants is not the issue -- those are really details of the bigger issue. It's like trying to talk about a pimple when you really have cancer."

-- Jean-Michel Cousteau.[6] Introduction. As described in Chapter 91, "Animal Rights and Environmentalism," some people believe that Man has no particular status on this earth, and that he is just another animal who must take into consideration all the other animals when making any decisions regarding his own welfare.

This all sounds logical from a Humanistic point of view, but when people begin to see themselves as morally equal to or even lower than animals, a certain inevitable depressive world outlook must result. After all, if we are not the supreme creation of God, then we are a cancer. If we do not occupy a privileged place on this earth, we occupy the lowest rung of existence because of our unparalleled ability to destroy other species. If we desire to escape responsibility in sexual and other matters, we may assuage our consciences by accepting culpability for 'destroying' our planet -- a psychological ploy that allows us to take no concrete action other than being politically correct in our speech. Despairing Statements. This attitude is reflected in many statements made by animal rights activists like Ingrid Newkirk, who once said that "We [humans] have grown like a cancer. We're the biggest blight on the face of the earth."[7] Although not an activist by any means, even United States Supreme Court Associate Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes once remarked that "I see no reason for attributing to man a significance different in kind from that which belongs to a baboon or a grain of sand."[8] Some environmentalists even wish for death, not only for themselves, but for the entire human race. For them, the world is an unending circus of horrors, to be endured and survived until the blessed release afforded by the end of their lives.

Bill McKibben writes in The End of Nature that "We are not interested in the utility of a particular species or free-flowing river, or ecosystem, to mankind. They have intrinsic value, more value to me than another human body, or a billion of them. Human happiness, and certainly human fecundity, are not as important as a wild and healthy planet ... Somewhere along the line -- at about a billion years ago, maybe half that -- we quit the contract and became a cancer. We have become a plague upon ourselves and upon the earth ... Until such time as homo sapiens should decide to rejoin nature, some of us can only hope for the right virus to come along."[9]

Vehemently Yours. Perhaps the most extreme statement of this nihilistic philosophy was made by what has to be the world's ultimate anti- life group -- The Voluntary Human Extinction Movement, or VHEMT, pronounced "vehement" for short. Anti-people crusader Les U. Knight, Portland, Oregon substitute teacher and founder of VHEMT, says in his newsletter These Exit Times , that "The hopeful alternative to the extinction of millions of species of plants and animals is the voluntary extinction of one species: Homo sapiens -- us ... When every human makes the moral choice to live long and die out, Earth will be allowed to return to its former glory. Each time another one of us decides not to add another one of us to the burgeoning billions already squatting on this ravaged planet, another ray of hope shines through the gloom ... No matter what you're doing to improve life on planet Earth, I think you'll find that phasing out the human race will increase your chance of success."[10] Knight seems not to notice that people will have a hard time 'improving life on planet Earth' if there are no people left to do the work!

One Expression of the Worldview. One strange manifestation of the extreme animal rights/ environmental worldview is that such activists are uniformly pro-abortion. They turn pale at the thought of inflicting any discomfort or damage upon animals or even upon inanimate objects, but shrug indifferently when confronted with the specter of a late-term unborn baby writhing in agony as it is torn limb from limb by the steel instruments of the abortionist.

Molly Yard, former president of the National Organization for Women, neatly tied abortion and radical environmentalism together when she said that "The abortion question is not just about women's rights, but about life on the planet -- environmental catastrophe awaits the world if the population continues to grow at its present rate."[11] The following environmental and animal-rights organizations have gone on record as favoring repeal of the Mexico City Policy and restoration of Federal funding to the United Nations Fund for Population Activities (UNFPA), the chief architect of China's one-child population control policy. This program includes mass forced sterilization and abortion, as described in Chapter 50 of Volume II, "Forced Abortions."


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



PRO-ABORTION ENVIRONMENTAL AND ANIMAL RIGHTS ORGANIZATIONS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Defenders of Wildlife

Environmental Action

Environmental Policy Institute *

Friends of the Earth (FOE) *

Global Tomorrow Coalition



Izaak Walton League

National Audobon Society *

National Parks and Conservation Association

National Wildlife Federation

Natural Resources Council of America

Natural Resources Defense Council

Renew America

Sierra Club *

The Oceanic Society

The Wilderness Society

Trout Unlimited

Union of Concerned Scientists

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* Identified as an "Organization Working to Solve Population Problems" on

pages 246 and 247 of Paul R. and Anne H. Ehrlich's 1990 book entitled The

Population Explosion .




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
These environmental groups claim that they only favor "family planning" and "population control." However, their leadership is fully aware of the fact that the Mexico City Policy and the cutoff of funds to the UNFPA only affected those "population control" programs that funded coerced abortions.
The Anti-Natalist Bigots Speak.

"Birth control is the one sin for which the penalty is national death, race death; a sin for which there is no atonement."

-- Teddy Roosevelt.[12] Panic Personified. The population guru's books are masterpieces of hysteria. Even their titles hint (scream?) at the philosophy of the authors -- Men or Insects? by Alfred Fabre-Luce; Breeding Ourselves to Death by Larry Lader; Standing Room Only by Karl Sax; Population on the Loose by Elmer Pendell; The Case for Compulsory Birth Control by Edgar R. Chasteen; and, of course, Paul Ehrlich's shoddy 'work,' The Population Bomb .

The outlandish solutions and proposals put forth by these popcon devotees border on the ridiculous; they are certainly nothing that a free society would accept, much less a Christian society.

The Common Anti-Catholic Thread. These 'works' prominently feature a single common thread: A total and irrational hate of the Catholic Church (the Neoliberal term for this attitude is "bigotry").

Elmer Pendell denounces the "Cardinal's breeding program," allegedly promulgated to gain political control in the United States; he also asserts that "The Catholic hierarchy favors war as a method of keeping population and resources in balance," states as a fact that "One characteristic of Catholic countries is gnawing hunger," and, like Maggie Sanger, philosophizes that "The Catholics are promulgating a breeding program to gain political control in the United States. In the poorer countries, they favor war as a method of keeping population and resources in balance. In these poor countries, the denser population is denser because the dumber Catholics and dumber others are having so many dumb children -- so the major influence of the Catholic's campaign against birth control is that they trade away their smart Catholics and get dumb ones."

Just try substituting the word "Jew" or "Black" for the word "Catholic" in the above quote and see what kind of a reaction you get! The pro-abortionists are certainly not above slandering the Catholic Church in pursuit of their goals. Dr. Bernard Nathanson gives us a rare 'insider's' look at the anti-Catholic bigots as he describes part of a 1969 conversation he had with fellow abortophile Larry Lader, in his book Aborting America ; "Historically, every revolution has to have its villain ... Now, in our case, it makes little sense to lead a campaign only against unjust laws, even though that's what we really are doing. We have to narrow the focus, identify those unjust laws with a person or a group of people ... There's always been one group of people in this country associated with reactionary politics, behind-the-scenes manipulations, socially backward ideas. You know who I mean, Bernie ... the Catholic hierarchy. That's a small enough group to come down on, and anonymous enough so that no names ever have to be mentioned ..."

Biophobia and Self-Hate.

"We [humans] have grown like a cancer. We're the biggest blight on the face of the earth."

-- Ingrid Newkirk, Director of People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals (PETA).[13]

The Root of All Evils. When we turn away from God, we lose the hope that He offers us. If we fail to recognize the soul within us, we become just another animal, undeserving of any special respect or consideration. Man's value or lack of value then depends solely upon his perceived impact upon Gaia, the "Goddess Earth."

This hopeless worldview is reflected in the statements of antinatalist activists in every field.

Edgar Chasteen asserted in his ominously-named book The Case for Compulsory Birth Control that "Soon the world may well be engulfed by indescribable horrors as these nations of the starving are crushed under the weight of their teeming populations."

Chasteen's suggested law mandating sterilization and birth control is shown in Figure 131-1.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------





FIGURE 131-1

EDGAR CHASTEEN'S PROPOSED COMPULSORY FAMILY PLANNING MEASURES

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

As of January 1, 1975, it shall be unlawful for any American family to

give birth to more than two children. Any family already having two or

more natural children on that date shall not be allowed to give birth to

another. Toward this end, it is hereby lawfully determined that all

Americans above the age of 10 years will, at least one year prior to the

aforementioned date, present himself/herself for reversible immunization

against fertility at a local county health department or physician's

office. An official "Certificate of Immunization" shall be issued to and

in the name of each citizen so treated. Said certification shall be signed

by the authorized medical practitioner who administers the immunization,

and shall be entered into the official records of the county in which

immunization occurred. After marriage, any citizen may present

himself/herself at a local county health department or physician's office

and obtain a fertility restorer. At the birth of the second child,

immunity against fertility shall be readministered to both parents. If the

first birth shall be multiple, no other births shall be permitted to that

mother, and both parents shall thereupon be re-immunized.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Reference: Edgar R. Chasteen. The Case for Compulsory Birth Control .

Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1971.




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Perpetual population controller Paul Ehrlich asserted in his 1968 pulp scare novel The Population Bomb that "We must cut out the cancer of population growth."[1] The United States Department of State was even more direct, asserting that "[Mankind is] the cancer of the planet."[14] This 'biophobia,' or fear of human life, is generally an infection suffered by those who approve of or use artificial contraception, abortion, and euthanasia. It is also vividly portrayed in many of their articles and books. Some quotes that reflect this twisted worldview are listed in Figure 131-2.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------





FIGURE 131-2

THREATS AND PROMISES OF COERCION BY THE POPULATION CONTROLLERS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



"(1) Parenthood is not an inherent right but a privilege granted by

society which may legitimately limit that privilege.

(2) Every American family has a right to two children and no more.

(3) The U.S. Congress must act to limit parenthood to two children and

adopt a crash program of birth control (this includes abortion) that will

be sufficient to accomplish this objective without using criminal

sanctions."

-- Excerpt from a resolution adopted by the National Board of Zero

Population Growth (ZPG) in September 1969. Quoted in Randy Engel. "A Pro-

Life Report on Population Growth and the American Future." 54 pages, 1972,

page 45.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

"Planning to prevent over-population of the earth must include the

practice of euthanasia, either negative or positive ... Therefore, since we

must restrict the rate of population increase, we should also be giving

careful consideration to the quality as well as the quantity of people

generated ... We doubtless will not get support from all religious groups

and it would be best not to force these and other disagreeing groups to

conform unless non-conformity would affect society or significant segments

of it too adversely."

-- Robert H. Williams, M.D. "Numbers, Types and Duration of Human Lives."

Northwest Medicine , July 1970, pages 493 to 496.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

"We must cut out the cancer of population growth. Coercion? Perhaps,

but coercion in a good cause [population control] ... We must be relentless

in pushing for population control."

-- Paul Ehrlich. The Population Bomb . New York: Ballantine, 1968.

Pages 180 and 181.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

"Every babe's birth diminishes me ... [obstetricians should discourage

fertility] in order to diminish the amount of adult stupidity, which itself

is a form of social pollution, and a most dangerous one ... Some form of

community coercion -- gentle or severe, explicit or cryptic -- will have to

be employed."

-- Garrett Hardin. "Everybody's Guilty: The Ecological Dilemma."

California Medicine , November 1970, pages 42 and 45 to 46.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

"It has been concluded that mandatory population control laws, even

those requiring compulsory abortion, could be sustained under our existing

Constitution if the population crisis became sufficiently compelling to

endanger the society. A few consider the situation already serious enough

to justify some forms of compulsion ... A massive campaign must be launched

to restore a quality environment in North America and to de-develop the

United States."

-- Paul Ehrlich, Population, Resources, Environment (1970). Quoted in

Brent Bozell. "Environmental Inaccuracy: Who Cares?" Conservative

Chronicle , June 17, 1992, page 18.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

"As a first step in this direction [of achieving zero population

growth], it would be necessary for the family planning movement to enlarge

its objectives ... from enabling couples to achieve the number of children

desired to inducing them to have a number of children consistent with a

zero-rate of population growth."

-- Philip Hauser. "Non-Family Planning Methods of Population Control."

From the proceedings of the International Conference of Family Planning,

Dacca, 1969. Described in Nancy B. Spannaus, Molly Hammett Kronberg, and

Linda Everett (Editors). How to Stop the Resurgence of Nazi Euthanasia

Today . Transcripts of the International Club of Life Conference, Munich,

West Germany, June 11-12, 1988. Executive Intelligence Review Special

Report, September 1988. EIR, Post Office Box 17390, Washington, D.C.

20041-0390. $150.00.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

"A large family can no longer in itself be viewed as a social

contribution. If the parents of three children decide to have a fourth, it

should be with the full awareness that they are choosing to indulge their

personal desires at the expense of the welfare of their society."

-- Lincoln H. Day and Alice Taylor Day. Too Many Americans . Boston:

Houghton-Mifflin, 1964. Pages 133 to 135 and 233.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

"I promise to have no more than two children, or no more than my

nation suggests."

-- Ted Turner. This is the third of Turner's "Ten Voluntary Initiatives,"

quoted in Charles Trueheart. "Ted Turner Updates Moses: Cable Mogul

Delivers Ten Commandments." The Washington Post , October 31, 1989, pages

C1 nd C6.




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Paul Ehrlich, quoted in Figure 131-2, states that we must have abortion on demand, mandatory comprehensive sex education from the earliest possible moment, and "responsibility prizes" for those in childless marriages. We must also pour a "mass sterilizing agent" in all water reservoirs, we must penalize heavily all "irresponsible" married couples with more than one child, and on and on and on ...

These frightening people see man as cancer, plague, and pestilence; how different from the inspiring vision of man set forth by God! The Situation in the United States.

"Every man's death diminishes me."

-- John Donne, 1631.[15] "Every babe's birth diminishes me."

-- Garrett Hardin, 1970.[16] Tools for Depopulation. Nobody in their right mind will seriously argue that the United States is overpopulated. Instead, the emphasis is cleverly shifted to the topic of how much of the world's resources we selfishly consume, and how overcrowded and hungry other nations are. While we were distracted by horrific scenes from blighted areas of the world, the popcon fanatics emplaced and deployed the tools for government- enforced population control in our country. In 1967, Congress allocated its first $50 million for domestic population control and family planning programs. The Family Planning Services and Population Research Act of 1970 allocated $382 million for domestic population control.

The Commission on Population Growth and the American Future, packed entirely with pro-abortion and anti-natalist activists, made its stance official in 1972 by stating baldly that "We have concluded that no substantial benefits would result from continued growth of the nation's population." And, of course, the Supreme Court presented us with abortion on demand in 1973.

Stamps for Eunuchs. Even the United States Postal Service has gotten into the act. On March 17, 1972, it unveiled its new eight-cent "Family Planning" stamp at the winter meeting of the Planned Parenthood-World Population Board of Directors in New York City. The Postal Service announced that "The new stamp will serve as a reminder for all members of our society of the current world environmental situation and the need for planning to have a better America and a better world."[17] This stamp showed a perfectly groomed, White, "gender-balanced" family joyously embarking on the wide and smooth road to the Brave New World, as shown below.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Crude But Effective. This anti-natalist propaganda has been extremely effective in our country, as shown in the demographic bar charts in Chapter 48 of Volume II, "Demographic Effects of Abortion." Our country has not attained a replacement birthrate in more than 15 years. Women have been constantly bombarded with the message "STOP HAVING BABIES!!" For more information about how the scourge of abortion has decimated the United States and world populations, see Chapter 57 of Volume II, "International Abortion Situation."

Abortion is now an act of honor, performed and endured gladly for the greater good of the planet. Catholic women have been conned into giving up their religion and have been given an excuse to turn to artificial contraception. "Christians" everywhere have come to believe that abortion and artificial birth control are the least of several evils. Child-killing has been turned from a mortal sin into a moral and sacred duty. The Propagandists Agitate. Propagandists are in the forefront of any Neoliberal social revolution, regardless of whether it is a drive euthanasia, homosexuality, abortion -- or population control. A propaganda campaign consists of two parts: Presenting one view and censoring opposing opinions.

Antinatalist strategists are already preparing our children for indoctrination in various coercive population control measures, as described in Chapter 114, "Homeschooling." They are also struggling to insure that our children are not exposed to any kind of influence that would encourage them to have children when they grow up and marry.

One such example of censorship was provided by the National Association for Optional Parenthood (NAOP), which launched its "Pronatalism in Textbooks Project" in the late 1970s. The following excerpts were taken from a letter that NAOP mailed to its members.

"Thank you for your interest in the Pronatalism in Textbooks Project and for volunteering your assistance. With your help and that of others we will be able to further the principle goal of this project; the elimination of pronatalist content in textbooks and children's books.

"At this point, we need people to examine textbooks and evaluate them for pronatalist content ..."

"Pronatalism refers to social and economic systems and attitudes that exalt the role of parent and assume or encourage parenthood for all ... Pronatalism can lead to sexist stereotyping; limited roles, especially for women; overpopulation; inadequate or abusive parenting; feelings of inadequacy or ostracism for couples who, by choice or fate, have no children and are a "two-person family."

"Pronatalism is sometimes so subtle that we often are unaware of its existence. The following criteria will be helpful in identifying pronatalism in textbooks;

3. Definition of family to exclude couples without children. 5. Large families favored over one-child or no child families. 6. Failure to discuss family planning when appropriate.

8. Theories of "maternal instinct" or maternity as central to women's lives.

10. Bias against abortion ..."[18]

NAOP's Advisory Council reads like a horror buff's lineup of celebrities: It numbers among its many members Lee Salk, Alvin Toffler, Geraldo Rivera, Paul Ehrlich, and Shirley MacLaine.

NAOP even went so far as to whine about Holiday Inn's "Kids Eat Free" program, claiming that "The symbolic message in policies of this kind may be interpreted as "approval" for parenthood, there being no comparable benefits for those without children."[19] The Plague of 'Contraceptive Imperialism.'

"It is the moral obligation of the developed nations to provide ... birth control techniques to the developing portions of the globe." -- Humanist Manifesto II , Article 15.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Third World aid without birth control is like trying to pour water uphill."
-- Columnist Hobart Rowen, The Washington Post , September 15, 1988. Introduction. The anti-life philosophy asserts that, in order for a nation to advance economically or socially, every country must control its population. This objective is supposedly paramount, and therefore any means necessary may be used to implement it, even if such means include widespread coercion. The truth of the matter is even more fundamental: If developing nations do not control their populations, then the commercial interests of the United States will be at risk.

Dr. Charles Ravenholt, Director of the Population Office, candidly explained that "Population control is needed to maintain the normal operation of United States commercial interests around the world. Without our trying to help those countries with their economic and social development, the world could rebel against the strong United States commercial presence. The self interest thing is a compelling element. If the population explosion proceeds unchecked, it will cause such terrible economic conditions abroad that revolutions will ensue. And revolutions are scarcely ever beneficial to the interests of the United States."[20] This condescending attitude is at the heart of the West's "contraceptive imperialism." We have been scared into believing in the phenomenon of "differential fertility:" i.e., if we don't do something fast , we Americans will be inundated with all of those "colored" people from those poor, backward nations (like Mexico). And, even worse, these "colored" people might even revolt against U.S. commercial control of their economies and might even become (gasp!) financially independent! Obviously, contraceptive imperialism is, by its very nature , racist. More than two decades ago, feminist writer Lynn Phillips recognized the strong link between 'population aid' and external coercion and control, and the connection obviously made her distinctly uneasy; "[Birth control] is an international strategy in application throughout the world; in Vietnam population control of uncontrollables takes the form of outright genocide, but in Latin America, India, here, and in American colonies, birth control is the favored method ... If there is any truth to the idea of a genocide campaign against black and other minority women, our sisterly concern for [illegal] abortion victims begins to look like a blind."[21] Agencies and Their Deadly Work. In particular, United States official and quasi-official bureaucracies, in the form of Planned Parenthood, the United States Agency for International Development (USAID), and many others as named in Figure 131-3, believe that our way of life is inherently superior to any other way of life, and the means for converting everyone into a infinitely consuming society can be found in contraception.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



FIGURE 131-3

ORGANIZATIONS AND INDIVIDUALS

SUPPORTING ANTINATALIST INTERNATIONAL FAMILY PLANNING PROGRAMS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Academy for Educational Development (AED)[1]

Africare, Inc.[1]

Alan Guttmacher Institute (AGI)[1]

American Medical Association (AMA)[2]

American Academy of Health Administration[2]

American Academy of Pediatrics[2]

American Association for the Advancement of Science (AAAS)[2]

American Association for Voluntary Sterilization (AVS)

American Association of University Women (AAUW)[2]

American Baptist Churches USA[2]

American Civil Liberties Union, Reproductive Freedom Project (ACLU)[1]

American College of Osteopathic Pediatricians[2]

American Ethical Union[2]

American Genetic Association[2]

American Home Economics Association[2]

American Pharmaceutical Association[2]

American Psychiatric Association[2]

American Public Health Association (APHA)[1]

Americans for Democratic Action[2]

The Asia Foundation[1]

Association for Population/Family Planning and Information Centers

(APFPIC)[1]

Association for Voluntary Surgical Contraception (AVSC)[1,2]

CARE, Inc.[2]



Carnegie Foundation

'Catholics' for Free Choice (CFFC)[1]

Center for Population and Family Health, Columbia University (CPFH)[1]

Center for Population Options (CPO)[1]

Center for War/Peace Studies[2]

Centre for Development and Population Activities (CEDPA)

Church World Service, National Council of Churches[1]

Committee for International Cooperation in National Research in Demography

(CICRED)[1]

Constitutional Rights Foundation[2]

Contraceptive Research and Development Program, Eastern Virginia Medical

School (CONRAD)

Council on Economic Priorities[2]

Council on Environmental Quality[2]

Council of Population and Environment[2]

The D.K. Tyagi Fund[1]

Development Associates[1]

Development Services International of Canada (DSI)[1]

Dual & Associates, Inc.[1]

East-West Population Institute, East-West Center[1]

Family Care International, Inc. (FCI)[1]

Family Health International[1]

Family Planning International Assistance (FPIA)[1]

Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO)[1]

Ford Foundation

Friends of the Earth (FOE)[2]

The Futures Group[1]

Genetics Society of America[2]

Girls Clubs of America[2]

Global Committee of Parliamentarians on Population and Development[1]

Global Tomorrow Coalition, Inc. (GTC)[1]

Health Services International, Inc. (HSI)[1]

Institute for Resource Development, Westinghouse (IRD)[1]

International Council on Management of Population Programmes (ICOMP)[1]

International Federation for Family Life Promotion (IFFLP)[1]

International Health Program, Tulane University[1]

International Institute for Environment and Development (IIED)[1]

International Labor Organization (ILO)[1]



International Monetary Fund (IMF)



International Planned Parenthood Federation (IPPF)[1,2]

International Projects Assistance Services (IPAS)[1]

International Science and Technology Institute, Inc. (ISTI)[1]

International Union for the Scientific Study of Population (IUSSP)[1]



International Women's Health Coalition (IWHC)[1]

Japanese Organization for International Cooperation in Family Planning,

Inc. (JOICFP)[1]

John Short & Associates, Inc. (JS&A)[1]

John Snow, Inc. (JSI)[1]

Johns Hopkins Program for International Education in Gynecology and

Obstetrics (JHPIEGO)[1]

Johns Hopkins University, Population Communication Services (PCS)[1]

Johns Hopkins University, Population Information Program (PIP)[1]

League of Women Voters[2]

Los Angeles Regional Family Planning Council (LARFPC)[1]

Management Sciences for Health (MSH)[1]

Margaret Sanger Center[1]

Marie Stopes International (MSI)[1]

National Abortion Federation (NAF)[1]

National Abortion Rights Action League (NARAL)[1]

National Academy of Sciences, Committee on Population (NAS)[1]

National Audobon Society[1,2]

National Family Planning and Reproductive Health Association, Inc.

(NFPRHA)[1]

National Institute of Child Health and Human Development (NICHD)[1]

National Wildlife Federation (NWF)[2]

National Resources Defense Council[2]

Negative Population Growth (NPG)[2]

Office of Population Research, Princeton University (OPR)[1]

Peace Science Society International[2]

Pathfinder Fund[1]

Planned Parenthood Federation of America (PPFA)[2]

Planned Parenthood Federation of Canada (PPFC)[2]

Population Association of America (PAA)[1]

Population Communication (PC)[1]

Population Communications International (PCI)[1]

Population Concern[1]

Population Council[1]

Population Crisis Committee[1,2]

Population-Environmental Balance[1]

Population Institute

Population Planning and International Health[1]

Population Reference Bureau (PRB)[1]

Population Resource Center (PRC)[1]

Population Services International (PSI)[1,2]

Program for Appropriate Technology in Health (PATH)[1]

Program for International Training in Health, University of North Carolina

(INTRAH)[1]

Project HOPE[2]

RAND Corporation[1]

'Religious' Coalition for Abortion Rights (RCAR)[1]

Research Triangle Institute (RTI)[1]

RONCO Consulting Corporation[1]

Rockefeller Foundation

Sex Information and Educational Council of the United States (SIECUS)[2]

Sierra Club[1]

Social Development Center (SDC)[1]

Transnational Family Research Institute (TFRI)[1]

Triton Corporation[1]

United Nations Department of International Economic and Social Affairs

(UNDIESA)[1]

United Nations Department of Technical Cooperation for Development[1]

United Nations Fund for Population Activities (UNFPA)

United Nations International Children's Emergency Fund (UNICEF)

United Nations World Health Organization (WHO)

United States Agency for International Development (USAID)



United States Fund for Population Activities (USFPA)[1]

United States Jaycees[2]

University Research Corporation (URC)[1]

Western Consortium for Public Health[1]

The Wilderness Society[2]

The Wildlife Society[2]

World Bank[1]

World Federalists, U.S.A.[2]

World Federation of Health Agencies for Voluntary Surgical Contraception

(WF/SC)[1]

World Health Organization (WHO)[1]

World Medical Association[2]

World Neighbors[1]

World Population Society (WPS)[1]

World Resources Institute (WRI)[1]

Worldwatch Institute[1]

Young Women's 'Christian' Association[2]

Zero Population Growth (ZPG)[1,2]

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PROMINENT POPULATION CONTROLLERS IN GOVERNMENT AND ACADEMIA: Congresswoman

Shirley Chisolm, Congressman Ronald V. Dellums, Congressman Pierre S. Du

Pont, John Kenneth Galbraith, Senator Philip A. Hart, Senator Mark O.

Hatfield, Governor Walter J. Hickel, Senator Henry M. Jackson, Senator

Edward F. Kennedy, Governor Tom McCall, Congresswoman Patsy T. Mink,

Senator Walter F. Mondale, Congresswoman Patricia Schroeder, Governor

Milton J. Shapp, Senator Robert Taft, Jr., Ambassador Sol M. Linowitz,

Mayor John V. Lindsay of New York City, Mrs. Vincent Astor, Paul R.

Ehrlich, Henry Ford II, and Nobel Prize Winners Alva and Gunnar Myrdal.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[1] Groups listed as "Nongovernmental Organizations in International

Population and Family Planning" in the Population Briefing Paper ,

December 1988, issued by the Population Crisis Committee, 1120 19th Street

NW, Suite 550, Washington, DC 20036-3605.

[2] Groups listed as "Sponsoring Organizations" at the antinatalist

conference entitled "The International Convocation on the World Population

Crisis." This conference was sponsored by the Planned Parenthood

Federation of America and was held June 19th and 20th, 1974 at the Hotel

Americana in New York City. All of the individuals listed above were

sponsors of this conference.




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Perhaps the most important antinatalist conference took place on June 19th and 20th, 1974 at the Hotel Americana in New York City. It was sponsored by the Planned Parenthood Federation of America (PPFA), and was entitled "The International Convocation on the World Population Crisis." It is interesting to note that many of the distinguished population controllers that were present at this conference were also members of activist eugenics groups and were uniformly pro-abortion and pro-euthanasia (see Chapter 105, "Eugenics," for a listing of these eugenics organizations). Most of the population controllers named in Figure 131-3 are still very active today. A partial list of "Convocation Sponsors" is listed in the same figure, and is very revealing.
More than 100 anti-life groups were listed as "Sponsoring Organizations" at this conference, and this roll call read like a Who's Who of pro-abortion groups.

Try to imagine the colossal wealth and influence that can be marshalled by these people, who currently have an aggregate personal net worth of more than five billion dollars , and the anti-life organizations, whose aggregate annual budget exceeds a total of ten billion dollars! Notice that the sponsors alone include 15 United States Senators, Congressmen, Governors and Ambassadors, and try to imagine how their belief in abortion and population control affects this country's legislation. The incredible combined magnitude of the activities of these organizations can be hinted at by examining the programs funded by just one of them over a period of just one year. In 1987, the United Nations Children's Emergency Fund (UNICEF), in partnership with the United Nations Fund for Population Activities (UNFPA), spent $720,684 to purchase abortifacient contraceptives in Jamaica; contributed $700,000 to a World Bank project that established 18 sterilization facilities in Kenya; contributed $1,800,000 to another World Bank project in Malawi for the development of sterilization services; financed for $795,569 an UNFPA and World Health Organization (WHO) project that expanded mobile sterilization units in Nepal; funded for $37,116 a UNFPA project in Rwanda that supplied abortifacients; funded for $21,657 another UNFPA project in conjunction with the International Planned Parenthood Federation (IPPF) in Tanzania that provided abortifacients; funded a stockpile of contraceptives in Zimbabwe; and sponsored the formation of committees in 15 African nations to expand contraception, abortion and sterilization, and attack indigenous family values.[22] The Fatal Flaw. Mahatma Gandhi, whose country has been a population control battleground since the turn of the century, struck at the heart of the matter when he pointed out that

"If it is contended that birth control is necessary for the nation because of over population, I dispute the proposition. It has never been proved. In my opinion, by a proper land system, better agriculture, and a supplementary industry, this country is capable of supporting twice as many people as there are in it today.

"I am totally opposed to artificial means of controlling the birthrate, and it is not possible for me to congratulate you or your co- workers on having brought into being a league whose activities, if successful, can only do great moral injury to the people. I wish I could convince you and your co-workers to disband the league and devote your energy to a better purpose. You will pardon for giving my opinion in a decisive manner."[23]

When asked about the possibility of the United States government getting into population control, President Dwight D. Eisenhower replied that "I cannot imagine anything more emphatically a subject that is not a proper political or governmental activity or function or

responsibility."[24] Eisenhower, of course, changed his mind later. Differential fertility certainly will lead to a vastly different world socioeconomic picture before very long. Moslems, among others, recognize very clearly that there is more than one way to conquer the world. As Atifa Dawat, an Iranian delegate to the July 1985 conference entitled "Forum '85," in Nairobi, Kenya, stated, "The more children we have, the better. When there are enough Moslems in the world, then we will have world victory."[25]

The United States would like to exert control by the opposite means; by convincing Third World women to stop having babies. The Process of Emasculation. The story is the same on every continent and in every country that has been subverted by the West's "contraceptive imperialism." The process of corrupting and destroying the morals, traditions, and religious beliefs of "less developed" countries invariably follows the seven-step sequence outlined in Figure 131-4.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------





FIGURE 131-4

THE SEVEN-STEP STRATEGY FOR FOREIGN POPULATION CONTROL

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



(1) First of all the national legislature is targeted. They must be

forced or persuaded to accept the equation that SMALL FAMILIES = PROGRESS,

which is alleged to mean equality with the West, the ultimate goal of all

proper nationalistic striving.

(2) Once approval for contraception is gained "for family planning

purposes," the country is literally flooded with pills, IUDs,

abortifacients such as the injectable Depo-Provera, and, most deadly of

all, the 'family planning' experts, who maintain a hawklike vigilance to

insure that nothing goes awry.

(3) A massive propaganda campaign, which is now paid for by the State, is

launched. Its purpose is to convince the people to abandon their

'backward' and 'unsophisticated' lifestyles and embrace the idea that

unrestricted sex is desirable. The groundwork for abortion on demand, paid

for by the State, begins to be laid.

(4) Since the ultimate objective of the "popcon" experts is zero (or even

negative) population growth, sterilization is next. Incentives are offered

for male and female neutering, and camps are set up to facilitate extensive

sterilization programs. Often, women are involuntarily sterilized as they

are having their second child.

(5) Since contraception very frequently fails, abortion becomes a

necessary backup, naturally only for the "hard cases." The population

planners are careful to leave plenty of restrictions on abortion.

(6) The restrictions on abortion are eliminated, one by one, for

"humanitarian" reasons. Once step (5) has been taken, this is a remarkably

easy process.

(7) Once respect for unborn life has been sufficiently eroded, the

movement to legalize euthanasia only for the "hard cases" begins.




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

These programs have been devastatingly effective. Figure 131-5 shows the impacts of population control programs on 16 countries that now possess 61 percent of the world's population. Each has experienced a steep drop in fertility over the past thirty years. The People's Republic of China (PRC), the world's most populous country, has had a 56% decline in fertility since 1960, from 5.5 children per family to 2.4 children per family. This is largely a result of the coercive Chinese population program, which is described in detail in Chapter 50 of Volume II, "Forced Abortions."



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



********************************************

* NOTE: THIS FIGURE WILL BE WRAPPED *

* AROUND AFTER IT IS DOWNLOADED. TO *

* VIEW OR PRINT IT, EXPAND MARGINS OR *

* SWITCH TO A SMALLER FONT. *

********************************************

FIGURE 131-5

FERTILITY REDUCTION IN POPULOUS COUNTRIES

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FERTILITY RATE (CHILDREN PER COMPLETED FAMILY)

DECLINE IN PERCENT,

1960 to 1990

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-* FERTILITY IN 1990 ********** FERTILITY IN 1960 - 53%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- 1.0 2.0* 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0

- - - * - - - - -

Ã---------------------×---------------------------------------------------Ù

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** MEXICO ************************** 3.6 7.0 - 48%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** MALAYSIA ***************** 2.9 6.9 - 58%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** TURKEY *************************** 3.7 6.8 - 46%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** COLOMBIA ***************** 2.9 6.8 - 57%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** EGYPT ************************************** 4.7 6.7 - 30%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** PERU ***************************** 3.7 6.6 - 44%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** THAILAND ********** 2.2 6.6 - 67%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** TAIWAN ******* * 1.8 6.5 - 74%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** SINGAPORE ** 1.6 * 6.3 - 75%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** INDIA ***************************** 3.8 6.2 - 39%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** BRAZIL ********************** 3.2 6.2 - 48%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** SOUTH KOREA ******* 2.2 6.0 - 63%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** SRI LANKA *********** 2.4 5.9 - 59%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** INDONESIA ******************** 3.3 5.6 - 41%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** P.R. CHINA ********** 2.4 5.5 - 56%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-** CUBA ******** 1.7 * 4.7 - 64%

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--

Notes. "Total fertility rate" is defined as the average number of children

that would be born per woman if all women lived to the end of their

childbearing years (usually taken to mean age 44) and, at each year of

childbearing age, they experience the average birth rates for each country.

If a country's population is to be stable, the total fertility rate must be

2.20.

References. (1) Jodi L. Jacobsen. Planning the Global Family

(Worldwatch Paper 80). The sixteen countries shown possess 61 percent of

the world's population. (2) United States Department of Commerce, Bureau

of the Census. Reference Data Book and Guide to Sources, Statistical

Abstract of the United States . Washington, DC: United States Government

Printing Office. 1990 (110th Edition). Table 1,440, "Vital Statistics,

1989, and Projections, 2000 -- Selected Countries."




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

It seems that economic prosperity, when teamed with a propaganda saturation campaign, is by far the most effective means of population control. Figure 131-5 shows that the fertility rate of Singapore has plunged from 6.3 children per family to 1.6 children per family, a 75 percent decrease in 30 years.

Figure 131-6 shows the current rates of fertility for a number of developed and developing nations. It is interesting to note that Europe is literally dying; every country but one (Ireland) has a below-replacement birth rate. In other words, if a fence was built around the continent of Europe, allowing no immigration or emigration, the continent would be completely unpopulated within twenty generations.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



********************************************

* NOTE: THIS FIGURE WILL BE WRAPPED *

* AROUND AFTER IT IS DOWNLOADED. TO *

* VIEW OR PRINT IT, EXPAND MARGINS OR *

* SWITCH TO A SMALLER FONT. *

********************************************

FIGURE 131-6

1990 FERTILITY RATES IN DEVELOPED AND DEVELOPING COUNTRIES

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1990 FERTILITY RATE (CHILDREN PER COMPLETED FAMILY)

0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5

4.0

- - - - - * - - -



À-------------------------------------------×------------------------------

-----Ù

***************************** *

*** HONG KONG ************** 1.42 *

*****************************Ü *

*** GERMANY, ITALY *********** 1.50 *

******************************Ü *

*** DENMARK, AUSTRIA ********** 1.54 *

*******************************Ü *

*** SWITZERLAND, NETHERLANDS *** 1.57

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

********************************Ü *- ---- REPLACEMENT RATE= 2.20



*** BELGIUM ********************* 1.60

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*********************************Ü *

*** CANADA, GREECE *************** 1.69 *

**********************************Ü *

*** SWEDEN, SPAIN ***************** 1.73 *

***********************************Ü *

*** JAPAN, UNITED KINGDOM ********** 1.76 *

************************************Ü *

*** FRANCE, PORTUGAL **************** 1.80 *

*************************************Ü *

*** UNITED STATES ******************** * 1.87

**************************************Ü *

*** AUSTRALIA ************************* * 1.93

***************************************ÜÜÜÜÜ*

*** POLAND ********************************** 2.21

*********************************************ÜÜÜÜ

*** SOVIET UNION ******************************** 2.40

*************************************************Ü

*** PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA (PRC) ************* 2.44

************************************************** ÜÜÜÜÜÜÜ

*** ARGENTINA ******************************************* 2.78

************************************************** *******ÜÜÜÜÜÜ

*** BRAZIL ************************************************** ** 3.16

************************************************** *************ÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜÜ

*** MEXICO ************************************************** ************

3.57

************************************************** ***********************ÜÜ

ÜÜ

*** INDIA

************************************************** ***************** 3.79

************************************************** *************************

**

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---

Notes. "Total fertility rate" is defined as the average number of children

that would be born per woman if all women lived to the end of their

childbearing years (usually taken to mean age 44) and, at each year of

childbearing age, they experience the average birth rates for each country.

If a country's population is to be stable, the total fertility rate must be

2.20. The above 25 countries contain 3,250 million people, or 65% of the

world's population.

Reference: United States Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census.

Reference Data Book and Guide to Sources, Statistical Abstract of the

United States . Washington, DC: United States Government Printing Office.

1990 (110th Edition), 991 pages. Table 1,440, "Vital Statistics, 1989, and

Projections, 2000 -- Selected Countries."




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Figure 131-7 summarizes the worldwide impact that the population controllers have had. Planetary population growth has declined from 2.1 percent per year for the period 1966-1970 to a projected 1.5 percent per year for the period 1996-2000 -- a 29 percent decrease.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



FIGURE 131-7

HISTORICAL AND PROJECTED WORLD POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Population in Millions

1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000

North America 199 214 226 239 252 264 275 287 297

Central America 71 83 95 108 122 137 154 173 190

South America 146 168 191 216 242 273 297 327 356

Europe 425 444 460 474 484 492 499 506 512

Soviet Union 214 231 243 254 266 278 292 304 315

Africa 293 330 375 427 491 566 645 751 872

Asia 1,685 1,871 2,112 2,364 2,593 2,831 3,058 3,304 3,549

Oceania 16 17 19 21 23 24 26 28 30

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

WORLD 3,049 3,358 3,721 4,103 4,473 4,865 5,246 5,680 6,121

Population Distribution by Area Development

More Developed

945 1,002 1,049 1,096 1,136 1,173 1,208 1,240 1,268

Less Developed

2,104 2,356 2,672 3,007 3,336 3,692 4,038 4,440 4,853

Population Distribution by Sex

Males 1,526 1,681 1,863 2,056 2,244 2,443 2,634 2,870 3,099

Females 1,523 1,677 1,858 2,047 2,229 2,422 2,612 2,810 3,022

Growth Rate in Percent

1961- 1966- 1971- 1976- 1981- 1986- 1991- 1996-

1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000

North America 1.5 1.1 1.1 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7

Central America 2.8 2.7 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 1.9

South America 2.7 2.6 2.4 2.4 2.3 1.9 1.7 1.7

Europe 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2

Soviet Union 1.5 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7

Africa 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.6 3.1 3.0

Asia 2.1 2.4 2.3 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4

Oceania 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.5 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.4

WORLD 1.9 2.1 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.5

World Parameters

Crude Birth Rate 35.1 33.9 31.6 28.4 27.1 26.0 25.0 23.8

Crude Death Rate 14.5 13.3 12.2 11.2 10.5 9.9 9.3 8.8

Life Expectancy 54.0 55.9 57.7 59.2 60.9 62.6 64.3 65.8

Median Age 19.9 20.8 21.6 22.4 23.3 24.2 25.3 26.4

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Reference: United States Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census.

Reference Data Book and Guide to Sources, Statistical Abstract of the

United States . 1990 (110th Edition). Table 1,440, "World Population."




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The population controllers keep very careful track of the trends shown in Figure 131-7, and have proclaimed that their work has just begun. Even when the population of the planet levels off and begins to decline, they will always find more to do.
Many elements of the population control programs that have been implemented in developing countries had to be tested in the United States first, of course, and Figure 131-8 shows that the United States has suffered as much as the rest of the world. The average number of children living at home in American households has declined from 2.3 to 0.9 in the last fifty years.



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------





FIGURE 131-8

CHILDREN LIVING AT HOME IN THE UNITED STATES, 1940 TO 1990

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Percentage of Families With; 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1985 1990

No children 32.2 34.9 38.2 44.1 47.9 50.4 51.4

One child 13.5 15.6 17.4 18.2 20.9 20.9 20.8

Two children 12.8 14.5 16.2 17.4 19.3 18.6 18.1

Three children 12.4 12.9 12.6 12.4 7.8 7.2 6.9

Four children 9.7 7.1 5.5 3.8 2.2 1.2 1.0

Five children 7.8 5.9 3.6 1.6 0.9 0.7 0.8

Six children 5.3 4.0 2.8 0.9 0.3 0.3 0.3

Seven children 4.0 3.3 2.2 0.7 0.3 0.4 0.4

Eight or more children 2.3 1.8 1.5 0.9 0.4 0.3 0.3



Average children per

family living at home 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.3 0.9

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Reference: United States Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census.

Reference Data Book and Guide to Sources. Statistical Abstract of the

United States . Washington, DC: United States Government Printing Office.

1990 (110th Edition), Tables 65 and 66.

A family is defined as a husband and wife or a man and woman

cohabiting for more than one year. Children include adopted children and

long-term (longer than one year) foster children. These numbers include

only those children living at home who are under 18.




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The View from the Left. The contraception-abortion-euthanasia field of study and action is almost incomprehensively vast in scope, but the Right and Left find little to agree upon. One exception is the United States' brand of "contraceptive imperialism."

The general reasoning of the Left is that the United States wants to hold down the population in only developing countries because, as Socialist writer K. Agnes White puts it, "Poverty and starvation are the perfect breeding ground for Communism."[26]

This is apparently the opposite of the situation in the United States, where Marxism/Socialism/ Communism are mere hobbies for trendies, college students, and bored housewives.

The Real Motives. In an article she wrote for the Portland [Oregon] Alliance , White makes a disturbingly accurate analysis of the real reason behind our meddling in the affairs of other countries; "The willful distribution of such dangerous forms of birth control [i.e., IUDs banned in the United States for health reasons] in Third World women and the restriction of their use in industrialized countries makes it clear that population control is a racist as well as sexist policy. Along with the fear that the poor and hungry will rebel is the fear that the poor and hungry -- by and large people of Color -- will out-breed Whites."[26] Case Study: South Africa. South Africa is an obvious example of such racist population policies. The South African government, coached by United States Planned Parenthood experts, is implementing a strong 'family planning' program, but the "experts" blundered badly, because only Whites are following the program!

In other words, the target population (Blacks) were smart enough to see the deception, but Whites were not. In the last ten years, the White birthrate has fallen from 2.8 children per family to less than replacement at about 2.05 children per family in South Africa. Meanwhile, the Blacks and 'Coloreds' (mixed race) population has about five children per family and state correctly, like the Moslems, that "Our children are our weapons." The ubiquitous injectable abortifacient Depo-Provera is administered to girls as young as 14 years of age in South Africa, and some girls' boarding schools, on the advice of Planned Parenthood, inject every girl with the drug before they go on holiday. This is a classic example of how little Planned Parenthood and the population planners think of the rights and intelligence of children -- and of their parents.

Depo-Provera: It's Good Enough For Them. Depo-Provera (named Depo- Clinivir in Germany) was banned until very recently in the United States and Israel because of its extremely dangerous side effects. This drug, which was considered much too dangerous for lily-White American women to use until it was refined, was peddled forcefully in more than 80 developing countries, including Indonesia, Kenya, and Mexico.

The Upjohn Company applied to the United States Food and Drug Administration for approval of Depo-Provera in 1976. The FDA turned down the application because Depo-Provera had been found to cause breast cancer in animals, and that some users will suffer "possibly even permanent infertility." The country's leading pharmacologists sanction the use of Depo-Provera "only if the possibility of permanent infertility is acceptable to the patient."

Statistics by Upjohn and the National Cancer Institute show that women who have been injected with Depo-Provera develop cervical cancer (which usually metastasizes) at rates of up to 9.1 times that of the control groups.

Women who are unknowingly pregnant and are injected with Depo-Provera have borne children with congenital heart defects, abnormal development of the sexual organs and the possibility of genital cancer later in life. These effects are similar to those experienced by the daughters of women who had taken diethylstilbestrol (DES).[27] Case Study: Nigeria. In developing countries with large populations, the Population Council, the International Planned Parenthood Federation, and the United States Agency for International Development (USAID, a part of the Department of State) use effective CIA-like tactics to infiltrate government ministries and the press and entertainment industry, recruit "focus groups" of local people upon which to test their theories, and undermine indigenous values and traditions.

According to International Family Planning Associates (IFPA) researcher Elizabeth Sobo, the objective of such intensive programs "... is to literally saturate the media with birth-control themes, and at the same time to make it appear that these ideas represent nothing more than a spontaneous change in local customs."

These programs feature not just localized spots, but massive nationwide and even continentwide media and propaganda saturation campaigns As an example, a written contract between the United States Agency for International Development (USAID) and the Nigerian government outlines the various points of the country's proposed family planning program as follows;



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



ELEMENTS OF THE USAID POPULATION CONTROL PROGRAM FOR NIGERIA

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* "At least 3,000 television, radio, film and fold media programs and

spots, and newspaper and magazine inserts in at least five languages;

* A music project [to develop] popular songs containing family planning

themes [that are] composed and recorded by popular local musicians;

* Integrating family planning messages into existing popular radio and

television [entertainment] series;

* Recorded testimonials from traditional and religious leaders;

* Television and radio specials and serials;

* Workshops [and] observation study tours for selected media

practitioners;

* Motivational and technical video programs for broadcast, and for

transfer onto 16 mm film to be shown through mobile vans;

* Special broadcasts on population issues to enlighten decision-makers;

* Symposia and meetings for traditional and religious leaders [and for]

opinion leaders;

* Audience research [and] community analysis;

* A series of workshops in at least 15 states for a minimum of 200 urban

secondary and post-secondary school teachers;

* [And] a national population quiz show eliciting competition from at

least 300 secondary schools throughout Nigeria."

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Reference: John Cavanaugh-O'Keefe. "Working Against Overseas Population

Control." National Catholic Register , November 18, 1990, page 12.




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Although the problem is serious and the prognosis grim, some people are beginning to wake up to the existence of the massive programs of covert genocide being practiced in Africa. The Information Project for Africa, Post Office Box 43345,
Washington, DC 20010, in particular fights United States contraceptive imperialism, and anyone interested in population control programs in Africa and what to do about them should contact this group.

Domestic Racists. One has only to be familiar with the philosophies and quotations of Margaret Sanger and current abortionists such as Edward Allred to realize that the above statement on the racism of population control by K. Agnes White is absolutely correct.

As Allred stated in an October 12, 1980 San Diego Union interview; "I would do free abortions in Mexico to stem the new influx of Hispanic immigrants. Their lack of respect for democracy and social order is frightening ... When a sullen black woman of 17 or 18 can decide to have a baby and get welfare and food stamps and become a burden to all of us, it's time to stop. In parts of South Los Angeles, having babies for welfare is the only industry the people have."

It is laughable that the far Left will not condemn such blatant racism.

Why?

Because "reproductive rights" are much higher on their priority list than mere racism.

So, of course, they ignore such atrocities happening right here at home. For example, in 1976, the U.S. Government's General Accounting Office charged that the Indian Health Service had sterilized more than 3,000 Native American women in a four-year period by using elements of coercion -- including using consent forms that did not fully inform women of the hazards, or which carried a thinly-veiled threat that they would lose their jobs unless they consented to the surgery.

Of course, any pro-life activist knows that we have been fighting against this insidious form of "contraceptive imperialism" for decades, so it is most amusing to note that most Socialist groups actually blame Right- wing fanatics (that's us, gang) for these abuses.

The Unbreakable Link Between

Abortion and Population Control.

"The right to abortion, an inalienable right of all women, is an integral part of population control."

-- Lawrence Lader, co-founder of the National Abortion Rights Action League (NARAL).[28]

Introduction. Pro-abortionists tell us all the time that contraception frequently fails, and that abortion is required as a backup if "women are to control their own lives."

Indeed, as described in Chapter 99, "Contraception Effectiveness and Use," there are more than two million contraceptive failures in the United States every year, half of which end in abortions.

Larry Lader, the king of the abortion propagandists, recognized the "value" of abortion in controlling the population in our own country even before Roe v. Wade ; "Above all, the abortion revolution should intensify the trend towards population control. In 1972, about 600 thousand legal abortions were performed nationwide -- a figure that accounted in large measure for the decline in births below the replacement level of 2.110."[29]

Extending the Principle. The population controllers have flooded scores of developing countries with IUDs, birth control pills, and condoms. They also correctly recognize that tens of millions of contraceptive failures will occur in these countries.

It is therefore absolutely inevitable that the controllers will vigorously implement abortion programs in these countries as "backstops" for their ineffective contraception programs. As the United Nations Fund for Population Activities (UNFPA) acknowledges, "It has been clear for a long time that family planning campaigns [without abortion] are largely ineffectual in producing a lower rate of population growth."[30] Population statistician Emily C. Moore confirmed the UNFPA view when she said that "The population explosion compels us to take every means necessary to curb our growth rate. Since contraception alone seems insufficient to reduce fertility to the point of no-growth, and since population experts tell us that eliminating unwanted fertility [is necessary], we should permit all voluntary means of birth control (including abortion) so as to avert the necessity for coercive measures."[31]

Notice that Moore implies that, if she and her ilk do not get their way (i.e., unlimited free abortion and contraception), then they will try coercion, regardless of whether it is in this country or developing countries.

Going One Step Further. Just as contraception leads inevitably to abortion, whether it be on a national or an international scale, abortion inevitably leads to euthanasia, as described in Chapter 110, "Infanticide: The Abortion-Euthanasia Link."

Dr. Robert H. Williams asserted more than twenty years ago that "Planning to prevent over-population of the earth must include the practice of euthanasia, either negative or positive ... Therefore, since we must restrict the rate of population increase, we should also be giving careful consideration to the quality as well as the quantity of people generated ... We doubtless will not get support from all religious groups and it would be best not to force these and other disagreeing groups to conform unless non-conformity would affect society or significant segments of it too adversely."[32]

Note Williams' thinly-veiled threat of coercion against "disagreeing groups" in the future if their "non-conformity" would "adversely affect society." Williams and his cohorts, of course, would reserve such a judgment to themselves and would implement the coercion -- if they have the power -- at any time they felt was appropriate. Notice also that the above rationale is precisely that used by the government of China in justifying its forced-abortion program, which is described in Chapter 50 of Volume II, "Forced Abortions."

References: Overpopulation.

"Cultures and civilizations rise and fall with the populations on which they are based ... This is the lesson of history."

-- French Social Affairs Minister Jacques Solideau.[33] [1] Paul Ehrlich. The Population Bomb . New York: Ballantine, 1968. Pages 11, 24, 135 to 139, 149, 151, and 180 to 181.

[2] Poem from a population control pamphlet entitled "Paste Your Umbrella Before the Rain." Prepared by the Chinese Center for International Training in Family Planning of Taiwan. Funded by UNICEF. See "UNICEF and Population Control," United States Coalition for Life Newsletter dated January 1973. Distributed to every Taiwanese boy and girl graduating from secondary, high, and vocational schools.

[4] Murray Bookchin. "The Population Myth." Kick It Over , Spring 1992, pages 8 to 12. Also see Reverend John A. O'Brien. Pastoral Life , July- August 1966.

[5] Ansley Coale. "Increases in Expectation of Life and Population Growth." In Louis Henry and Wilhelm Winkler (editors), Proceedings of the International Population Conference (Vienna, Austria), page 36. [6] Jean-Michel Cousteau, quoted in Richard L. Hill. "Explorer Finds No. 1 Threat in a Word: Overpopulation." The Oregonian , October 8, 1992, page B1.

[7] Ingrid Newkirk of PETA, quoted in Charles Oliver. "Liberation Zoology." Reason Magazine, June 1990, pages 22 to 27. [8] Supreme Court Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes, quoted in Richard Hertz. Chance and Symbol . Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1948. Page 107.

[9] David M. Graber quoting Bill McKibben's The End of Nature in the Los Angeles Times book review, as printed in the Orange County (California) Register , October 28, 1990.

[10] Les U. Knight of VHEMT, quoted in Joel Dippold. "Live Well and Die." The Portland [Oregon] Alliance , March 1991, page 5. See also "That's Outrageous!, A Compilation: The Dodo Solution." Reader's Digest , April 1992, page 147.

[11] Proletarian Revolution , Fall 1989. [12] Theodore (Teddy) Roosevelt, quoted in Eugene E. Russell. Webster's New World Dictionary of Quotable Definitions (2nd Edition). New York: Prentice-Hall, 1988. 674 pages, $15.95.

[13] Ingrid Newkirk, Director of People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals (PETA). Quoted by Charles Oliver. "Liberation Zoology." Reason Magazine, June 1990, pages 22 to 27

[14] "U.S. Presents Views on Population Growth and Economic Development." The Department of State Bulletin , January 31, 1966, page 176. [15] John Donne, quoted in Joseph R. Stanton, M.D. "From Feticide to Infanticide." The Human Life Review , Summer 1982, page 44. [16] Garrett Hardin. "Everybody's Guilty: The Ecological Dilemma." California Medicine , November 1970, pages 42 and 45 to 46. [17] "Family Planning Gets "Stamp of Approval" From U.S. Postal Service." Pittsburgh Planned Parenthood newsletter, February-March 1972, page 4. [18] Undated form letter and attachment entitled "Criteria for Identifying Pronatalism in Books" to volunteers from the National Alliance for Optional Parenthood, 2010 Massachusetts Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20036, signed by Gail McKirdy, "Resource Director."

[19] "Pronatalism: A "Hidden Persuader" Limits Personal Rights." (3rd edition). 4-page brochure distributed by the National Association for Optional Parenthood, publication number A-4, 1979.

[20] Dr. Charles Ravenholt, Director, Population Office. Quoted in "Population Control of Third World Planned: Sterilization Storm in U.S. Dublin, Ireland Evening Press , May 12, 1979, page 9. [21] Lynn Phillips. Everywoman . January 22, 1971, pages 17 and 18. Reprinted from the December 14, 1970 Liberated Guardian . [22] United Nations Population Fund. Inventory of Population Projects in Developing Countries Around the World, 1987-1988 (15th Edition). May 1989. Also described in The Wanderer , January 25, 1990, page 2. [23] Mahatma Gandhi, in a letter to N.S. Phadke, Esq., The Honourable Secretary, The Bombay Birth Control League, dated March 20, 1924. Quoted in Father A.S. Antonisamy. Wisdom for All Times: Mahatma Gandhi and Pope Paul VI on Birth Regulation . Family Life Service Centre, Archbishop's House, Pondicherry 605001 India. June 1978. Quotes are taken from D.G. Tendulkar (Editor). The Collected Works of Mahatma Gandhi , Volumes 2 and 4. Published by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India.

[24] President Eisenhower's Friday press conference of November 27, 1959, on American foreign aid for population control. Quoted in TRB. "Population Control." The New Republic April 18, 1981, page 4. Also see Allan C. Carlson. "Must Our Children Be Our Enemy?" The Human Life Review , Spring 1984, pages 16 to 28.

[25] Janie Hampton. "Women at U.N. Conference Stage Heated Fight Over Abortion." The Oregonian , July 21, 1985.

[26] K. Agnes White. "When is a Decision a Choice?" The Portland [Oregon] Alliance . April 1989, page 10.

[27] Stephen Minkin. "Nine Thai Women Had Cancer ... None of Them Took Depo-Provera: Therefore, Depo-Provera is Safe. This is Science?" Mother Jones , November 1981, pages 34 to 39.

[28] Lawrence Lader, co-founder of the National Abortion Rights Action League (NARAL). Quoted in Samuel L. Blumenfeld. The Retreat From Motherhood . New Rochelle, New York: Arlington House. 1975, 222 pages, hardback $7.95. Page 37.

[29] Larry Lader. "The Abortion Revolution." The Humanist , May/June 1973, page 4.

[30] James L. Buckley. "Sound Doctrine Revisited." Human Life Review , Summer 1985, page 85.

[31] Emily C. Moore, Ph.D. "The Major Issues and the Argumentation in the Abortion Debate." Pages 33 to 43. In a looseleaf booklet entitled "Organizing for Action." Prepared by Vicki Z. Kaplan for the National Abortion Rights Action League, 250 West 57th Street, New York, N.Y. 10019. 51 pages, no date.

[32] Robert H. Williams, M.D. "Numbers, Types and Duration of Human Lives." Northwest Medicine , July 1970, pages 493 to 496. [33] French Social Affairs Minister Jacques Solideau, quoted in "In Defense of Population Growth." The New Scientist , September 8, 1984. Further Reading: Overpopulation.

"Omoro said that three groups of people lived in every village. First were those you would see -- walking around, eating, sleeping, and working. Second were the ancestors, whom Grandma Yaisa had now joined. "And the third people -- who are they?" asked Kunta.

"The third people," said Omoro, "are those waiting to be born." -- Alex Hailey, Roots .

Howard M. Bahr, Bruce A. Chadwick, and Darwin L. Thomas (editors). Population, Resources, and the Future: Non-Malthusian Perspectives . Brigham Young University Press, Provo, Utah 84601. A general examination of the myths associated with overpopulation and big families. This book also examines some of the Draconian population control policies of the past, present, and those seriously proposed for the future.

Samuel L. Blumenfeld. The Retreat From Motherhood . New Rochelle, New York: Arlington House. 1975, 222 pages, hardback $7.95. This interesting book by a pro-abortion former editor and sociologist attempts to pin down the roots of Neofeminism -- and does a pretty good, if rather disjointed job. Although he is definitely anti-life, Blumenfeld has strung together a large quantity of evidence that shows the influence of the population controllers and media in the mass turning away from childbearing to abortion and contraception. Blumenfeld feels that there is really no hope for us, and that we will eventually exterminate ourselves (but he neglects the role of religion, as well).

Neil W. Chamberlain. Beyond Malthus: Population and Power . New York: Basic Books. $6.95, 1970, 214 pages. A treatise on the effects of population on government structures, businesses, and international relations. This book is more than two decades old, but its principles remain valid.

Allen Chase. The Legacy of Malthus: The Social Costs of the New Scientific Racism . Chicago: University of Illinois Press. A very detailed and quite readable summary of the implications of the new population control/eugenics cartel, which the author shows is nothing more than a resurrection of the mid-1920s and Hitlerian attitude that some human life is worth more than other human life.

H.S.D. Cole, Christopher Freeman, Marie Jahoda, and K.L.R. Pavitt (editors). Models of Doom: A Critique of the Limits to Growth . Universe Books, 381 Park Avenue South, New York, New York 10016. 1973, 243 pages. A series of papers by leading demographers showing that the MIT models regarding population growth are unduly pessimistic because it has ignored several vital variables and has overemphasized others. Very technical and meant for those with a heavy scientific background. Kingsley Davis, Mikhail S. Bernstam, and Rita Ricardo-Campbell (editors). "Below-Replacement Fertility in Industrial Societies: Causes, Consequences, and Policies." Population and Development Review , Supplement to Volume 12, 1986, 363 pages. The Center for Policy Studies of the Population Council, One Dag Hammarskjold Plaza, New York, New York 10017. This book is a proceedings summary of the seminar held at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University, in November of 1985. A number of population experts discuss, among other issues, the alarming shortage of births in Europe and the United States, low fertility in an evolutionary perspective, population models, the changing values of society and their impacts upon decreased fertility, demographic impacts of below-replacement birthrates, impacts on economics, immigration, and Social Security. Christopher Derrick. Too Many People?: A Problem in Values . 116 pages, sewn softcover $6.95. Order from Ignatius Press, 15 Oakland Avenue, Harrison, New York 10528, or from Keep the Faith, 810 Belmont Avenue, Post Office Box 8261, North Haledon, New Jersey 07508, telephone: (201) 423- 5395. Derrick examines the entire question of whether or not there is really a "population problem," then suggests that we pay more attention to the value judgments that make many of us think that people can ever be thought of as a "problem."

Carl Djerassi. The Politics of Contraception . New York: W.W. Norton & Co., 1980. Illustrated, 274 pages, $10.95. Reviewed by Andrew Hacker in the Summer 1980 issue of the International Review of Natural Family Planning , pages 179 to 181. This is a fascinating book purely because it gives us insight into the mind of Dr. Carl Djerassi, one of the original developers of the birth control pill. By reading this book, one can examine the very roots and beginnings of the anti-life, anti-natalist philosophy.

Greenhaven Press. The Environmental Crisis: Opposing Viewpoints . Greenhaven Press Opposing Viewpoints Series, Post Office Box 289009, San Diego, California 92128-9009. 1986, 263 pages. Each section includes several essays by leading authorities on both sides of each issue. The questions asked are: "Is There an Environmental Crisis?;" "Should Corporations Be Held Responsible for Environmental Disasters?;" "Have Pollution Regulations Improved the Environment?;" "Is Nuclear Power an Acceptable Risk?;" "How Dangerous Are Toxic Wastes?;" and "How Harmful is Acid Rain?" Authors include Ralph Nader, Ben J. Wattenberg, and John S. Herrington. A catalog is available from the above address and can be obtained by calling 1-(800) 231-5163.

Human Life International. Project Population Myths . 36 pages, June 1992. This fact-filled booklet aggressively debunks the eight primary myths set forth by the population controllers: The earth cannot feed us, the exponential growth rate is a population time bomb, planet Earth is too small, excessive population is incompatible with national economic health, Earth does not have enough natural resources, contraception and abortion are necessary, population growth causes severe environmental impacts, and the Chinese forced-abortion program is a good policy. Available from Human Life International, 7845-E Airpark Road, Gaithersburg, Virginia 20879. Rael Jean and Erich Isaac. The Coercive Utopians: Social Deception By America's Power Players . Regnery Gateway Publishers, 360 West Superior Street, Chicago, Illinois 60610-0890. 1983, 320 pages, $18.95. This book exposes the real agenda and identities of what the authors call the "social elite:" The rich population controllers, banks, media moguls, and other institutions who appeal to American values but who are working to destroy them at the same time. The Isaacs describe who the elite are; where their money comes from; and what their true goals are. Addresses the environmentalists, the media, the Neoliberal think tanks, and the counterfeit peacemakers, among others.

Jacqueline R. Kasun, Ph.D. Population and Environment: Debunking the Myths . Population Research Institute, Post Office Box 2024, Baltimore, Maryland 21297-0330. Telephone: (301) 670-1864. 1991, 18 pages, $1.00. This booklet clearly outlines the history and major fallacies of the population control movement and describes some of the connections between environmental groups and the population control cartel. A good introductory presentation for those who want to become familiar with "the enemy."

Jacqueline R. Kasun, Ph.D. Population Control of the Family . Population Research Institute, Post Office Box 2024, Baltimore, Maryland 21297-0330. Telephone: (301) 670-1864. 1988, 32 pages. The author shows how the population controllers are not only targeting families in other nations, but in ours as well. She demonstrates the myths of overpopulation, the false statistics used to attack the family, and the secular humanist war on the family.

Jacqueline R. Kasun, Ph.D. The War Against Population: The Economics and Ideology of Population Control . 1987, 338 pages, $14.95. Order from Ignatius Press, 15 Oakland Avenue, Harrison, New York 10528, or from Green Hill Publishers, Post Office Box 738 Ottawa, Illinois 61350, telephone: (815) 434-7905. One of the most popular myths of our time is the Malthusian notion that the world's population is exploding, so that disaster is inevitable (even imminent). Therefore, the population control fanatics state as fact that governments and individuals have the duty to control procreation, no matter what means are necessary. The population controllers use billions of our tax dollars to advance U.S. "contraceptive imperialism" all over the world. This book examines and effectively debunks the basic assumptions of the international population control network.

Thomas R. Malthus. An Essay On Population . New York: Dutton, 1941. This is the book that began the original population panic. Malthus' general theory was that population increases exponentially while resources increase arithmetically, a situation which cannot continue indefinitely. This theory has since been proven simplistic and incomplete, but it still serves as the linchpin theory for the population controllers. Father Paul Marx. Confessions of a Pro-Life Missionary . 1988, 353 pages, $10.00 hardback, $8.00 softback. Published by Human Life International, 7845-E Airpark Road, Gaithersburg, Maryland 20879. This is an excellent account of Father Marx' travels all over the world since the founding of HLI in 1981. It is a firsthand account of his battle against U.S. 'contraceptive imperialism,' International Planned Parenthood, and abortion in dozens of countries.

James A. Michener. The Quality of Life . New York: J.P. Lippincott Company. 1970, 120 pages. The early 1970s saw an explosion of interest in the population "problem," and many famous people spoke up to denounce mankind as an undesirable element 'infesting' the earth. The author James Michener takes a crack at "quality of life" here by attempting to tell us how we can best respond to various problems caused by racial strife, education, crimes and drugs. But we all know where his emphasis really is: His last chapter on the problems is entitled "The Population Cancer." Emily Campbell Moore-Cavar. International Inventory of Information on Induced Abortion . International Institute for the Study of Human Reproduction, Columbia University, 1974. 656 pages.

Steven W. Mosher. Broken Earth: The Rural Chinese . New York: The Free Press. 1983, 317 pages. $17.95 hardback, $8.95 paperback. Order from: Life Issues Bookshelf, Sun Life, Thaxton, Virginia 24174, telephone: (703) 586-4898. Mr. Mosher, a Chinese-American scholar who was denied his Ph.D. because he revealed details of China's forced-abortion policy, outlines various Chinese government policies and their impacts on the common Chinese worker and rural dweller. Chapter 9 of his book, "Birth Control: A Grim Game of Numbers," deals with China's forced-abortion and one-child policy, which leads also to female infanticide when the first baby is a girl. Stephen D. Mumford. American Democracy & The Vatican: Population Growth and National Security . The Humanist Press, 7 Harwood Drive, Post Office Box 146, Amherst, New York 14226. 1984, 265 pages, $7.95. This book is praised by Larry Lader and Paul Ehrlich, which clues us in to its contents. Sure enough, it is a rather unrestrained screed, filled with great quotes demonstrating the bigotry and the totalitarian and intolerant nature of the Humanists and population controllers. Mumford's thesis is that the Vatican and the Catholic Church are attempting to destroy democracy and even the world by encouraging uncontrolled breeding. All of the old tired slogans are trotted out: The Vatican runs the United States, dissident priests are quoted as authoritative sources, and Catholics are portrayed as mindless drooling androids.

Population Communication Services, Center for Communication Programs, The Johns Hopkins University, 527 St. Paul Place, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Population Communication Services Annual Report . Issued by Fiscal Year. Interesting information on anti-population campaigns in every population continent, including media campaigns for vasectomy, workshops, needs assessments, technical assistance, popular "pop" songs, and "Dial-a Friend" as just a very few examples.

Population Research Institute Review . This bimonthly newsletter covers the international population control activities of various U.S.-funded purveyors of "contraceptive imperialism," or the control of other nations by forcing our 'family planning' philosophies down their throats. The biggest offenders include the United States Agency for International Development (USAID), the United Nations Fund for Population Activities (UNFPA), and, of course, the International Planned Parenthood Federation (IPPF). Subscribe for $20 annually by writing to The Population Research Institute, Post Office Box 2024, Baltimore, Maryland 21298-9559, telephone (301) 670-1864. FAX number is (301) 869-7363.

Nafis Sadik (editor). Population: The UNFPA Experience . United Nations Fund for Population Activities. Published by New York University Press, Washington Square, New York, New York. 1984, 208 pages. This book is divided into two parts: UNFPA activities and population outlooks in the six continents, and the so-called "multifaceted programme;" family planning; information, population education, and communication; and the programming outlook.

Professor Julian L. Simon. The Ultimate Resource . Princeton University Press. 1982, 415 pages, $14.50. Order from American Life League, Post Office Box 1350, Stafford, Virginia 22554. Reviewed by Jacqeline R. Kasun, Ph.D., on page 7 of the January 11, 1982 issue of National Right to Life News and by Robert L. Sassone, Ph.D., on page 19 of the February 1983 issue of ALL About Issues . The author thoroughly debunks the antinatalist propaganda that tells the public that the world is overpopulated. Sections include: The current resource situation, population growth and its impacts upon future resource distribution, and the story behind all of the numbers.

United Nations Department of International Economic and Social Affairs. World Population Policies . 3 volumes. Volume I: Afghanistan to France. Volume II: Gabon to Norway. Volume III: Oman to Zimbabwe. Each volume lists each developing country's current perceptions regarding five characteristics of its own population: "Size/age structure/growth;" "mortality/morbidity;" "fertility/nuptiality/family;" "international migration;" and "spatial distribution/urbanization." General information on each country's population control policies and measures, policy framework, and institutional framework are is also provided. Order from the United Nations Department of International Economic and Social Affairs, 220 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017.

United Nations Fund for Population Activities (UNFPA). Annual Report . Detailed information on the UNFPA's activities, to include current programs, the organization's opinions regarding current general world population trends, and future plans (generally over the next five years). Population control programs are described by sectors, regions and countries. Special headquarters activities and global projects are also described. Order from the United Nations Fund for Population Activities, 220 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017.

United Nations Fund for Population Activities (UNFPA). Guide to Sources of International Population Assistance . Issued every three years, with aperiodic supplements, in English, Spanish, and French. 700 pages. A very interesting guide to detailed information on more than 300 multilateral agencies, regional agencies, bilateral agencies, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), university centers, research institutions, and training organizations that are involved in the international population control effort. Order from the United Nations Fund for Population Activities, 220 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017.

United Nations Fund for Population Activities (UNFPA). Inventory of Population Projects in Developing Countries Around the World . Issued annually in English and French. 932 pages. Includes information on multilateral organization assistance, bilateral agency assistance, regional organization assistance, and non-governmental organization and other assistance in more than one hundred developing countries throughout the world. Each citation includes basic demographic data, the government's view regarding population control measures, mortality, morbidity, international migration, fertility, nuptiality, and family information. Each citation also has a detailed list of information on each population control program going on in the country. For instance, the 1989/1990 Annual listed information on 114 projects in the People's Republic of China alone. Order from the United Nations Fund for Population Activities, 220 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10017.

Ben J. Wattenberg. The Birth Dearth . New York: Pharos Books, 1987. 182 pages. Reviewed by Rupert J. Ederer in the April 1988 Fidelity Magazine. This is a very interesting book. The author is a secularist with an extensive professional background in demographics. He is concerned that, one of these days, we Westerners will be inundated with "babies of color" from the less-developed nations because of their high birth rate. Therefore, he implies, we in the developed nations should get to work and produce as many babies as possible to fend off losing our Western identity. Alternatively, of course, we could flood the rest of the world with abortion and contraception techniques, so that their birthrates could be as racially suicidal as ours. This important book exposes the racist roots of the antinatalist movement and its obsession with differential fertility. Of course, the author cannot eschew abortion, artificial contraception, and sex education, which obviously brought about the problem in the first place! Some of the book is useful to Christians, such as the effects of the "one-child" on only children, and the social and economic effects of the "greying" of America.

James A. Weber. Grow or Die! New Rochelle, New York: Arlington House. $11.95, 1977, 254 pages. This startlingly-titled book examines and debunks the standard Zero Population Growth (ZPG) propaganda, showing it to be based solely on selfishness, and describes the impacts of declining population on societies and economies.

================================================== ================ (c) American Life League BBS - 1-703-659-7111

Provided courtesy of AMERICAN LIFE LEAGUE, hosts of the Pro-Life Forum on the Catholic Resource Network.


The Catholic Resource Network is a Catholic online information and service system. To browse CRNET or join, set your modem to 8 data bits, 1 stop bit and no parity, and call 1-703-791-4336. ------------------------------------------------------------------- ================================================== ================ (c) American Life League BBS - 1-703-659-7111

Provided courtesy of AMERICAN LIFE LEAGUE, hosts of the Pro-Life Forum on the Catholic Resource Network.


The Catholic Resource Network is a Catholic online information and service system. To browse CRNET or join, set your modem to 8 data bits, 1 stop bit and no parity, and call 1-703-791-4336. -------------------------------------------------------------------



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Pro-Life Activist's Encyclopedia was written by Brian Clowes, and published by the American Life League. It was converted into ASCII text and provided to the Web by Steve Frezza (frezza@ee.pitt.edu), and then automagically converted into HTML via software written by Tihamer (Tee) Toth-Fejel (ttothfej@ford.com). Many of the figures may be difficult to decipher, and bold and underlining format has been lost, though the italics have been kept. Footnote numbers are square bracketed and point to references at the bottom of the page.




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Back to previous page

[AbuMubarak]

http://www.911citizenswatch.org/

[AbuMubarak]

Bush Crime Family Drugging America
http://www.floydreport.com/view_article.php?lid=2788
Exclusive
By Jeremy Floyd and Stew Webb April 1, 2004
http://www.stewwebb.com
http://floydreport.com

Since the early 1950s George H. W. Bush the father of the current occupant of the White House, has been involved in smuggling Narcotics into America and Drugging your children. In 1945 George H. W. Bush and 44 other exclusive agents from the OSS, joined what was secretly known as the Super program, which later became the CIA in the 1947-1948 time line. Those 45 Super Program Intelligence Officers, which included, George H. W. Bush, Henery Kissinger a Russian & German Nazi spy engaged in spying against America that joined the Super Program, Stew Webb's friend General Russell Bowen, Allan Dulles who became the Director of CIA when President Truman officially formed the CIA Central Intelligence Agency, and many other then Prominent New World Order Generational Satanists and Knights Templars. When the CIA was official in 1948 these 45 super program men became known as the "Brown Shoe Boy's". They became engaged in outright theft of major corporations, the killing of millionaires to steal their fortunes, crimes to numerous to mention here.

BROWN SHOE BOY'S "EVERY AMERICAN ON NARCOTICS BY THE 1970s"
By 1950 they began importing and trafficking in Narcotics in Asia, by the late 1950s they were determined to have every pregnant woman in America hooked on Valiums, and other Eli Lilly Pharmaceutical Narcotics.

This program was implemented in 1959 by CIA Ted Shackley one of the most notorious, vicious killers and compromisers of our times. Shackley devised this evil scheme with the help of " Brown Shoe Boy Poppy Jorge" George H. W. Bush, an owner and Director of Eli Lilly Pharmaceutical Company.

Their plan by offering incentives to Doctors to have their pregnant patients prescribed Valium and other Narcotics, which helped introduce Narcotics to their unborn children. Bush & Shackley's evil thoughts were if we can get them hooks on drugs while in the mothers womb, then when they are in their early teens they will be more susceptible to drugs and will not reject them physically, and we can have America dependent upon our drug operations, of which we one day will make trillions of dollars. It worked, and today they are making Trillions of Dollars importing Narcotics Drugging America.

COLUMBIAN DRUG CARTEL AND SILVERADO SAVINGS
Shackley was one who had taken over the Columbian Drug Cartel in the 1980-1990s. I Stew Webb was held as a political Prisoner in 1992-1993, on false telephone death threat and harassment chargers against my former father in law Leonard Millman Bush Crime Family Boss Hog who owned Silverado Savings and Loan of Denver were Neil Bush, George W. Bush's brother was a Director. Those charges were dismissed with prejudice, this was to silence me. While held as a Political Prisoner I was in the company of many Iran Contra Shadow Government Players, and Drug Lords, including one of the Columbian Escobar Family Members who had been importing Narcotics for the Bush's for years. He suddenly was jailed and many of his family were killed when Shakley and Bush decided to take over the Columbia Drug Cartel Operations and cut the Columbians out of the Picture. Bush Sr. has been notorious for never paying his Crime Syndicate members. Millman had laundered nearly 12 Trillion Dollars of Narcotics monies through Silverado Savings and Loan with Neal Bush over an 8 year span. This is a ton of money that bought up American Corporations and Wall Street Stock, including CITI Group aka as CITI Bank the Worlds largest Corporation, with Bush and Millman's CIA Council Norman Phillip Brownstein now Director. (CITI CORP is were the missing Enron Monies went, that is a story for later) Brownstein further was a Director of MDC the parent of Silverado. Many of the Bush Crime Family Drug Runners which I was jailed with told me and supplied evidence that they were paid with Artificially created stock from Leonard Millman's Nation Brokerage Company a subsidiary company of MDC Holdings, Inc. 3600 Yosemite, Denver, Colorado. MDC was the parent company of Silverado Savings. MDC owned National Brokerage, National Brokerage's subsidiary was Blinder Robinson, America's largest penny stock brokerage firm in Denver run by Meyer Blinder and Marty Greenberg who now head's AIG American Insurance General. AIG, and is vice president of The Council on Foreign Relations, a New World Order think tank and Organization bend on the destruction of America, the United States Constitution, and dictates what American's top Government Officials can and cannot due. National brokerage would issue the fake stock for the smugglers to put up as collateral for the loans.

BLINDER ROBINSON AND NEIL BUSH
Neil Bush would make a loan from Silverado, with the stock pledged as collateral and a non recourse loan, meaning if it were not paid, you the Tax Payer picked up the tab, which was exactly what happened and was designed this way to pay the drug runners. This way The Bush Crime Family Boss Hogs made more money for the New World Orders Gray Men's Empire. The Gray men are the 100 Knight Templars International Bankers today, aka know as the Council of 13, Illuminate, etc, George H. W. Bush and Leonard Millman both being each at the top 100. If you will go to http://www.stewwebb.com see: Federal Grand Jury Demand against the Bush Crime Family filed July 3, 2003 in Denver Federal Court by Stew Webb Federal Whistleblower, you will see a Grand Jury Demand regarding Narcotics Trafficking and other Crimes that relate to this story.

BUSH CRIME FAMILY NARCOTICS OPERATIONS WORLD WIDE
The Bush Crime Family today imports 90-95% of all Drugs/Narcotics into America, Heroin from china, Cocaine from Columbia, Hashish from Pakistan, Marijuana from Belize involving Congressman Porter Goss of Florida and Leonard Millman, a little know country of the east coast of Mexico, cocaine and pot from Guadalajara, Mexico, cocaine from Jamaica involving the infamous Smatt Brothers, Florida Governor Jeb Bush's good buddies, and Narcotics from Afghanistan, and many other countries to numerous to mention. We are talking about Trillions of Dollars over the 50 plus years George H. W. Bush, Henry Kissisnger and others have profited off the backs of those American's who are hooked on Narcotics.

MILITARY INTELLIGENCE, OFFICE OF NAVAL INTELLIGENCE
Some importation is done under the disguise of Military Intelligence Operations of the United States Military. ONI Office of Naval Intelligence has been super active for years with E-systems of Dallas Texas being involved. Admiral Bobby Inman was initially in charge of E-systems, now owed by Raytheon Corp the parent of E-systems. George H. W. Bush has tremendous hidden ownership in Raytheon.
Many other Branches of the Military are used, Stew Webb's friend CIA Pegasus Shadow Government Player Gene Chip Tatum who I Stew Webb was instrumental in booking on Radio Talk Shows in 1996 and 1997, to inform America of how deep this evil runs throughout your American Government, Tatum had done a tremendous amount of exposure and stories on CIA Narcotics trafficking into America.
See: http://www.stewwebb.com Archives CIA Gene Tatum's articles and some evidence.

BILL CLINTON AND SENATOR CIA HILLARY CLINTON
Tatum had personally delivered cocaine at the Little Rock Military Airbase to then Arkansas Governor and Narcotics Smugger, Iran Contra Player CIA Bill Clinton. As Bill Clintons brother Convicted Drug Smuggler Rodger Clinton an Iran Contra Player said "my brother Bill Clinton has a nose like a vacuum cleaner".

Senator Hillary Clinton who was a CIA attorney and was setting up Trusts with her former partner now suicided white house aid Vice Foster, and Jackson Stephen of Little Rock, Arkansas laundered nearly 2.5 Billion dollars of the Arkansas Iran Contra cocaine and Marijuana illegal profits to Leonard Millman's company M&L Business Machines Company of Denver Colorado from 1987-1991. George H. W. Bush while Director of the CIA in the mid 1970s had six CIA Council, who today are the major Narcotics Money Launders, who show up as Directors of Major Corporations to Hid George H. W. Bush's identity, one of the six is Denver Attorney Norman Phillip Brownstein, who has Law Office's in Denver, Washington, D.C. and Mexico City, Mexico. Brownstein is a Director of Citi Corp also know as CITI BANK who laundered hundreds of millions of dollars of Narcotics Money for the Former President of Mexico. Brownstein was a Director of the now defunct Silverado Savings and Loan, a former Director of MDC Holding, Inc the parent of Silverado, he resigned as Director after Stew Webb exposed MDCs illegal Political Campaign Money Laundering in Time Magazine August 14, 1990. (see: http://www.stewebb.com Illegal Campaign Money Laundering) Norman Brownstein still acts in the official capacity as MDC's attorney. Brownstein is council to Leonard Millman Bush Crime Family Boss Hog and Narcotics Money Laundering Republican Scamster, who reportedly died in November 2003, yet the death is being hidden while assets of CITI Group and VIA Com and other major entities Millman Controlled totaling nearly 3 Trillion Dollars are being consolidated to other Bush Crime Family entities. Brownstein is in charge of these illegal activities. It is further reported that Millman left a few members of his family nearly 20 Billion Dollars in the Millman Family Trusts, and another 19-20 Billion in hidden trusts still under the Control of his crony Larry A. Mizel the head of MDC Holding, Inc. MDC Holding is the parent company of Beneficial Finance Company, Home America Mortgage Company, Asset Investors Colorado's largest Financial Coporation, the parent of Richmond American Homes that currently is cooking the books of its homes sales, reporting for 3 years straight over 10,000 homes built and sold that never were. This has forced up their stock from $24.00 per share to nearly $50.00 per share. MDC stock in 1987 was selling for $22.00 per share and overnight dropped below a dollar per share, insiders Millman, Mizel, Brownstein and others were caught by the Securities and Exchange Commission for insider trading. Selling their stock 2 weeks prior for $22.00 per share prior to the drop.
To this day no one have ever gone to jail for all the frauds and Narcotics money laundering at MDC. Mizel laundered Billions threw its subsidiary MDC Land Corp. MDC has thousands of hidden entities.

MDC Directors former and current include Convicted HUD Official Philip D. Winn who was given a Presidential Pardon by Bill Clinton, Whitewater scamster James M. Lyons Bill & Hilary Clintons personal attorney. Millman's Chubb Insurance Company of Denver paid Bill Clintons legal fees over the Paula Jones affair, and Norman Brownstein is a Director of Chubb Indemnity Company. The ties go on and on and on.

BUSH CURRENT AMERICAN DRUG OPERATIONS
The Bush Crime Family Imports Trillions of dollars each year in Narcotics into the United States of America, and the profits keep buying up America, and killing people from overdose, and destroying the minds of our youth.
The attached map was created by Jeremy Floyd http://floydreport.com he literally spent hours finding the aerial photos and designing the map.
This map reflect only 11 of a hundred locations were The Bush Crime Family Narcotics operations exist. But they are some of the major hub operations. Hopefully this will help shut them down, maybe since we have handed this information on a silver platter with this article, that maybe just maybe some Federal Agent-FBI-DEA-Customs or some local Sheriff might do his job and bust up these drug importation operations.

REMEMBER THE 3 LEGS OF IRAN CONTRA GUNS FOR DRUGS
OHIO, ARKANSAS, AND COLORADO
These were the 3 main narcotic Banana Republics for the Bush Crime Family.

LETS LOOK AT THE OPERATIONS AND SOME WHO ARE CONNECTED
See: the attached map courtesy of Jeremy Floyd

Bozeman, Montana
1. Flying D. Ranch Location near Bozeman, Montana owned by Ted Turner of the Cocaine News Network.

2. Greeley, Colorado
North of Denver a major Iran Contra operation still goes on today, involving Neil Bush, Peter Coors of Coors Brewery, Norman Brownstein, and Sunflow Energy Company.
Weapons stolen from U.S. Arsenals and Narcotics Trafficking.

3. Pueblo, Colorado
East of Pueblo at a Military airstrip lots of C-130 traffic and tons of Narcotics being shipped into Colorado.

4. Taos, New Mexico
Mena, Arkansas Drug Smuggler Dan Lasitor who former the San Da Crystle Limited Partnership Dallas Texas, moved the Bill and Hillary Drug Operations to Taos when Mena, Arkansas became hot.

Mena was so hot, involving not only the Clinton's but George H. W. Bush, and Col. Oliver North, and the Cover-up by Independent Prosecutor Kenneth Star, that over 100 plus people were murdered who knew of or exposed this operation, including Stew Webb's friend Arkansas State Hiway Patrolman Russell Welch who died of an Anthrax attack.

5. Pier 66 Miami, Florida
A Major Cocaine operation, involving Florida Governor Jeb Bush, Col. Oliver North, Rodger Moore aka Bob Anderson an Iran Contra Player working for Oliver North, the Arkansas Gun Shop owner who CIA Contract Agent Tim McVeigh and CIA Terry Lynn Nichols the Oklahoma City Bombers reportedly robbed in order to finance the Oklahoma City April 19, 1995 Bombing. (That Bombing was ordered by George H. W. Bush and is a story for later). Rodger Moore, parks his yacht there, Jeb Bush parks his Yacht there, and Oliver North brings his Submarine full of cocaine packed in seafood to this port.

6. Western Sugar Company
7555 E. Hampton Ave. Denver, Colorado
Western Sugar's parent the Almagated Trust's board originally included, George H. W. Bush, Panama President General Manuel Noreaga, Col. Oliver North, Denver Narcotics Money Launder Leonard Millman, CIA Council Norman Phillip Brownstein, Jeb Bush, Neil Bush among others.

This is a major Narcotics operation, also involving their subsidiary company Western Container Company. This involves major operations throughout the United States.

7. Miami International Airport
Southern Air Transport, Iran Contra Player General Richard Secord, and CIA Jack Devo.
Jack Devo was busted by Customs landing a Cessna full of cocaine in the 1980s at this location, he was represented by all of George H. W. Bush's CIA Counsel. This was the only time in history have all six CIA Council come together since Bush was Director of CIA in the 1970s. This case proves all are still connected. Norman Phillip Brownstein who led the pack in Jack Devo's defense, got Devo an agreement if he left the United States they would drop the charges. Were is the outrage. A Major Smuggler of the Bush Crime Family told to leave the country instead of going to jail?

Jack Devo who operates now out of the Philippines and who has been seen parking his Yacht at Pier 66 in Miami, Florida should be behind bars.

8. Phoenix Arizona
Miranda Airbase, and Sky Harbor Airport.
Miranda is the only official CIA airbase signed by George H. W. Bush under executive order while he was President, in the early 1990s. This CIA Air wing has Nukes, was involved in Iran Contra, Barry Seals flew from Mena, Arkansas to Arizona and picked up Computers to fly out of the United States and were sold on the black market By George H. W. Bush to the Soviet Union, when this computer technology was prohibited under U.S. Laws. Investigative Journalist Brian Quig Stew Webb's friend was killed in June 2003 after talking with Journalist Daniel Hopsicker regarding this Narcotics Operation.

Hopsicker wrote the book Barry and the Boys, about Mena, Arkansas Drugs and the death of CIA Contract Pilot Barry Seals. Narcotics are taken to Sky Harbor were FBI agents transport the Narcotics to Las Vegas Nevada.

9. Homestead Airforce Base
This is Florida Governor Jeb Bush's other operation. This involves E-systems of Dallas, Texas and their C-130 cargo aircraft, importing all forms of narcotics. Davida Construction Company of Florida, Jeb Bush owner and his partner transported Cocaine and Marijuana to CIA Charles Keating's Subdivisions of his building operations Continental Homes in Phoenix Arizona with the cover of tropical plants sold to Keating building company. Charles Keating was famous for his Lincoln Savings of California Bustout, and his Keating 5 Illegal Political Campaign Money Laundering. When Keating went belly up and private attorney LaRock law firm of San Diego put Keating behind bars for 2 years, Leonard Millman's MDC, Holding, Inc. it's subsidiary company Richmond American Homes bought the subdivisions and continued the Narcotics import operations. David Construction's Secretary for Jeb Bush and his partner was killed after she reported to the Miami FBI that Jeb Bush & Davida Construction were involved in Narcotics Trafficking. Later her father hired a Private Investigator and Friend of Stew Webb's who got to the bottom of the secretary's death. Later her father the President of Disney World in Florida was suicided.

10. Honolulu, Hawaii
Hawaii is a major operation of the High grade of dope.
and a major trans continental shipping point for the United States.

11. Portland, Oregon
Evergreen airlines near Portland Oregon has been involved in Transportation
of Narcotics for years, and still is very active.

Shipping of Narcotics for The Bush Crime Family compliments of MNX Missouri Nebraska Express Trucking aka Swift Transportation, among others.

This concludes the current series part 1 of more to come in the exposure of The Bush Crime Family Narcotics trafficking to America. These are Major Drug dealers who do not belong in the White House but behind bars.

"BIMM" BE IN MEMPHIS ON MONDAY AT FEDEX
In the next series to come if this article has any effect and does not get Jeremy and myself killed suicided as they call it, we will go further into BIMM be in Memphis on Monday involving FedEx Airlines, Continental Airways, and the arrival on Monday at FEDEX at Memphis airport pick up on Monday. Remember BIMM, Be in Memphis on Monday to get the drugs. Listen on the radios for the BIMM Code.
Also we will cover Iraqgate-BNL Bank-Gulfwar syndrome, and the National Gulf Stream Warehouse at Boca Raton, Florida owned by L. Millman and N. Bush, were Jeb Bush shipped the Biological Chemical agents know as Iraqgate that Saddam Hussein use on our troop through scud missiles, which now is know as Gulf War syndrome. This Warehouse still is a major drug operation. In fact one CIA Agents stated the warehouse had so much cash that they could not close the door. (see: http://www.stewwebb.com Archives Arming Iraq)

Under 18 U.S.C. 4 FEDERAL REPORTING CRIMES ACT
This is Stew Webb and Jeremy Floyd Official Reporting since Stew Webb has this Narcotics Trafficking named in his July 3, 2003
Federal Grand Jury Demand in Denver, still being stalled by Federal Judge Richard Matsch, the Oklahoma Bombing Judge.

See: the attached map courtesy of Jeremy Floyd http://www.floydreport.com/view_article.php?lid=2789
Please check out our websites above for more on The Bush Crime Family.
Jeremy Floyd
Stew Webb

[AbuMubarak]

http://www.markriebling.com/0918breitweistertagged.html

Statement of Kristen Breitweiser

Co-Chairperson September 11th Advocates
Joint Committees on Intelligence
September 18, 2002
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I would like to thank the families of the 3000 victims for allowing me to represent them, here today, before the Joint Intelligence Committee. It is a tremendous honor. Testifying before this committee is a privilege and an enormous responsibility that I do not take lightly. I will do my best not to disappoint the families or the memories of their loved ones.

Toward that end, I ask the members present here today to find in my voice the voices of all of the family members of the 3000 victims of September 11th. I would also ask for you to see in my eyes, the eyes of the more than 10,000 children who are now forced to grow up without the love, affection, and guidance of a mother or a father who was tragically killed on September 11. I would now like to thank the members of the Joint Intelligence Committee, Eleanor Hill, and her staff for giving the families this opportunity to be heard. It has been an excruciating and overwhelming 12 months, and it is now time for our words and our concerns to be heard by you.

My three-year old daughter's most enduring memory of her father will be placing flowers on his empty grave. My most enduring memory of my husband, Ronald Breitweiser, will be his final words to me, "Sweets, I'm fine, I don't want you to worry, I love you." Ron uttered those words. while he was watching men and women jump to their deaths from the top of Tower One. Four minutes later, his Tower was hit by United Flight 175. I never spoke to my. husband, Ron, again.

I don't really know what happened to him. I don't know whether he jumped or he choked to death on smoke. I don't know whether he sat curled up in a corner watching the carpet melt in front of him, knowing that his own death was soon to come or if he was alive long enough to be crushed by the buildings when they collapsed. These are the images that haunt me at night when I put my head to rest on his pillow.

I do know that the dream I had envisioned, that I so desperately needed to believe-that he was immediately turned to ash and floated up to the heavens, was simply not his fate. I know this because his wedding band was recovered from ground zero with a part of his left arm. The wedding band is charred and scratched, but still perfectly round and fully intact. I wear it on my right hand, and it will remain there until the day I die.

September 11th was the devastating result of a catalogue of failures on behalf of our government and its agencies. My husband and the approximately 3000 others like. him -went to work and never came home. But, were any of our governmental agencies. doing their-job . on that fateful morning? Perhaps, the carnage and devastation of September 11th speaks for itself in answering this question,

Our intelligence agencies suffered an utter collapse in their duties and responsibilities leading up to and on September 11. But, their negligence does not standalone. Agencies like the Port Authority, the City of NY, the FAA, the INS, the Secret Service, NORAD, the Air Force, and the airlines also failed our nation that morning. Perhaps, said more cogently, one singular agency's failures do not eclipse - another's. And it goes without saying that the examination of the intelligence agencies by this Committee does not detract, discount or dismantle the need for a more thorough examination of all of these other culpable parties.

An independent blue-ribbon panel would be the most appropriate means to achieve such a thorough and expansive examination, 'in large part, because it would not be limited in scope or hindered by time limits. An independent blue-ribbon panel would provide a comprehensive, unbiased and definitive report that the devastation of September 11th demands.

Soon after the attacks, President Bush stated that there would come a time to look back and examine our nation's failures, but that such an undertaking was inappropriate while: the nation was still in shock. I would respectfully suggest to President Bush and to our. Congress that now, a full year later, it is time to look back and investigate our failures as a nation. A hallmark of democratic government is a willingness to admit to, analyze and learn from mistakes. And, it is now time for our nation to triumph as the great democracy that it is.

The families of the victims. -of. September 11th have waited long enough. We need to have answers. We need.. to have accountability. We. need to - feel safe living and working in this great nation.

Specific Threats as to Using Planes as Weapons

On May 17th 2002, National Security . Advisor Condoleeza Rice stated emphatically, ' I don't think anybody. could: have predicted that these people would take an airplane and slam it into The World Trade Center... that they would try to use an airplane as a missile, a hijacked airplane as a missile."

The historical facts illustrate differently:

.*In. 1993, a $150,000 study was commissioned by the. Pentagon to investigate the. possibility of an airplane being used to bomb national landmarks. A draft document of this was. circulated throughout the Pentagon, the Justice Department and to FEMA. .

*In 1994 a disgruntled FEDEX employee invaded the cockpit of a DC- 1Q with plans to crash it into a company building in Memphis.

*In 1994, a lone pilot crashed a small plane into a tree on the White House grounds.

*In 1994, an Air France flight was hijacked by members of the Armed Islamic Group with the intent to crash the plane into the Eiffel Tower.

*In January 1995, Philippine authorities investigating Abdul Murad, an Islamic terrorist, unearthed "Project Bojinka." Project Bojinka's primary objective was to blow up 11 airliners- over the Pacific, and in the alternative, several planes were to be hijacked and flown into civilian targets in the US. Among the targets mentioned were CIA headquarters, The World Trade Center, the Sears Tower, and the White House. Murad told US intelligence officials that he would board any American commercial aircraft pretending to be an ordinary passenger. And he would then hijack the aircraft, control its cockpit and dive it. at the CIA. headquarters.

*In 1997, this plot re-surfaced during the trial of Ramsi Yousef- the mastermind behind the 1993 bombings of The World Trade Center. During the trial, FBI agents testified that "the plan targeted not only the CIA but other :US government buildings in Washington, including the Pentagon:"

*In September 1999, a report, The Sociology and Psychology of Terrorism, was prepared for U:S. intelligence by the Federal Research Division, an arm of the Library of Congress. It stated, "Suicide bombers belonging to Al Qaeda's Martyrdom Battalion could crash-land an aircraft packed with high explosives(c-4 and semtex) into the Pentagon, the headquarters of the CIA, or the White House."

This laundry list of historical indicators--in no way exhaustive- -illustrates that long before September 11 d' the American intelligence community had a significant amount of information about specific terrorist threats to commercial airline travel in America, including the possibility that a plane would be used as a weapon..

Failure to Make Warnings Public

On March 11 d'..2002, Director of the CIA, George Tenet stated, "in broad terms last summer that terrorists might be planning major operations in the United States. But, we never had the texture-meaning enough information---to stop what. happened."

On May 8t' 2002, Director of the FBI, Robert Mueller stated, "there was nothing the agency could have done to anticipate and prevent the attacks."

Once again, the historical facts indicate differently:

* Throughout the spring and early summer of 2001, . intelligence agencies flooded the government with warnings of possible terrorist attacks against American targets, including commercial aircraft, by A l Qaeda and other groups. The warnings were vague but sufficiently alarming to prompt the FAA to issue four information circulars; or IC's, to the commercial airline industry between June 22nd and July 31warning of possible terrorism.

* On June 22, the military's Central and European Commands imposed "Force Protection Condition Delta," the highest anti- terrorist alert.

* On June 28'h: National security advisor Condoleeza Rice said: "It is highly likely that a significant Al Qaeda, attack is in the near future, within several weeks."

*. As of July. 31 ', the FAA urged U.S. airlines to maintain a "high degree of alertness".

* One FAA circular from late July, noted according to Condoleeza Rice that there was 'no specific target, no credible info of attack to US civil-aviation interests, but terror groups are known to be planning and training for hijackings and we ask you therefore to use caution."

* Two counter-terrorism officials described the alerts of the early and mid-summer 2001 as "the most urgent in decades."

One thing remains clear from this history. Our intelligence agencies were acutely aware of an impending domestic risk posed by Al Qaeda. A question that remains unclear is how many lives could have been saved had this information been made more public..

Airport security officials could have gone aver all the basics, again, of the steps needed to prevent hijackings. The policy of allowing passengers to carry razors and knives with blades of up to four inches in length certainly could have come under scrutiny. Indeed, officials could have issued an emergency directive prohibiting such potential weapons in carry-on--.bags. Finally, all selectees under the Computer Assisted Passenger Pre- Screening System (CAPPS), and their carry-on luggage and checked bags, could have been subjected to additional screening. Apparently, none were on September I 1 th, although internal FAA documents indicate that CAPPS selected some of the hijackers.

And -how many victims may have thought twice before boarding an aircraft? How many victims would have chosen to fly on .private planes? How many victims may have taken notice of these Middle- Eastern men while they were boarding their plane? Could these men have been. stopped?. Going further; how many vigilant employees would. have chosen to immediately flee Tower 2 after they witnessed the blazing. inferno in Tower l, if only they had known that an Al Qaeda terrorist attack was. imminent?

Could the devastation of September 11 been diminished in any degree had the government's information been made. public in the summer of 2001 ?.

Failure to Investigate and Share Information

On July 5", .the government's top counter-terrorism official, Richard Clarke stated to a group gathered at the White House, "Something really spectacular is going to happen here, and it's going to happen soon."

The group included the FAA, the Coast Guard, the FBI, the Secret Service, and the INS. Clarke directed every counter-terrorist office to cancel vacations, defer non-vital travel, put of scheduled exercises and place domestic rapid response teams on much shorter alert.

For six weeks last summer at home and abroad, the U.. S. government was at its highest possible state of readiness--and anxiety--against imminent terrorist attack.

A senior FBI official attending the White House meeting on July 5h committed the bureau to redouble contacts with its foreign counterparts and to speed up transcription and analysis of wiretaps obtained under the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISH), among other steps.

But when the field agent in Phoenix, Arizona, reported the suspicions of a hijacking plot just five days later, the FBI did not share the report with any other agency. One must ask, why?

That report written by Agent Kenneth Williams, now. well known as the "Phoenix Memo," recommended that the FBI investigate whether Al Qaeda operatives were. training at U.S. flight schools. Williams posited that Osama Bin Laden's followers might be. trying. to-infiltrate the civil aviation system as pilots, . security guards or other personnel, -and he recommended a national program to track suspicious flight school students. Agent Williams was dead-on point.

But, in the summer of 2001, while our nation was at its highest state of alert, his memo was flatly ignored. And, what result if it hadn't been ignored? What if his memo was promptly placed on INTELINK, SIPRNET, or NIPRNET? What if other agents had the same suspicions in Florida, California, Georgia, Ohio, and Nevada? Could the terrorists have been stopped?

On August 15, 2001, an alert civilian instructor at a Minnesota flight school called the FBI and said, "Do you realize that a 747 loaded with fuel can be a bomb?" The next day, Zacarias Moussaoui,was arrested. After investigating Zacarias Moussaoui's past, the FBI (with the help of French Intelligence) learned that he had. Islamic extremist connections. They also knew that he was interested in flight patterns around New York City, and that he had . a strong desire. to fly big jets, even though at the time he didn't have so much as a license to fly a Cessna.

And then, what happened?

The FBI office in Minnesota attempted to get a FISA warrant, but they were rebuffed. A crucial mistake, because Zacarias Moussaoui's possessions contained evidence that would have exposed key elements of the September 11th .plot.

But, why was this request denied? Again, the historical facts must be analyzed.

In March 2001, an internal-debate ignited at the Justice Department and the FBI over wiretap surveillance of certain terrorist groups. Prompted by questions raised by Royce C. Lamberth, the Chief Judge of the FISA Court, the Justice Department opened an inquiry into Michael Resnick, an FBI official who coordinated the Act's applications. Attorney General John Ashcroft and Robert Mueller (then deputy Attorney General), ordered a full review of all foreign surveillance authorizations.

Justice Department and FBI officials have since acknowledged the existence of this internal investigation, and said that the inquiry forced officials to examine their monitoring of several suspected terrorist groups, including Al Qaeda. And while senior FBI and Justice Department officials contend that the internal investigation did not affect their ability to monitor Al . Qaeda, other officials have acknowledged that the inquiry might have hampered. electronic surveillance of terror groups. The matter remains highly classified.

What is not classified is that in early September a Nfnnesota FBI agent wrote an analytic memo on Zacarias Moussaoui's. case, theorizing that the suspect could fly a plane into The World Trade Center. And, tragically, this, too, was ignored.

Also ignored by U.S. -intelligence agencies was the enormous amount of trading activity on the Chicago Exchange Board and in overseas markets. Our intelligence agencies readily use Promis software to analyze these kinds of market indicators that presented themselves in the weeks prior to September 11'r'. Why were these aberrational trades .and market swings ignored? We were at the highest. state of alert. An attack by Al Qaeda was expected to occur at any given moment. And yet, massive amounts of trades occurred on American Airlines, United Airlines, Re- insurance companies, and leaseholders in The World Trade Center arid none of our watchdogs noticed?

Perhaps even more disturbing is the information regarding Khalid al-Midhar and Nawaf Alhazrni, two of the hijackers. In late August, the CIA asked the -INS to put these two men on. a watchlist because of their ties to the bombing of the U.S.S. Cole. On August 23, 2001, the INS informed the CIA that both men had already slipped into- the country: Immediately thereafter, the CIA asked the FBI to find al-Midhar and Alhazmi. Not a seemingly hard task in light of the fact that one of them was listed- in the San Diego phone book, the other took out a bank account in his own name, and finally, an FBI informant happened to be their roommate.

But, again, our intelligence agencies failed.

Were the Terrorists Already Under Surveillance?

It was only after the devastation of September 11th that our intelligence agencies seemed to get back on track.

On September 12, 2001, The New York Times reported, -On Tuesday a few hours (emphasis -added). after the attacks, FBI agents descended on flight schools, neighborhoods, and restaurants . in pursuit of leads. The FBI arrived at Huffman Aviation at about . 2:30 a.m., Wednesday morning. They walked out with all the school's records, including photocopies of the men's passports."

The New York Times also reported that students at Emory Riddle Aeronautical University said that within hours (emphasis added) of the attacks FBI investigators were seen at their school. .

How did. the FBI know exactly where to go only, a "few hours" after the attacks? How did they know which neighborhoods, which flight schools, and which restaurants to investigate so soon into the case?

The New York Times went on to report that "federal agents. questioned employees at a store in Bangor; Maine, where five Arab men .believed to be the hijackers tried to rent cell phones late last week. Store employees at first refused to sell the phones because the men lacked proper identification, but they :gave in after the five offered $3000 cash, store employees and an airport official said."

The article goes on to state, "the men then phoned Bangor airport trying to get a flight to Boston but were told there was no flight that matched their desired departure time, the authorities said. The men then phoned Portland. International JetPort, where two 'of-them apparently made reservations for a flight to Boston on Tuesday morning."

How would this information be gleaned so quickly? How would the FBI know to. visit a store in Bangor, Maine only hours after the attacks? Moreover, how would they know the details of a phone conversation that occurred a week prior to the attacks? . Were any of the hijackers already under surveillance? It has been. widely reported that the hijackers. ran practice runs on the airline routes that were chosen on September 116'. Did our intelligence agents ever. shadow these men on any of their prior practice nuns?

Furthermore, on September 12th, The New York Times reported that, "authorities said they had also identified accomplices in several cities who had helped plan and execute Tuesday's attacks. Officials said they knew who these people were and important biographical details about many of them. They prepared biographies of each identified member of the. hijack teams and began tracing the recent movements of the men."

How were complete biographies of the terrorists and their accomplices created in, such short time? Did our intelligence. agencies already have open files on these men? Were they already investigating them? Could the attacks of September 11th been prevented?

The speed by which .the FBI was able to locate, assimilate, and analyze a small amount of information so soon after the attacks-- barely one day later, perhaps answers this question for itself? But, if the terrorists were under investigation, then why were they ever permitted to board those planes? Perhaps, even more potently, why if such an investigation was already underway, why was our nation so late in responding to the emergency that quickly unfolded. that day?

Too Many Questions Remain

Too many questions remain. Topping the list of unanswered questions are those that involve our nation's coordination, . communication, and response to the attacks that morning. The 24 hours that presented themselves on September 11 ' beg to be examined. Questions like:.

Why did the NY/NJ Port Authority not evacuate The World Trade Center when they had an open phone line with Newark . Traffic Control Center and were told that the second plane was bearing down on the South Tower? NY/NJ Port Authority had at least eleven minutes of notice to begin evacuations of the South Tower. An express elevator in The World Trade Center was able to travel from top to bottom in one minute's time. How many lives may have been saved, had the Port Authority acted more decisively or, rather, acted at all..

Were F-16's and Stealth bombers seen and tracked on radar screens at approximately 8:05 am the morning of September 11th in the vicinity of the New York metropolitan area?

Washington Air Traffic Control Center knew about the first plane before it hit the World Trade Center. Yet, the third plane was - able to fly "loop de loops" over. Washington D.C. one hour and 45. minutes after Washington Center first knew about the hijackings. After circling in this restricted airspace-- controlled and protected by the Secret Service who had an open phone line to the FAA, how is. it possible that the plane was then able to crash. into the Pentagon? Why was the Pentagon not evacuated?

Why was our Air Force so late in its response?

What, if anything, did our nation do, in a defensive military posture that morning?

3000 innocent Americans were killed on September 11 ', leaving behind families and loved ones like myself and my daughter. There are too many heartbreaking stories to recount. There are too many lost opportunities and futures to be told.

But what can be said to you today is that the families continue to suffer each and everyday. All we have are tears and a resolve to find the answers because we continue to look into the eyes of our young children who ask us why? We have an obligation as parents and as a nation to provide these innocent children with answers as to why their mother or father never returned home from work that day.

We need people to beheld accountable for their failures. We need leaders with the courage to. take responsibility for what went wrong. Mistakes were made and too many lives were lost. We must investigate these errors so that they will never happen again. It is our responsibility as a 'nation to turn the dark events of September l I 'h into something from which we can all learn and grow, so that we, as -a nation, can look forward to a safe future.

In closing, I would like to add one thought. Undoubtedly, each of you here today, because you live and work in Washington D.C. must have felt that you were in the bull's-eye on September 11th. For most of you, there was a relief at the end of that day; a relief that you and your loved ones were in safe hands. You were the lucky ones. In your continuing investigation, please, do not forget those of us who did not share in your good fate.

[AbuMubarak]

al-qaaida exposed (http://www.johnathangaltfilms.com/) these people want to kill america because they hate what america represents

:banghead:

[AbuMubarak]

As I'm sure you all know, the Bilderbergers are mainly a European run
cabal of bankers, aristocrats, and politicians although two of its
founding members were Henry Kissinger and one of the Rockefellers,
and their objective is to establish a world government under their
control. This is an interesting list of Bilderberger invitees. Take a
good close look at this name in particular.

Henry John Heinz II BB/CFR/S&B 1931

Old Mr.Heinz is of course the grandfather of Senator Kerry's wife's
children by her first husband who died in a mysterious "plane crash"
in 1991. Her tax returns with the details of her financial holdings
have not been reported, although her net worth is estimated at about
$500 million, which is more than the reported incomes of Mr. and
Mrs.Bush, Mr. and Mrs. Cheney, and Senator Kerry all put together.
I believe like Senator Kerry she alse went to school in Switzerland.
HJ Heinz II is also a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and
the Yale Skull and Bones Society. Surprise surprise.

-Jim in Texas

Seventeen Years of Bilderbergers including the 2000 Invitees and
Their Elite Affiliations*
By Eric Samuelson, J.D.
Name
Associations
Dean Gooderham Acheson BB/CFR
Theodore C. Achilles BB/CFR
Umberto Agnelli BB
Terence Airey BB
Paul Arthur Allaire BB/CFR/TC
Graham Tillety Allison, Jr. BB/CFR/TC
Joaquim Ferreira Amaral BB
Tage Andersen BB
Robert Orville Anderson BB/CFR
Dwayne Orville Andreas BB/CFR/TC
Hannes Androsch BB
Charles C. Arliotis BB
Michael Hayden Armacost BB/CFR/TC
Jacob A. Ashberg BB
Anders Aslund BB
F.D. Aster BB
George Wildman Ball BB/CFR
Francisco Pinto Balsemao BB
Walworth Barbour BB
Percy Barnevik BB
Robert Leroy Bartley BB/CFR/TC
Robert Leroy Bartley BB/CFR/TL
Wilfrid S. Baumgartner BB
Evan Bayh BB
Frederick Sessions Beebe BB/CFR
David E. Bell BB/CFR
Elliott Vance Bell BB/CFR
George W. Bell BB
Douglas J. Bennet, Jr. BB
Frederic M. Bennett BB
Jack F. Bennett BB
Lloyd M. Bentsen, Jr. BB/CFR
Fritz Berg BB
Samuel Richard ("Sandy") Berger BB/CFR JZ
C. Fred Bergsten BB/CFR/TC
Adolph A. Berle, Jr. BB
Franco Bernabe BB
Prince Bernard BB
Richard Bernstein BB
Christoph Bertram BB
Selahattin Beyazit BB
Barry Bingham BB
M. Nuri Birgi BB
Lajos Bkokros BB
Conrad Black BB/TC
Eugene Robert Black BB/CFR
Robert D. Blackwill BB
Robert Blum BB
Richard Bolling BB
Michael Jay Boskin BB
Walter E. Boveri BB
Robert Richardson Bowie BB/CFR/TC
Charles G. Boyd BB
John Brademas BB/CFR/RS/TC
Nicholas Frederick Brady BB/CFR
Karl Brandt BB
Kingman Brewster, Jr. BB/CFR
Edward W. Brooke BB/CFR
Irving Brown BB/CFR
John Browne BB
David K. E. Bruce BB/CFR
John H. Bryan BB/TC
Zbigniew Brzezinski BB/CFR/TC
William Frank Buckley, Jr. BB/S&B 1950/CFR
McGeorge Bundy BB/CFR/S&B 1940
W. Randolph Burgess BB/CFR
Louis Wellington Cabot BB/CFR
Miriam Camps BB
Costa Carras BB
Jaime Urquijo Carvajal BB
Peter Rupert Carrington BB/TC
Frank T. Cary BB
Clifford Philip Case BB/CFR
Victor F.W. Cavendish-Bentinck BB
James Chace BB/CFR
John Hubbard Chafee BB/S&B 1947/TC
Hakon Christianson BB
Walter Ciser BB
Walter Lee Cisler BB
Gian G. Cittadini Cesi BB
Kenneth Clarke BB
Kristin Clement BB
Harlan B. Cleveland BB/CFR/RS
Harold Van B. Cleveland BB/CFR
William (Bill) Jefferson Clinton BB/CFR/RS/TC
David Lee Cole BB
John S. Coleman BB
Emelio Gabriel Collado BB
Bertrand Collomb BB
Pierre Commin BB
Karl T. Compton BB
Donald C. Cook BB/CFR
B.D. Cooke BB
Richard Newell Cooper BB/CFR/TC
Lammont du Pont Copeland BB/CFR
Jon Corazine BB
Andrew Wellington Cordier BB/CFR
E. Gerald Corrigan BB/CFR/TC
Ramon C. Cortines BB
Jon Stevens Corzine BB
Gardner Cowles BB/CFR
Joao Cravinho BB
Devon Cross BB/CFR
Charles H. Dallara BB/CFR
Kenneth W. Dam BB/CFR
George A. David BB
Etienne Davignon BB
Lynn E. Davis BB/CFR/TC
John A.D. de Chastelain BB
Thierry de Montbrial BB
David de Pury BB
Edmond de Rothschild BB
Lodewijk J.R. de Vink BB
Arthur Hobson Dean BB/CFR21
Aage Deleuran BB
Frederick Lewis Deming BB/CFR
John M. Deutch BB/TC
Thomas Edmund Dewey BB/CFR
John Diebold BB/CFR
C. Douglas Dillon BB/CFR
Christopher J. Dodd BB/CFR
Joseph N. Dodge BB
Thomas E. Donilon BB/CFR
Hedley Williams Donovan BB/CFR/RS/TC
Willem F. Duisenberg BB
Allen Welsh Dulles BB/CFR
James S. Duncan BB
Theodore Lyman Eliot, Jr. BB
Gazi Ercel BB
Sedat Ergin BB
Fritz Erler BB
Mike Espy BB
Diane Feinstein BB/J/TC
Martin Stuart Feldstein BB/CFR/TC
John Henry Ferguson BB/CFR
Thomas Knight Finletter BB/CFR
Murray H. Finley BB
Stanley Fischer BB/TC
Ralph Edward Flanders BB
James J. Florio BB
Thomas Stephen Foley BB/CFR/TC
Gerald Rudolph Ford, Jr. BB/CFR
Henry Ford II BB
Lynn Forester BB
William Chapman Foster BB/CFR
Alistair Frame BB
Max Frankel BB/CFR J
Felix Frankfurter BB/CFR J
Oliver Franks BB
Donald Frazer BB
Charles W. Freeman, Jr. BB
Peter H.B. Frelinghuysen BB/CFR
Paolo Fresco BB/TC
Stephen James Friedman BB/CFR/TC
Thomas L. Friedman BB/CFR/TC
James William Fulbright BB
James William Fulbright BB/RS
David Frum BB
Hauge Gabriel BB/CFR
Orit Gadiesh BB
Hugh T.N. Gaitskell BB
Cornelius E. Gallagher BB
John Rogers Galvin BB
Dean De La Garde BB
Jeane de la Garde BB
Robert L. Gardner BB/CFR
David Richmond Gergen BB/CFR/TC
Louis V. Gerstner, Jr. BB/CFR/TC
Louis Gestner BB
Charles Getchell BB
Francesco Giavazzi BB
Harry D. Gideonse BB/CFR
Herbert Giersch BB
Paul Gigot BB
Roswell Leavitt Gilpatric BB/CFR
Agnelli Giovanni BB
Peter C. Godsoe BB
Clinton S. Golden BB
Andrew Jackson Goodpaster BB/CFR
Abraham Lincoln Gordon BB
Lincoln Gordon BB/CFR
Joseph T. Gorman BB/CFR/TC
William T. Gossett BB
Donald Edward Graham BB
Katherine Graham BB/CFR/TC J
Frank H. G. Grave BB
Maurice ("Hank") R. Greenberg BB/CFR/TC
Anthony G.S. Griffin BB
Eduardo Marcal Grilo BB
Marc Grossman BB
Alfred M. Gruenther BB/CFR
Henry Anatole Grunwald BB/CFR
Colin Gubbins BB
John J. Gunther BB/CFR
Sten Gustafsson BB
Lawrence R. Hafstad BB
Chuck Hagel BB
Jens Christian Hague BB
Victor Halberstadt BB
Geir Hallgrimsson BB
Lee Herbert Hamilton BB/TC
Fred R. Harris BB
Joseph Close Harsch BB/CFR
Arthur A. Hartman BB/CFR
Gabriel Hauge BB/CFR
Jens Hauge BB
Brooks Hays BB/CFR
Brooks Hays BB
Denis W. Healey BB
Tom C. Hedelius BB
Arnold D.P. Heeney BB
Per Egil Hegge BB
Michael A. Heilperin BB/CFR
Henry John Heinz II BB/CFR/S&B 1931
Alfred Herrhausen BB
Peter A. Herrndorf BB
Christian Archibald Herter BB/CFR
Theodore Martin Hesberg BB/CFR/TC
Theodore Martin Hesburgh BB/CFR/TC
William Alexander Hewitt BB/CFR/TC
Bourke Blakemore Hickenlooper BB
Jim Hoagland BB
Harold K. Hochschild BB/CFR
Leif Hoegh BB
Westye Hoegh BB
Paul Gray Hoffman BB/CFR
Stanley Hoffman BB/CFR
James Fulton Hoge, Jr. BB/CFR/TC
Richard Charles Albert Holbrooke BB/CFR/TC
Chet Holifield BB
Donald Frederick Horning BB
Robert W. Huber BB
Thomas Lowe Hughes BB/CFR
Robert Edward Hunter BB/CFR
Jan Huyghebaert BB
Hans lgler BB
Jaakko lloniemi BB
Donald J. Irwin BB
Wolfgang Ischinger BB
Otmar Issing BB
C.D. Jackson BB
Henry M. Jackson BB
William Harding Jackson BB
Peter Jankowitsch BB
Daniel E. Janssen BB
Jacob K. Javits BB/CFR/J
Nelson Dean Jay BB/CFR
Peter Charles Jennings BB
J. Bennett Johnson BB
James Arthur Johnson BB
Joseph Esrey Johnson BB/CFR
Vernon Eulion Jordan, Jr. BB/CFR/TC
Peter Robert Kahn BB/CFR J
Nikolai Kamov BB
Peter R. Kann BB
C. Frits Karsten BB
Milton Katz BB/CFR
Carl Kaysen BB/CFR
George F. Keenan BB
George F. Kennan BB/CFR
David Michael Kennedy BB
Jefferson Ward Kenner BB
Kurt Kiesinger BB
Robert M. Kimmitt BB
Suna Kirac BB
Henry Alfred Kissinger BB/CFR/TC J
Andrew Knight BB
Antonie T. Knoppers BB/CFR
Max Kohnstamm BB
Hilmar Kopper BB
Max Kothbauer BB
Pieter Korteweg BB
Joseph Kraft BB/CFR
Yannos Kranidiotis BB
Alex Krauer BB
Henry R. Kravis BB/CFR
Marie-Josee Kravis BB/TC
Wiliam Kristol BB
William Kristol BB
Peter F. Krogh BB
Marc Ladreit de Lacharriere BB
Leon J.G. Lambert BB
Thomas William Lamont BB/CFR21
Eric Le Boucher BB
Erkki Leekanen BB
Jan Leschly BB
Walter James Levy BB/CFR
Andre Levy-Lang BB
William W. Lewis BB
Franklin Anthony Lindsay BB/CFR
Lawrence Litchfield, Jr. BB
Edward Littlejohn BB
Imbriani Longo BB
Charles Edwin Lord BB/S&B 1949
Winston Bao Lord BB/S&B 1959/TC
Isador Lubin BB/CFR
Henry Robinson Luce BB/CFR/S&B 1920
Bjorn Lundvall BB
Franz J. Lutolf BB
Donald S. Macdonald BB
Roy MacLaren BB/TC
Bruce K. MacLaury BB
Margaret O. MacMillan BB
William S. Maillard BB
Peter Mandelson BB
Edwin McCammon Martin, Jr. BB
Edward S. Mason BB/CFR
Jessica (Tuchman) Mathews BB/CFR
Charles McCormick Mathias, Jr. BB/CFR
Jack Foust Matlock, Jr. BB
Jessica Tuchman Matthews BB
Reginald Maudling BB
Charles William Maynes BB/CFR
John Jay McCloy BB/CFR
David J. McConald BB
James McCormack, Jr. BB/CFR
Paul Winston McCracken BB/CFR/TC
David J. McDonald BB
William J. McDonough BB/CFR
Gale W. McGee BB/CFR
George C. McGee BB/CFR
George Crews McGhee BB/CFR
Ralph E. McGill BB
Richard A. McGinn BB
Donald F. McHenry BB/CFR
David McLaughlin BB
Robert Strange McNamara BB/CFR/TC
John T. McNaughton BB/CFR
Vasco Mello BB
Alex W. Menne BB
Gerald A. Mestallet BB
Gerard A. Mestrallet BB
Johannes Meynen BB
R. John Mickletwait BB
Charles D. Miller BB
George J. Mitchell BB
Ihor Mityukov BB
Dominique Moisi BB
Walter Fritz Mondale BB/CFR/TC
A. S. Mike Monroney BB
Mario Monti BB
F. Bradford Morse BB
Philip E. Mosley BB
Bill D. Moyers BB/CFR
Charles W. Muller BB
Robert Daniel Murphy BB/CFR
Egil Myklebust BB
Francisco Murteira Nabo BB
Frank C. Nash BB
Matthias Nass BB
Alfred C. Neal BB/CFR
George Nebolsine BB
Queen of the Netherlands BB
John Newhouse BB/CFR
Paul Henry Nitze BB/CFR
Nils Norlund BB
Lauris Norstad BB/CFR
Sam Nunn BB
Joseph S. Nye, Jr. BB/CFR/RS/TC
David Oddsson BB
Andrzej Olechowski BB
Jorma Ollila BB
Conrad J. Oort BB
Tommaso Padoa-Shioppa BB
John M. Page, Jr. BB
Cola G. Parker BB
Israel Helphand Parvus BB
Morehead Patterson BB/S&B 1920
Frederick B. Payne BB/CFR
Lester Pearson BB
Aurelio Peccei BB
Arno A. Penzias BB
Werner A. Perger BB
George William Perkins II BB
James Alfred Perkins BB/CFR
William James Perry BB/TC
Howard C. Petersen BB/CFR
Rudolph A. Peterson BB
Thomas Reeve Pickering BB/CFR
Gerald Piel BB/CFR
Emanuel Rubin Piore BB
Norman Podhoretz BB/CFR
Karl Otto Pohl BB
Jonathan Porritt BB
Colin L. Powell BB/CFR
John S. Pesmazoglu BB
Clyde V. Prestowitz BB
Don K. Price BB/CFR
Joel McFee Pritchard BB
Romano Prodi BB
Mario Monti BB
David de Pury BB
Alessandro Profumo BB
William Bauer Quandt BB
Isidor Isaaac Rabi BB/CFR
Gerhard Randa BB
Steven L. Rattner BB/CFR
John Shed Reed BB/CFR
James Barrett Reston BB/CFR
J.H. Retinger BB
Henry Reuss BB/CFR
Walter Philip Reuther BB
William R. Rhodes BB/CFR
Bill Richardson BB
Rozanne Lejeanne Ridgway BB/CFR/TC
Donald W. Riegle BB
Paul Rijkens BB
Henry Lithgow Roberts BB/CFR
Charles Wesley Robinson BB/CFR/TC
David Rockefeller BB/CFR/TC
Nelson Aldrich Rockefeller BB/CFR
Sharon Percy Rockefeller BB
Inciarte Matias Rodriquez BB
Mauricio Rojas BB
Eric Roll of Ipsden BB
Robert Vincent Roosa BB/CFR/RS
Bjorn Rosengren BB
Eugene Victor Rostow BB/CFR
Renato Ruggiero BB
Donald Henry Rumsfeld BB/CFR
Dean Rusk BB/CFR/RS
John T. Ryan, Jr. BB/CFR
John Sainsbury BB
Ricardo E.S. Salgado BB
Charles E. Saltzman BB/CFR
Jorge Sampaio BB
Paul Anthony Samuelson BB
Nicolau Santos BB
Pasquale Saraceno BB
Robert A. Scalapino BB/CFR
Rudolf Scharping BB
Ad J. Scheepbouwer BB
Jurgen E. Schrempp BB
Richard Schenz BB
Adolph William Schmidt BB/CFR
Helmut Schmidt BB
William F. Schnitzler BB
Rudolf Scholten BB
Klaus Schwab BB
Pierre-Paul Schweitzer BB
Hugh Scott BB
Brent Scowcraft BB/CFR/TC
Toger Seidenfaden BB
Ernest-Antoine Seilliere BB
John S. R. Shad BB
Robert B. Shapiro BB
Jack Sheinkman BB/CFR
Lillia Shevtsova BB
Marshall D. Shulman BB/CFR
Artur Santos Silva BB
Stefano Silvestri BB
Thomas W. Simons, Jr. BB
Howard Page Smith BB
John Smith BB
Walter ("Bettle") Bedell Smith BB
Jean C. Snoy et d'Oppuers BB
Nancy E. Soderberg BB/CFR
Pedro Mira Solbes BB
Theo Sommer BB
Helmut Sonnenfeldt BB/CFR/TC
George Soros BB/CFR
Joseph P. Spang, Jr. BB
John Sparkman BB
Charles Merville Spofford BB/CFR/S&B 1924
Lesley R. Stahl BB
J. L. S. Steele BB
James B. Steinberger BB
George Stephanopoulos BB/CFR/RS
Adlai Ewing Stevenson III BB/CFR
Dirk U. Stikker BB
Shepard Stone BB/CFR
Arthur Hays Sulzberger BB/CFR/J
Cyrus L. Sulzberger BB/CFR
Lawrence H. Summers BB/CFR
Gyorgy Suranyi BB
Peter D. Sutherland BB
**** Taverne BB
Arthur R. Taylor BB
J. Martin Taylor BB
Terkel M. Terkelsen BB
G. Richard Thoman BB/CFR
John L. Thorton BB
Otto Grieg Tidemand BB
Dmitri V. Trenin BB
Jean-Claude Trichet BB
Alexander J. Trotman BB
Pierre Trudeau BB
John Wills Tuthill BB
Laura D'Andrea Tyson BB/CFR/TC
Victor H. Umbricht BB
Paul van Zeeland BB
Matti Vanhala BB
Pentti Vartia BB
Daniel L. Vasella BB
Thanos M. Veremis BB
Raymond Vernon BB/CFR
Alice Victor BB
Vittorio Valetta BB
Ezra F. Vogel BB
John W. Vogt BB
Paul Adolph Volker BB/CFR/TC
Otto Wolf von Amerongen BB
John M. Voreys BB
Franz Vranitzky BB
Lodewijk J. Waal BB
Jacob Wallenberg BB
Marcus Wallenberg BB
Eric M. Warburg BB/CFR
Sidney James Weinberg BB
Stanley A. Weiss BB
Niels Werring BB
John Cunningham Whitehead BB/CFR/TC
Christine Todd Whitman BB
Marina von Neumann Whitman BB
Thomas Grey Wicker BB
Krister Wickman BB
Siegmund Widmer BB
Brayton Wilbur, Jr. BB/CFR
Francis O. Wilcox BB/CFR
Frazar B. Wilde BB/CFR
Lawrence Douglas Wilder BB
Alexander Wiley BB
Nils Wilhjelm BB
Joseph H. Williams BB
Lynn Russell Williams BB
Michael Wilson BB/CFR
Grant F. Winthrop BB
Hans-Jurgen Wischnewski BB
Frank G. Wisner II BB/CFR
James D. Wofensohn BB/CFR
Albert Wohlstetter BB/CFR
Martin Wolf BB
Otto Wolff von Amerongen BB
James David Wolfensohn BB/CFR
Paul D. Wolfowitz BB/CFR/TC
Adrian D. Wooldridge BB
Manfred Worner BB
Patrick Wright BB
Walter Bigelow Wriston BB/CFR
Casimir A. Yost BB/CFR
Erkut Yucaoglu BB
Paolo Zannoni BB
Michael Zantousky BB
James D. Zellerbach BB
Norbert Zimmermann BB
Robert B. Zoellick BB/CFR/TC
Minos Zombanakis BB
Mortimer Benjamin Zuckerman BB/CFR J

*References include Robert Gaylon Ross, Sr., Who's Who of The Elite
(December 1995). The years covered by Ross (from the Spotlight) were:
1955, 1957, 1963, 1964, 1966, 1967, 1968, 1971, 1974, 1975, 1991,
1994 and 1995. This list also includes 1996, 1997 and 1998 BB lists
obtained from the Web. The 1998 CFR Annual Report was used for some
of the "CFR" designations. Non-U.S. BB are primarily from 1999
WorldNetDaily list. Additions, biographical information or
corrections welcomed.

Bilderberg structure and membership to 2002
Bilderberg participants from 1988 to 2000
(excluding 1990 but including 1982) indexed by country and
affiliation. Prepared by Grattan Healy, Energy Adviser to the Green
Party in the European Parliament.

Key to Abbreviations:
BB=Bilderberger CFR=Council on Foreign
Relations J=Jewish RS=Rhodes Scholar
S&B=Skull and Bones (Yale) TC=Trilaterial Commission Z=Zionist
(tentative and incomplete

[AbuMubarak]

http://www.conspiracyplanet.com/index.cfm

[AbuMubarak]

The fact is that it is long time ago since we are living under a
mind-controlled dictatorship. How do you think it is so hard to get
even a humble living? for we are slaves.

Some of us have realized. Now we know all that "free world" big words
were nothing but a hoax. A pure method of mind-control. The elite
rules everything and they OWN everything.

In 1992 they merged the Soviet Union with the European Comunity and
they made what is now the expanding European Union, which actually is
nothing but an expanded Soviet Union. They deluded the new
soviet-citizens with all that crap of the "Soviet Union collapse" so
that they weren't able to realize what had really happened.

The american people is going to be merged now too. Prepare to loose
your national identity.

WWIII is coming. The elite have launched their final assault on the
arab world.

The elite and War are the same thing... History of mankind is the
history of wars which is the history of the elite-wars.

History and elite are the same too... without the elite humans will be
living peacefully and in a perfect equilibrium.

Look "primitive" places with "primitive" tribes.. for example Africa,
before the arrival of the "white man" (which really was not the
arrival of the "white man" but the arrival of the illuminati) they
were living in perfect harmony.

The same has happened everywhere.

That plague - the elite - have done this violent world as it is now.

[AbuMubarak]

http://www.abovetopsecret.com/pages/camps.html

[AbuMubarak]

How the US CIA/Mililtary/Bush Administration Killed Another American
PAULJANAHOWARD@aol.com
5-14-4

The liars in the Bush Administration were in another big mess.

It goes on and on and on and on.

From the farce that was 911 _ to the capturing and imprisonment (and
later release) of Afghani goat herders in Guantanamo Bay _ while Bin
Laden and his lieutenants were "escorted" to safety into Pakistan by
their handlers - the CIA.

No ties between Hussein and Bin Laden (mortal enemies).

No weapons of Mass Destruction (We KNOW where they are).

We take down an "evil regime" and then put the same generals in
charge in Fallujah.

We "liberate" the country by rounding up and torturing civilians.
Rumsfeld goes before Congress on Wednesday (5/12) and says the Iraqi
women who were raped and the children who were beaten and the 90% of
all detainees who had to be released AFTER torture _ these all
were "terrorists". Therefore, the Geneva Convention and rules of war
do not apply to raping and torturing because these "terrorists" do
not belong to an Army.

Everything was going South _ deservedly so _ and the Bush
Administration needed help.

Enter poor Nick Berg.

Nick Berg was a telecommunications contractor who went into Iraq
to "help". But he and his family were not unknown to US authorities.

On March 7, 2004, an 'enemies' list of anti-war groups and
individuals was posted on the Free Republic.

Among those listed was this entry: "Michael S. Berg, Teacher,
Prometheus Methods Tower Service, Inc." That's Nick Berg's father,
Michael who acts as business manager for his son in their family
radio communications firm, Prometheus Methods Tower Service.

Just days after "Michael Berg" and "Prometheus Methods Tower Service"
had come up on that Iraq war 'enemies' list, his son Nick Berg
returned to Iraq under the business name of Prometheus Methods Tower
Service.

Nick was detained, first by Iraqi police, then for 13 days by the
United States military in Iraq. He was in US custody and admittedly
questioned by the FBI 3 separate times. They would not release him _
nor press charges _ nor let him speak to an attorney.

He was a "terrorist sympathizer" and detained in a US orange jumpsuit
(like those in Guantanamo) and put in a cell with Syrians and Iraqis.





Yet they now claim Nick Berg was NEVER in US custody. Oh really?

To back its claims that Berg was in U.S. custody, the family gave The
Associated Press copies of e-mails from Beth A. Payne, the U.S.
consular officer in Iraq.

"I have confirmed that your son, Nick, is being detained by the U.S.
military in Mosul. He is safe. He was picked up approximately one
week ago. We will try to obtain additional information regarding his
detention and a contact person you can communicate with directly,''
Payne wrote to Berg's father, Michael, on April 1. Payne repeated
that Berg was "being detained by the U.S. military'' in an e-mail the
same day to Berg's mother, Suzanne.

Frustrated by their inability to find out about their son's
whereabouts, The Berg's filed a lawsuit in federal court in
Philadelphia on April 5 asserting that their son was being held by
the American military in violation of his civil rights.

"His parents contacted our office, the F.B.I., the State Department,"
said Representative Jim Gerlach, a Republican from Upper Uwchlan
Township in Pennsylvania.

Representative Gerlach met with the Berg family on Tuesday. "They got
very insufficient information,'' he said. "They felt that they were
not getting full answers."

Nick Berg's father, Michael Berg was publicly furious, "I think a lot
of people are fed up with the lack of civil rights this thing has
caused," he said. "I don't think this administration is committed to
democracy."

The Berg's filed a lawsuit in federal court in Philadelphia on April
5. A day later, Nick Berg was released. He contacted his parents and
told them that he was coming home. The following day he checked out
of his hotel in Baghdad, and disappeared.

At the height of the US torture scandal, Nick Berg's body
was "discovered" on Saturday May 8, having reportedly been
decapitated the same day by muslim radicals _ specifically Al Queda.

And, almost miraculously, a video appears worldwide showing "Al
Queda" in possession of Mr. Berg (somehow still wearing his orange
jumpsuit) at which time he is supposedly beheaded by Abu Musab al-
Zarqawi _ whom Americans claim is Al Queda's lead man in Iraq. Not
only does Al Queda record the video, but Zarqawi's name
and "signature" appear on it.

Convenient? Oh, and how.

Yet there are many problems with this explanation.

Long ago, when trying to tie Al Queda with Iraq, Colin Powell claimed
that Zarqawi was fitted with a prosthetic leg in a Baghdad hospital
(which, at the time, was touted as being a major indication of a
connection between al-Qaeda and Saddam Hussein).

Yet the killer in the video walks and moves around with both legs
just fine. Zarqawi could not be the killer. So why would all the
killers wear hoods to hide their identity, and then sign the video
with their own name and call themselves Al Queda?

It never happened. As reported both by the London Telegraph and CNN
(CNN Transcript) :

O'BRIEN: Interesting. All right, now one final thought here. You did
a very careful translation of your own, of the statement. And in it,
you see no reference to al Qaeda. And yet the official U.S.
government translation does. Explain how that happened.

NASR: Oh, I find it very interesting, because out of the blue, there
is a mention of al Qaeda on the U.S. government translation. It
says: "Does al Qaeda need any further excuses?" Any speaker of the
Arabic language is going to notice a difference between the word al
Qaeda, which means "the base," and al qaed, which means "the one
sitting, doing nothing."

My translation says: "Is there any excuse for the one who sits down
and does nothing?" Basically they're telling people, you have no
excuse for not doing anything, for not acting and defending Islam and
so forth. Whereas the U.S. government translation adds al Qaeda to
the statement, which is not on the statement.

But it gets much, much worse.

The Berg video is a montage of two separate videos taken from two
cameras. This is apparent from the time in the lower right-hand
corner, which changes as the angle of the shot changes.





Notice on the right that Berg's head has been cut off at 13:47:49
(1:47) _ yet on the picture on the left, at 2:44 _ nearly an hour
later _ he is sitting with his head intact!

In the video shown all over the world, the man in the middle (wearing
all black) is the one who beheads Mr. Berg, but immediately when the
head is held up, suddenly it changes to the man in the white mask.

Additionally, the audio is 7 seconds off from the video.

So what, you say?

So let's see, an American who is considered an enemy of the US war
suddenly is taken prisoner in Iraq, which the US denies, until his
family produces e-mails from the US office in Iraq and sues and then
he is miraculously released _ though supposedly he wasn't in
custody. Can the government ever tell the truth?

Then he disappears _ and resurfaces only as the US is in dire need of
an incident to try to put to rest the coverage of their torture in
Iraq.

Suddenly, a US enemy-of-the-state ends up in Al Queda's hands _ and
not just their hands _ but the leaderships _ who signs a video saying
he killed him _ though the guy who supposedly kills him has a
prosthetic leg and the guy in the video clearly doesn't.

Then it's released all over the world that Al Queda did not claim to
do this and that the US intentionally doctored the transcripts.

Why would a guy in US custody for weeks, after being released for a
day and getting ready to go home, not take off the damned orange
prison jumpsuit?

Why do the hooded "Al Queda" guys appear so white? Muslims say the
accents are not middle eastern at all.





Does this guy look like an Arab?


Go back up and look at the "group of 5" arab Terrorists. Does their
look and body language and white

Skin say arab or US military dressed in terrorist garb?

The only plausible alternative is a covert, black operation
orchestrated as part of the seedier arm of US foreign policy --which
generally only come to light when candid

photographs, for example, reach the public domain.

NBC news (Andrea Mitchell) reported on May 6 that special operations
forces, including both Delta Force and Navy SEALs, were also involved
in abusing prisoners in Iraq.

In order to cover themselves, the government has released information
that Nick Berg was investigated during the 09/11 investigation for
having ties to Zacharias Moussaoui. Supposedly, Moussaoui was using
Berg's email address. Is it possible Nick is a member of the new
formed Jewish Al Qaida?

The lies will keep coming from this administration until the people
put a stop to it.
Will you help me?
Paul

[AbuMubarak]

CIA did it to take the heat off the Pentagon"--NBC reporter
Wed May 12, 2004 23:17
69.43.13.218

"...the CIA did it to take the heat off the Pentagon"--NBC reporter
stated tonight prime time news, continuing, "...a story that will not
die easily here in the Arab world".
NBC Nightly News with Tom Brokaw, May 12th

Thus said the reporter from NBC News already "innoculating" the
public against this reasonable "conspiracy theory" being promulgated
by more questioning minds in both America and overseas. BUT IT MAKES
ALL THE SENSE IN THE WORLD!

The previous article posted, "Fishy Circumstances and Flawed
Timelines" is worth reading, especially the numbered observations at
the close of the article. But there is more to add:

1. Both Drudge and Aljazeera report that "ööA body found on Monday by
US military patrol along a roadside over the weekend was identified
as Berg's."
ALJAZEERA
http://english.aljazeera.net/NR/exeres/C6F93CE0-8FCB-425E-BD40-
672B38CF68B1.htm


Note the confused reporting in this direct quote, "on Monday", "over
the weekend", by US military patrol. Was it found on Monday or over
the weekend--which one? Does this make sense to anyone? Or was
someone scrambling a press release (in panic) of wording that was
hastily contrived, and uncertain themselves about how the facts would
compare to the report. VAGUE TIMING BEGS THE QUESTION, WHEN WAS THIS
BODY REALLY FOUND?

Secondly, how was the body identified as "Berg's", if it was
headless? Or was it? How do you quickly identify a body without a
head?

Third, WHO were the U.S. forces that found it? Were they the same
ones involved in his illegal detention?

2. Here is the smoking gun: If the body was found on Monday (May
10th), or previously "over the weekend" (prior), how could the
execution and video be taped on May 11th, as is reported?

"The statement in the video was signed off with Zarqawi's name and
dated 11 May" (Drudge and Aljazeerah).

An Arab magic trick indeed...to be able to execute a man on video
tape ("May 11"), AFTER HIS BODY IS FOUND BY US FORCES, on "May
10th"!!!!! The video is not the only thing that appears fuzzy!!

3. The video was dated May 11th, typical Judeo-Masonic (CIA/MOSSAD)
signature and M.O., like 9/11, and the recent 3/11 in Spain. Sorry,
there is an M.O. to this "terrorism" that matches that of government
psy-ops! Funny how they never mention the obvious pattern of dating
isn't it? And the "terroists" signed his name to the video, though
they wore hoods and masks! (Why?)

4. Berg's father filed law suit against the illegal detention of
their son....and, bingo, he was released the next day (but not very
popular we can be certain)!
"His father, Nick, filed a lawsuit on 5 April stating Berg was being
held illegally by the US military in Iraq. The next day Berg was
released." Aljazeera and Drudge

5. The Guatanamo Bay type US issue prison suit is very suspicious!
Either he was handed over to the alleged "terrorists" in it--meaning
US forces complicity to rid them of an American "dissident"--or the
executions are Government--i.e. CIA (well-fed, lily white hands,
hooded...but leaving the name of the executioner?)!

6. According to the video clock notations in the film,
the "execution" took place between 13:46 and 13:47....apparently
around 1:46 to 1:47 pm. Why is the video time not in Arabic? Do Arabs
use military time?
<http://www.drudgereport.com/iiraq3.htm>

7. "God is great".....typical propaganda to libel militant Muslim
jihaders with the crime, while they have lily white hands, their
victim in US issue prison clothes, and video time in US military
English!

8. The TIMING of this event being reported to the American public, on
May 11th evening (note how quickly this went to full-blown news
coverage by 6:30pm EDT on the very day of the
execution......fast......and conveniently. Even MORE remarkable is
how this was reported to Congress (not sure when) during WORK HOURS
IN SESSION, precisely as the Pentagon, Rumsfeld, etc., were being
grilled, and Senators were investigation the horrific prisoner abuse,
and who was behind it! TALK ABOUT WELL-COORDINATED AND EXPEDITED 1)
EXECUTION 2) BODY FOUND, IDENTIFIED, 3)NOTIFICATION OF KIN, 4)
REPORTED TO CONGRESS...5) RELEASE IN FULL DETAIL WITH VIDEO TO
NETWORK NEWS..........ALL IN ONE AMAZING DAY!!!!!

Is that a credible timetable WITHOUT government involvement? The
9/11 "hijackers" were not even identified for a couple days....but
this one is instantly solved, and we are expected to swallow it whole
without choking!

8. The pattern of US government information, from Bush, the Pentagon,
Jessica Lynch, justification for Iraq, the "911" story is a HISTORY
OF PROVEN LIES AND FALSEHOODS FOR POLITICAL ENDS!!! So why should
ANYONE believe this!!

This is the most inaccurate combination of facts of any realistic
scenario of an execution and identification of who did it--contrived
in panic and haste to deflect the outcoming of literal "war crimes"
by US forces--that would not be sustained in any court of law, except
that of the naive and brainwashed American mind, that has a Yankee
flag wrapped around its eyes and ears!

BUSH GOVERNMENT (CIA) DID IT......AGAIN!

One more piece below, by Andrea Mitchell of NBC, how not just the
Army, but Special Forces and the ever-present CIA were ALL involved
in the gross abuses and deaths of Iraqi prisoners, in this bogus
war..... THIS PROVES CIA INVOLVEMENT AND MOTIVE FOR COVERING UP
ABUSIVE TORTURE AND KILLINGS, AS WELL AS ADMITTED COVERUPS ABOUT THEM.

May 6: As the investigation into the prison abuse scandal expands,
there are new indications it reaches beyond the Army. NBC's Andrea
Mitchell has details.
NBC Nightly News

Delta Force, Navy SEALs involved in abuse?
By Andrea Mitchell
Correspondent
NBC News

Updated: 6:15 p.m. ET May 06, 2004As the investigation expands,
officials tell NBC News that special operations forces, including
both Delta Force and Navy SEALs, were possibly also involved in
abusing prisoners in Iraq.
In fact, one prisoner, Mon Adel al Jamadi, died while being
interrogated in Abu Ghraib by a CIA officer last November, shortly
after being captured by Navy SEALs. Al Jamadi was being questioned
about a plot to attack U.S. forces with plastic explosives.

An autopsy revealed al Jamadi had broken ribs and had been "badly
beaten." His CIA interrogator has told investigators the prisoner was
injured before he was turned over to the CIA — something the Navy
denies.
In a second case, the CIA is being investigated for the death of
Iraqi Gen. Abed Hamed Mowhoush near the Syrian border, also last
November. The CIA says he died several days after they questioned him.

A third CIA prisoner died last June in Afghanistan — also after a
severe beating.

Did the CIA or other intelligence agencies tell the guards to get the
prisoners to talk? According to former CIA officer Robert Baer, "I
can't believe that those MPs knew enough about Arab culture to
systematically do this.… Somebody prompted them."

Intelligence officials deny directing the abuse. But the Army's
investigation said military intelligence and "other government
agencies" — the Army's code for the CIA, Defense Intelligence Agency
and special operations forces, "actively requested that MP guards set
physical and mental conditions for favorable interrogation of
witnesses."
The general who was in charge of the prison says it got out of hand.
Brig. Gen. Janis Karpinski remembers, "They said, `Hey, that worked
pretty well.' They told us to take the clothes away from those six
prisoners, and nobody seemed to think that that was wrong, so let's
take clothes away from 12 of them."

Now the CIA confirms that some of its officers hid prisoners from
watchdog groups like the Red Cross — violations also under
investigation.

© 2004 MSNBC Interactive

http://disc.server.com/discussion.cgi?
disc=149495;article=54893;title=APFN

[joeschmoe]

All Your Base... (http://www.planettribes.com/allyourbase/)

[AbuMubarak]

Bush VS Kerry "Battle of the Bonesmen" (http://www.prisonplanet.com/020304bipartisanbonesmen.html)

Bipartisan Bonesmen

The New American

The two leading contenders for the U.S. presidency are both members of Skull and Bones, one of the oldest secret societies in America. Why is this not a major election-year issue?

Mr. Russert: You both were members of Skull and Bones, a secret society at Yale. What does that tell us?

Senator Kerry: Not much, because it’s a secret.

— Meet the Press, August 31, 2003

Mr. Russert: You were both in Skull and Bones, the secret society.

President Bush: It’s so secret we can’t talk about it.

— Meet the Press, Taped on February 7, 2004

Every politician, it is said, has skeletons in his closet, but this is ridiculous. In the cases of President George W. Bush and Senator John F. Kerry (D-Mass.), we have two politicos whose careers, literally, were launched in a crypt full of skeletons. The crypt we refer to is the hulking mausoleum on the Yale campus that houses The Order of the Skull and Bones, the infamous, occultic fraternity that both men joined in the 1960s during their senior year at the university. Both Bush and Kerry have been asked in recent interviews about their membership in this very old, super-secret club. Each has waved off the question with a laugh and refused to say anything further on the matter. And the Establishment media have politely dropped the subject.

For the first time in history the race for the U.S. presidency is shaping up to be completely a "Bonesman" affair. What are the odds that out of a population of nearly 300 million the two front-runners for the most powerful political office in the world would be "brothers" in a super-elite, secret society that numbers probably fewer than 800 living members? The odds are even slimmer than that, since only a handful of that already minuscule number actually hold political office and would, therefore, be potential candidates. Nevertheless, a pair of Bonesmen are poised to carry the Republican and Democrat banners in the forthcoming quadrennial contest. We’ll leave the statistical computing to the mathematicians, but it’s obvious even to those of us who are mathematically challenged that the Bush-Kerry match-up in the current White House run is a bizarre "coincidence" that strains the laws of probability.

Why So Secret?

In his autobiography, A Charge to Keep, then-Governor Bush disposed of his membership in the furtive Yale society with a single sentence. "My senior year I joined Skull and Bones," wrote Bush, "a secret society, so secret I can’t say anything more."

He dealt with the issue similarly in a February 7, 2004 Oval Office interview that aired the next day on NBC’s Meet the Press. NBC’s interviewer, Tim Russert, broached the topic, noting that Senator Kerry is also a member of The Order. The very brief exchange that ensued may be more revealing than a voluble response would have been. Here’s the text:

Russert: "You were both in Skull and Bones, the secret society."

President Bush: "It’s so secret we can’t talk about it."

Russert: "What does that mean for America? The conspiracy theorists are going to go wild."

President Bush: "I’m sure they are. I don’t know. I haven’t seen Web pages yet." (Laughs)

Mr. Russert then said: "Number 322." President Bush ignored Russert’s reference to the Bonesmen’s secret code number and went in another direction, noting that Kerry has not yet been selected as the Democrats’ candidate. Those familiar with Skull and Bones (S&B) know that "322" is the room number of the initiation room — the sanctum sanctorum or "holy of holies" — in the organization’s forbidding structure on the Yale campus. That structure is commonly known to insiders and outsiders alike as "the Tomb," but is also referred to by members as "the Temple." The "322" also refers to the society itself; it is "Chapter 322" of an older German secret society.

However, when the president evaded the question, Mr. Russert, who has displayed a dogged persistence in other interviews (indeed, he had shown some of the same pointed tenacity in his earlier questions for the president), conspicuously dropped that line of questioning and accommodated Mr. Bush with cream-puff questions that allowed scripted responses about the president’s vision and leadership.

Likewise, Senator Kerry has been given a free pass on his S&B membership. On August 31 of last year, Kerry was asked on Meet the Press: "You both were members of Skull and Bones, a secret society at Yale. What does that tell us?" His response: "Not much, because it’s a secret."

The Mafia has its infamous oath of omerta (silence), by which initiates vow never to reveal any secrets of their criminal enterprise. The slightest violation, or suspicion of violation, of this oath can earn one a death sentence. We have no proof that Skull and Bones enforces its equivalent of omerta with similarly severe means, but there is no question that Bonesmen take it very seriously; members are instructed never to mention or discuss S&B with any "barbarian," which means all the rest of us outsiders — including Bonesmen’s own spouses and biological family members. If barbarians ever broach the subject in their presence, Bonesmen are instructed to turn on their heels immediately and leave.

This kind of secrecy by men in positions of power should be a natural magnet to investigative reporters and members of the Fourth Estate who posture as the watchdogs of our political system. But it would seem that our media mavens, who insist on prying into every other private crevice of politicians’ lives, have a curious lack of curiosity when it comes to The Order. Like NBC’s Russert, the denizens of the controlled elite media tend to laugh off the S&B connection as something that would only concern paranoid "conspiracy theorists." Thus, Elizabeth Bumiller began her February 2 New York Times column on the Bonesmen election race with this opening line: "It will be a field day for conspiracy theorists."

Bones of Contention

After noting that a Kerry-Bush race would be "the first skull-to-skull match-up of Bonesmen in history," the Times’ Bumiller asks: "Does this mean anything at all?"

What it means, the Times would have us believe, is that we will be fortunate if either of these elite Bonesmen helms our ship of state. "Historically, Yale’s best and brightest — only 15 a year — were tapped for Skull and Bones," an approving Bumiller tells her readers. "The larger question is whether Skull and Bones inculcated values of leadership … in Mr. Kerry and Mr. Bush, beyond what was already driven home by Yale." Then she follows a familiar pattern of quoting sympathetic sources who extol S&B as a training ground that transforms callow, shallow youth into men of caliber dedicated to higher purpose and the public good.

Bumiller continues:

Skull and Bones has, after all, a particularly illustrious alumni roster: two previous presidents (Mr. Bush’s father and William Howard Taft), Averell Harriman, McGeorge Bundy, Henry Luce, Potter Stewart, the writer John Hersey and numerous officials in the Central Intelligence Agency, a traditional career path for Bonesmen.

U.S. presidents, Supreme Court justices, senators, governors, university presidents, foundation presidents, business titans, banking barons, media moguls, CIA spooks. S&B’s history indicates that it has long been a prime recruiting ground where candidates are "tapped" and groomed for future service to The Order. The organization uses its connections to advance its members into positions of power and influence to an inordinate degree. In addition to its high-profile members in government service, Skull and Bones is intimately tied to semi-secret globalist organizations such as the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission and the Bilderbergers, which have so come to dominate U.S. political and economic policy as to constitute a separate American government. Bonesmen have played prominent roles in leading these groups for the past several generations.

Yes, The Order boasts a membership roll that elicits oohs and ahs. Speaking of ahs, the most widely quoted so-called critic of the S&B likens the secret group to the beneficent and mysterious Wizard of Oz. In her highly praised 2002 "exposé," Secrets of the Tomb, Alexandra Robbins writes: "If the Wizard of Oz can represent Skull and Bones, then one must point out that, for a while, Oz needed its Wizard to provide balance and a constant current of reassurance." (Emphasis in the original.) You see, according to Robbins, we silly little Munchkin mortals need the paternalistic ministrations of The Order’s superior Wizards.

Alexandra Robbins has been much quoted and interviewed as a leading authority on S&B. Her book’s first chapter, "The Legend of Skull and Bones," begins with this description:

Sometime in the early 1830s, a Yale student named William H. Russell — the future valedictorian of the class of 1833 — traveled to Germany to study for a year. Russell came from an inordinately wealthy family that ran one of America’s most despicable business organizations of the nineteenth century: Russell and Company, an opium empire.... While in Germany, Russell befriended the leader of an insidious German secret society that hailed the death’s head as its logo. Russell soon became caught up in this group, itself a sinister outgrowth of the notorious eighteenth-century society the Illuminati.

According to Robbins, this is all lurid legend, much of it invented and spread by the Bonesmen themselves to enhance the sense of mystery and importance surrounding Skull and Bones. Ms. Robbins’ opening chapter combines descriptions of The Order’s bizarre initiation rituals with stories and rumors of the group’s wealth and power in a way calculated to discredit the most serious concerns about the group. Sure, it’s the ultimate "old boys network," with lots of juvenile mumbo-jumbo, but nothing to get worked up over.

Truth Behind the "Legend"

Much of what Robbins disingenuously dismisses as legend is verifiable fact, and much else is very probably fact, based on what can be determined from available evidence. Skull and Bones founder William H. Russell did indeed come from a wealthy opium-empire family. He did found S&B at Yale after spending 1831-32 studying in Germany. From S&B’s own documents, it seems that The Order may be but a U.S. chapter of a German secret society. And it is quite possible that the German society was (is) directly connected to the infamous Order of the Illuminati, which was founded in Germany in 1776. The Illuminati, which played a central role in the French Revolution and in spreading subversion and revolution throughout Europe, actually sent agents to the United States to overthrow our republic while it was still in its infancy. In a 1798 letter to Rev. G. W. Snyder, President George Washington acknowledged that these agents were then active here, spreading the Illuminati’s "diabolical tenets."*

That same year, 1798, Yale President Timothy Dwight warned that the Illuminati’s conspiratorial schemes "strike at the root of all human happiness and virtue … [seeking] the overthrow of religion, government, and human society civil and domestic." These conspirators, said Dwight, are so committed to their evil ends "that murder, butchery, and war, however extended and dreadful, are declared by them to be completely justifiable, if necessary for these great purposes."

A few years later, in 1805, John Wood, a prominent political writer, surveyor and cartographer, wrote an important work entitled A Full Exposition of the Clintonian Faction, Society of the Columbian Illuminati. Mr. Wood’s exposé provided evidence that a number of prominent American individuals, including New York Governor DeWitt Clinton, were members of Illuminati lodges that had been established in this country.

So, it is not at all outlandish to suppose that there could have been a direct Illuminati link with the S&B founding, especially since the Illuminati and its subsidiaries were very active in Germany at the time Mr. Russell attended school there. The initiation methods of the Order of the Skull and Bones also closely parallel those of the Order of the Illuminati. Robbins’ book records that S&B initiates must engage in self-criticism and group criticism sessions that are so harrowing that some initiates have near nervous breakdowns. Author and Bones watcher Ron Rosenbaum has written that this self-abasement includes lying in a coffin naked and revealing one’s entire sexual history.

Ultimately, this "group therapy" helps bind the Bonesmen more closely than family. Robbins notes: "Eventually a member’s self-perception is so intertwined with his secret-society identity … that if he were to betray or leave Skull and Bones, he would lose what has become a major part of the way that he identifies himself."

If one reads the Illuminati’s initiation rites and the diabolical purpose for them, as described by Illuminati founder Adam Weishaupt, the similarity to the Bonesmen’s experience is striking. The purpose, according to Weishaupt, was not only to psychologically strip each initiate and create a powerful group identity through this shared experience; it also served an equally important objective of learning the weaknesses of each individual and any crimes or deeds of which he might be ashamed, for possible blackmail use in the future, should he decide to oppose or expose The Order. These same techniques were adopted and perfected by the Communists, and are used to varying degrees by the Mafia and other criminal conspiracies to maintain ironclad control over their members.

Secret societies are always inimical to a free society. It is impossible to judge whether elected and appointed officials are truly acting as public servants or are serving an agenda of hidden confederates, if membership in secret societies is permitted or winked at. Our constitutional republic is meant to function in an atmosphere of openness and transparency; it will not long survive if we allow those who fashion policies and legislation to operate in the shadowy corridors and chambers of secret societies. Members of Skull and Bones have occupied (and do today occupy) some of the most powerful positions in American public and private institutions. We should not allow the membership in this organization to be lightly dismissed, especially when it comes to candidates for the highest office in the land.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* Washington’s letter to Rev. Snyder appears in Volume 36 of The Writings of George Washington (U.S. Government Printing Office) and pertains to an important book on the Illuminati, entitled Proofs of a Conspiracy, by a distinguished Scottish professor, John Robison. Washington shared Robison’s alarm over the dangers posed by this nefarious sect. At the same time as Robison, but working completely independently, Abbe Augustin Barruel authored an even more detailed indictment of the Illuminati, entitled Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism. Both of these important works are now back in print and can be obtained from www.aobs-store.com/conspiracy/ (click on "additional books" for ordering information on Memoirs).


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Who Knew Whom, and When?

by William F. Jasper

Did John Kerry (Bones 1966) and George W. Bush (Bones 1968) know each other at Yale? Kerry says they did while Bush says they didn’t. But neither will talk about Skull and Bones.

In his televised February 9 White House interview with George W. Bush, Tim Russert quoted a derogatory statement by Senator John Kerry concerning President Bush’s "lack of knowledge" and the heavy image management by the president’s handlers. Kerry’s quote ended with this gibe at Bush: "I know this guy. He was two years behind me at Yale. I knew him, and he’s still the same guy."

After reading this quote Russert asked the president: "Did you know him at Yale?"

President Bush responded with a single word: "No."

It could be, of course, that Mr. Kerry is lying (or is the victim of a faulty memory) about knowing Mr. Bush at Yale. The New York Times’ Elizabeth Bumiller treats their acquaintance at Yale as a matter of fact. "Did Mr. Kerry, class of ’66, and Mr. Bush, class of ’68, know each other at Yale?" she asks in her February 2 column. "More to the point, did they ever participate together in a Skull and Bones rite in the club’s windowless crypt?" "The answer to the first question," she writes, "is yes, and the answer to the second question is no, at least not as far as anyone knows or admits." She does not reveal the provenance of her information; perhaps it was the same Kerry quote mentioned above, perhaps other sources, possibly a resident Bonesman at the Times.

Bumiller then quotes an interesting statement from David Wade, Senator Kerry’s spokesman. "Rest assured," said Mr. Wade, "there are no pictures of them dancing together naked," a reference to S&B rituals of dancing and mud-wrestling naked. Note, he didn’t say that such casual perversion didn’t occur, just that there were no photos of such an event.

Based on what we know of the exclusive culture of Yale and the far more exclusive (and intimate!) S&B culture, Mr. Kerry’s statement is more plausible than Mr. Bush’s. The Order is closely integrated horizontally and vertically and it would seem highly unlikely that their paths would not have crossed. Did the president lie about this? If so, why? Was Kerry invited to the hush-hush Skull and Bones reunion that President Bush hosted at the White House in 2001? Which Bonesmen attended this ultra-exclusive soiree? These are fair questions that demand answers.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Bush-Bones Doctrine: "Deny Everything"

"There’s three things to remember: claim everything, explain nothing, deny everything."

— Senator Prescott Bush (Bones 1917)

The Bush family patriarch made the above statement in a 1966 interview for Columbia University’s oral history project on the Eisenhower administration. Prescott Bush said that political dictum had been explained to him by Claire Boothe Luce, congresswoman, ambassador and wife of Time-Life media magnate Henry Luce (Bones 1920).

[AbuMubarak]

Digital Watermarks Prove Berg and Abuse Cameras Were the Same?

http://prisonplanet.tv/articles/may2004/052504digitalwatermarks.htm

Alex Jones' Prison Planet | May 25 2004

There are several postings on message boards suggesting that the
digital watermarks on the Berg and Abu Ghraib videos are exactly the
same. While at this point we have no concrete confirmation of this,
it would fit with other examples of how the Berg execution and Abu
Ghraib torture scenes are very similar. The contention is that Berg
was killed by the US military as a staged psy-op to distract
attention from the torture scandal, an execution blamed on 'CIArabs'.

The following is from a Yahoo message board...

Word is spreading around Kodak Park here in Rochester NY. And will
break on national News tonite that Kodak film experts have analyzed
the Nick Berg video and some of the Abu Grhaib Prison videos
comparing them for certain encrypted recording signatures.

Each video camera leaves a certain signature mark, much like a
fingerprint or striation markings on bullets in gun barrels. Same
goes for CD-ROM Burners, they leave a trace or type of Cookies on the
finished product.

These are tested by computer and not visible by the naked eye.
Experts here after lunch have concluded that one of the 2 video
cameras used in the Nick Berg "beheading" was also used to film US
troop abuses of Iraqi detainees.

THIS is BAD news for BushCorp., Military, and CIA.

The following is from another message board, written by Mark Perkel...

The news story of the millenium

Ok - so - the millenuim is only 4 years old but - this is still one
hell of a story.

Friday, new video was released showing Iraq prisoner torture. The
most important piece of information in this video is something that
you don´t see.

Digital cameras have been built to inclued a digital watermark that
identifies which camera took the video.

I am seeing messages on the internet who are saying the people at
Kodak who developed the watermarking technology have compared the
digital watermark on the Berg video with the new pridoner abuse from
Abu Ghraib prison and the digital watermark matches one of the two
cameras used in the Berg beheading.

If this is true then it means that Americans killed Berg at Abu
Ghraib prison.

We need a digital video expert to verify the digital watermarks to
prove this is true.

Anybody?

[AbuMubarak]

http://www.letsroll911.org/

[AbuMubarak]

Illuminati Defector Details Pervasive Conspiracy
By Henry Makow Ph.D.
October 14, 2002

If you detect the devil's hand in current events, you may be closer to the truth than you think.

A woman who was raised in the Illuminati cult describes a powerful secret organization comprising one per cent of the U.S. population that has infiltrated all social institutions and is covertly preparing a military takeover. Her revelations cast the "war on terror" and "homeland security" in their true light.

"Svali" is the pseudonym of the woman, age 45, who was a mind "programmer" for the cult until 1996. She was the sixth head trainer in the San Diego branch and had 30 trainers reporting to her. She has risked her life to warn humanity of the Illuminati's covert power and agenda.

She describes a sadistic Satanic cult led by the richest and most powerful people in the world. It is largely homosexual and pedophile, practises animal sacrifice and ritual murder. It works "hand in glove" with the CIA and Freemasonry. It is Aryan supremacist (German is spoken at the top) but welcomes Jewish apostates. It controls the world traffic in drugs, guns, pornography and prostitution. It may be the hand behind political assassination, and "terrorism," including Sept. 11, the Maryland sniper and the Bali bomb blast.

It has infiltrated government on a local, state and national level; education and financial institutions; religion and the media. Based in Europe, it plans a "world order" that will make its earlier attempts, Nazism and Communism, look like picnics. One other detail: these people are not happy.

Svali's courageous testimony explains why our children are no longer taught civic values, why they are being habituated to homosexuality and violence, and why our "culture" is descending into nihilism and sexual depravity. It raises the possibility that George W. Bush and his Administration are Illuminists and much of the world "elite" is engaged in a mind-boggling criminal conspiracy.

In March 2000, Svali began writing a monthly column for survivors of Illuminati ritual abuse at Suite101.com. In December 2000, H.J. Springer, the editor of CentrExNews,com contacted Svali and conducted an extended 18-part interview with her by email, which is reproduced on line and is copyrighted.

"I am convinced she is the real McCoy," Springer wrote to me. "I have personally relayed numerous email messages to her from other members -- ritually abused, brainwashed, raped, sexually abused people & you name it -- some of them confirming to me her story. So I have absolutely no doubt that Svali has been part of the Illuminati since childhood."

I also trust Svali's testimony because it confirms my intuition and intensive research. Everything fits: from the dead hand that seems to suppress humanity to why Clinton gave secret technology to the Chinese, to persistent reports of concentration camps in the US. It explains why people I know behave in a conspiratorial way. I thank Svali for giving me a frightening but incredible key to understanding the world.

A friend urged me to beware of a hoax and offered to help confirm Svali's personal story. I accepted. I invite you to read her entire testimony and make up your own mind. Read "Part One" to "Part 18" first, starting at the middle of the list and working up.

With their permission, here are some highlights of Svali's correspondence with CentrExnews.com's H.J. Springer. I have also included material from her article "Are the Illuminati Taking Over the World?"

Pervasive Presence

Svali: "The Illuminati are present in every major metropolitan centre in the United States. The Illuminati believe in controlling an area through its: banks and financial institutions (guess how many sit on banking boards? You'd be surprised) Local government: guess how many get elected to local city councils? Law: children are encouraged to go to law school and medical school. Media: others are encouraged to go to journalism school, and members help fund local papers.

Beliefs

Svali: "The Illuminati is a group that practices a form of faith known as "enlightenment". It is Luciferian, and they teach their followers that their roots go back to the ancient mystery religions of Babylon, Egypt, and Celtic druidism. They have taken what they consider the "best" of each, the foundational practices, and joined them together into a strongly occult discipline. Many groups at the local level worship ancient deities such as "El", "Baal", and "Ashtarte", as well as "Isis and Osiris" and "Set".... I do know that these people teach and practice evil."

Weishaupt

Svali: "Weishaupt did not create the Illuminati, they chose him as a figurehead and told him what to write about. The financiers, dating back to the bankers during the times of the Templar Knights who financed the early kings in Europe, created the Illuminati. Weishaupt was their "go fer", who did their bidding."

Military Takeover

Svali: "Briefly, each region of the United States has "nerve centres" or power bases for regional activity. The United States has been divided up into seven major geographical regions. Each region has localities within it that contain military compounds and bases that are hidden in remote, isolated areas or on large private estates.

These bases are used intermittently to teach and train generational Illuminati in military techniques, hand- to- hand combat, crowd control, use of arms, and all aspects of military warfare. Why? Because the Illuminists believe that our government, as we know it, as well as the governments of most nations around the world, are destined to collapse. These will be planned collapses, and they will occur in the following ways:

The Illuminati has planned first for a financial collapse that will make the great depression look like a picnic. This will occur through the manoeuvring of the great banks and financial institutions of the world, through stock manipulation, and interest rate changes. Most people will be indebted to the federal government through bank and credit card debt, etc. The governments will recall all debts immediately, but most people will be unable to pay and will be bankrupted. This will cause generalized financial panic, which will occur simultaneously worldwide, as the Illuminists firmly believe in controlling people through finances.

Doesn't sound pleasant, does it? I don't know the exact time frame for all of this, and wouldn't want to even guess. The good news is that if a person is debt-free, owes nothing to the government or credit debt, and can live self sufficiently, they may do better than others. I would invest in gold, not stocks, if I had the income. Gold will once again be the world standard, and dollars will be pretty useless (remember after the Civil War? Our money will be worth about what confederate money was after the collapse).

Next there will be a military takeover, region by region, as the government declares a state of emergency and martial law. People will have panicked, there will be an anarchical state in most localities, and the government will justify its move as being necessary to control panicked citizens. The cult trained military leaders and people under their direction will use arms as well as crowd control techniques to implement this new state of affairs. ...Military bases will be set up, in each locality (actually, they are already here, but are covert). In the next few years, they will go above ground and be revealed. Each locality will have regional bases and leaders to which they are accountable. The hierarchy will closely reflect the current covert hierarchy.

About five years ago, when I left the Illuminati, approximately 1% of the US population was either part of the Illuminati, sympathetic to it, or a victim of Mind Control (and therefore considered useable). While this may not sound like many, imagine 1% of the population highly trained in the use of armaments, crowd control, psychological and behavioral techniques, armed with weapons and linked to paramilitary groups."

Leadership

Svali: "The national council [consists of] influential bankers with OLD money such as: The Rockefellers, the Mellon family, the Carnegie family, the Rothschild family etc. I know I shouldn't name names, but I will.

The "Supreme World Council" is already set up as a prototype of the one that will rule when the NWO comes into being. It meets on a regular basis to discuss finances, direction, policy, etc. and to problem-solve difficulties that come up. Once again, these leaders are heads in the financial world, OLD banking money. The Rothschild family in England, and in France, have ruling seats. A descendant of the Hapsburg dynasty has a generational seat. A descendant of the ruling families of England and France have a generational seat. The Rockefeller family in the US holds a seat.

This is one reason that the Illuminati have been pretty "untouchable" over the years. The ruling members are very, very, very wealthy and powerful. I hope this information is helpful. How do I know this? I was on a local leadership council (a head trainer), but I talked to those on regional. Also, every Illuminati child is taught who their "leaders" are, and told to take an oath of allegiance to them and the "New Order to come"."

Royalty

Svali: "The Illuminati leadership state that they are descended from royal bloodlines, as well as unbroken occult heritage.

See, there were two definitions of "royalty" used. Open royalty that is currently seen now, and "hidden royalty" of royal lineage and extreme occult power. Sometimes the two were concurrent, such as with the Prince of Wales.

I never thought of which country/line held the most power, since I was just a peon busily doing my job. But my understanding was: The Hanoverian / Hapsburg descendants rule in Germany over the Bruderheist. They are considered one of the strongest lines for occult as well. The British line is just under them, with the royal family. Definitely, they rule the UK branch under the Rothschilds in the occult realm, even though parliament rules the country openly.

In France, again, descendants of the royal families are also in power in the occult realm, but the French Rothschilds hold the reigns over all of them."

Rank of the US

Svali: "The U.S. is considered lower, and younger, than the European branches. ...Germany, France, and the UK form a triumvirate that rules in the European cult. The USSR is considered important, and has the strongest military groups. The USSR has been promised fourth position in the New World Order, BEFORE the role the U.S. would have, because the USSR has been more helpful and cooperative over the years with furthering the agenda.

The descendants of the former ruling families there are also involved in the occult leadership, along with the newer ones. There is no Marxism in the cult. China will be ranked after the USSR, then the U.S. But a lot of the current U.S. leadership will be in Europe when the change occurs, and many have homes there. They will be "changing nationalities" overnight, as it were. This is the little that I do remember. Wish I had been a better student of this stuff, but I was too busy trying to stay alive when I was in it.

Russia will be the military base and powerhouse of the group, since their military commanders (Illuminist) are considered the best in the world, and very, very disciplined. China, because of its roots in oriental occultism, and its large population, will also be considered a higher power than the US. But again, the real power will reside in Europe, according to what I was taught when part of the group.

The United Nations

Svali: "The UN was created early in this century in order to help overcome one of the biggest barriers to a one-world government ...That barrier is the one of nationalism, or pride in one's country. This is why it was NOT a popular concept when first introduced, it took years of country bashing in the media and the destruction of any sense of national pride by a (not so subtle) media campaign over the years.

The UN is a preparation, but it is not the real power in the world, and will be relatively unimportant when the NWO comes into being. The real councils will then step forward. But as a means of getting the general public to accept the idea of a "global community" and the "one world community" the UN is a stepping stone in their working towards the NWO."

Israel

Svali: "The conflict in the Middle East is only to the advantage of the Illuminists. They HATE Israel, and hope one day to see it destroyed, and are biding their time. One of the olive branches offered by the UN when it takes over is that they will prevent war in the Middle East, and this will be greeted with joy by many.

At the same time, the Illuminati covertly supply guns and funds to BOTH sides to keep the conflict fuelled. They are very duplicitous people. They used to funnel guns through the USSR to Palestine, for example, in the name of promoting "friendliness" between the USSR and this state and other Arab nations. Then, the US Illuminists would help funnel guns to Israel, for the same reason.

These people love the game of chess, and see warfare between nations as creating an order out of chaos. The USSR is going to get stronger again. It has too strong a military both openly, and covertly (ALL Illuminati military trainers have visited Russia to learn from them) to sit quietly and quiesciently to the side. In the NWO, they will be stronger than us."

Is the Illuminati a JEWISH conspiracy?

Svali: "Absolutely not. In fact, Hitler and his people (especially Himmler and Goebbels) were top Illuminists. The Illuminati are racist in the extreme, and as a child, I was forced to play "concentration camp" both on my farm in Virginia, and also in Europe in isolated camps in Germany.

The Jews historically fought against the occult (see Deuteronomy and the Old Testament for how God through the Jewish people tried to cleanse the land of the occult groups that were operating there, such as those who worshipped Baal, Ashtarte, and other Canaanite and Babylonian gods.

(from an email to Henry Makow) Yes, there are some very powerful Jewish people in this group. For instance, the Rothschild family literally runs the financial empire in Europe (and indirectly the States), and are a well-known Jewish family. I have also known people whose parents were Jewish diamond merchants in the group, and at every level. But to rise to power in the Illuminati, a Jewish person at night would be forced to renounce their faith, and to give their first allegiance to Lucifer and the beliefs of the Illuminati. In return for this betrayal, they believe that power (financial) and rewards come; and in one sense they do, but at too high a price (losing their eternal soul).

The nazi/concentration camp mentality is very strong, though, and I was told that Hitler, Himmler, Goebel, and others were high-ranking German members of the group (Himmler was higher than the other two), and Mengele their paid puppet as well, who later worked as a high trainer of the American branch between his periods of hiding in South America. They honestly believed that they were acting as agents of their 'gods' to exterminate the Jewish race, and I am so, so sorry that this group has enacted so many horrors on the earth (and so, so glad that I left it).

I hope this helps you. I have always wondered this, though, why some of the highest ranking financial families in the group (baron Rothschild of France is one of the 13 European lords, or "kings" that run the group in Europe, and sits on the World Council) are Jewish, yet the group espouses hatred of their own race."

ARE THEY RACIST?

Svali: "Lots of Illuminists have Fourth Reich programming inside. The Illuminati are racist, and have a very "Aryan" outlook. They believe strongly in the rule of the "pure" and "intelligent" by their definitions, and in their ceremonies, there will occasionally be minorities killed in ceremonies.

They are trying to breed a "genetically superior" race to rule, with their children and descendants. They are also followers of Plato's Republic, and believe that they will be the ones to usher in this "Utopian" rule with the NWO in their opinion. In their Utopia, the intelligentsia will rule, and the sheep like masses will follow their leaders (that is their view of the world; that the occult leaders are "enlightened' and intelligent, while the average person is a "sheep" to be led by the nose)."

FREEMASONRY

Svali: "The Freemasons and the Illuminati are hand in glove. I don't care if this steps on any toes, it's a fact. The Masonic temple at Alexandria, Virginia (the city itself was named after Alexandria, Egypt, and is a hotbed of Illuminati activity) is a centre in the Washington, DC area for Illuminati scholarship and teaching. I was taken there at intervals for testing, to step up a level, for scholarship, and high ceremonies. The leaders in this Masonic group were also Illuminists.

This has been true of every large city I have lived in. The top Freemasons were also top Illuminists. My maternal grandparents were both high ranking Masons in the city of Pittsburgh, Pa. (president of the Eastern Star and 33rd degree Mason) and they both were also leaders in the Illuminati in that area.

Are all Masons Illuminati? No, especially at the lower levels, I believe they know nothing of the practices that occur in the middle of the night in the larger temples. Many are probably fine businessmen and Christians. But I have never known a 32 degree or above who wasn't Illuminati, and the group helped create Freemasonry as a "front" for their activities."

CIA FBI are all infiltrated. So are Mormons etc.

Svali: "Many of the administrators and directors at the FBI are also Illuminists. The CIA helped bring over German scientists after WWII. Many of these were also Illuminati leaders in their own country, and they were welcomed with open arms by the U.S. group. They also funnelled all information they were learning to the Illuminati.

The Mormons affiliated years ago in a meeting with Illuminati leadership in the 1950s. The same with the Jehovah's Witnesses."

The Cold War

Svali:"Russia was never really a threat to us. Marxism was funded by the Illuminati, and espoused as a counterbalance to capitalism. The Illluminati believe strongly in balancing opposing forces, in the pull between opposites. They see history as a complex chess game, and they will fund one side, then another, while ultimately out of the chaos and division ..., they are laughing because they are ultimately beyond political parties. A top western financier will secretly meet with an eastern or Russian "adversary" during those years, and have a good laugh at how the "sheep" were being deluded. I am sharing here what I was taught, and also observed.

They are truly an international group, and the group's agenda supersedes any nationalistic feelings. There is also a lot of trading back and forth of members in these groups. A Russian trainer might come to the US for awhile, complete a job, then go back, or vice-versa."

Assassin Training

Svali: "Here is how it is done (how it was done to me): [1] When the child is 2 years old, place them in a metal cage with electrodes attached. Shock the child severely.
[2] Take the child out, and place a kitten in its hands. Tell the child to wring the kitten's neck. The child will cry and refuse.
[3] Put the child into the cage, and shock them until they are dazed and cannot scream any more.
[4] Take the child out, and tell them again to wring the kitten's neck. This time the child will shake all over, cry, but do it, afraid of the torture. The child will then go into the corner and vomit afterwards, while the adult praises them for "doing such a good job".

This is the first step. The animals get bigger over time, as the child gets older. They will be forced to kill an infant at some point, either a set up or VR, or in reality. They will be taught by age 9 to put together a gun, to aim, and fire on target and on command. They will then practice on realistic manikins. They will then practice on animals. They will then practice on "expendables" or in VR. They will be highly praised if they do well, and tortured if they don't comply.

The older the child or teen, the more advanced the training. By age 15, most children will also be forced to do hand to hand combat in front of spectators (high people who come to watch the "games" much as the ancient gladiators performed). These matches are rarely done to the death, usually until one child goes down. They use every type of weapon imaginable, and learn to fight for their lives. If a child loses a fight, they are heavily punished by their trainer, who loses "face". If they win, they are again praised for being "strong' and adept with weapons. By the time they are 21, they are well trained combat/killing machines with command codes to kill and they have been tested over and over to prove that they WILL obey on command. This is how children in the German Illuminati are brought up, I went through it myself."

Trust in Family

Svali: "They tell their children as they are torturing them, "I am doing this because I love you." To them, the greatest love is to make a child strong, and fit to lead or to move higher in the group, by whatever means it takes.

If a leader sees a child, and wants it as a prostitute, the loving parents will give it away, happy that their child will rise in status. Also, again, they view betrayal as the greatest good. They will do set up after set up to teach their children to never openly trust others.

I remember hundreds of agonizing set ups and betrayals, and hearing when I was betrayed or wounded, "And such is the heart of man." Those doing this to me thought they were teaching me something of value, that would help me. And because of the vicious and political nature of the group, in one sense they were right; the naive get stepped on and wounded. I have known parents who tried to spare their children some of this out of love, but often they were overruled by other family members, who viewed these parents as "weak" and "unfit" to teach their child."

Morale

Svali: "Most of them are wounded, abused victims, who don't realize that it is possible to leave the group. There is a lot of discontent in the ranks, and there would be a mass exodus if the members believed it were really possible to get out (and live). Many of the trainers I knew (I know, wicked, torturing pedophiles) were NOT happy with what they did. They would whisper quietly, or give a look, to show that they disagreed with what they had to do. They would resignedly do their jobs, in the hope of advancement.

Know what one of the biggest carrots offered to those who advance up in the group is? That you don't have to hurt people anymore, and that you can't be abused (it's true: only those higher than you in the group can abuse you, so everyone wants to move up, where the pool of candidates becomes smaller). Of course, people can choose to abuse anyone beneath them, and that motivates.

The Illuminati are a very political and back stabbing group, a "dog eat dog" mentality; everyone wants to move up. These are NOT nice people and they use and manipulate others viciously. They cut their eyeteeth on status, power, and money.

They never openly disclose their agenda, or their cult activities, as often they are amnesic to them. These are well-respected, "Christian" appearing business leaders in the community. The image in the community is all-important to an Illuminist; they will do anything to maintain a normal, respected facade, and DESPISE exposure. ....

None of the Illuminists that I have known, had unkind, or evil appearing, persona in their daytime lives, although some were dysfunctional, such as being alcoholics. The dissociation that drives the Illuminists is their greatest cover ... Many, if not most, of these people are completely unaware of the great evil that they are involved in, during the night."

TV

Also, remember those studies that stated that "TV violence doesn't affect children's behaviour" years ago? Guess who funded them? They are a bunch of bullcrud. What a person watches DOES influence them, and this is well known by the behaviourists in the group. In fact, they know that TV is a tool that they purposely use to influence "the masses". It cannot create a total personality change in the average citizen, but it can desensitize us increasingly to violence, pornography and the occult, and influence the perceptions of young children.

Rock Music

I believe that Brittany Spears, Eminem, and others are being used by them to sing lyrics they like (ever notice that he wears a Neo-Nazi look and sings hate lyrics? This is NOT by chance). In fact, many of the top pop singers come from an internship with the "Mickey Mouse club" (yep, good old Walt the Illuminist's Empire) and I believe they are offered stardom in exchange for allegiance or mind control.

How many lyrics advocate suicide, violence, despair, or New Age spirituality in pop/rock today? Or just get a copy of the words and read (but be aware that many are possibly triggering to survivors of mind control).

Illuminati Weaknesses

Svali: "1. Their arrogance (I think I mentioned this before) is their weakness. These people think they are untouchable, and this could make them careless.

2. If by a miracle, enough people took this SERIOUSLY and started organizing in some way to stop the Illuminati take over, with prayer and God's guidance, perhaps they could be stopped. I hope so, with all of my heart.

3. Stopping pornography and child prostitution and drug smuggling and gun running would take out a huge chunk of their profits. Maybe they would slow down. But honestly, stopping the above would be as difficult as stopping the group."

Public's Denial Mechanism

Svali: The evidence is there, but in my opinion, the average person does NOT want to know, and even when confronted with it, will look the other way.

The Franklin case is a point. How much evidence has come out? Or the MK-Ultra documents that have been declassified, shown as real, and people ignore it.

Okay, I'll get off my soapbox. But I believe that the media that downplays ritual abuse is feeding into a deep need in the average person to NOT know the reality. In fact, how can a person face the fact of great evil in mankind, unless they have either a strong faith in God, or are faced with insurmountable evidence? We as human beings want to believe the BEST of our race, not the worst, IMHO.

I really don't believe people will do anything about the Illuminati even if they know. Sorry for the cynicism, but it is based on a lifetime of experience.

The Illuminists don't care who prints this stuff, or if they are "exposed" because they are counting on the majority not believing it, having done a pretty good job with a media blitz campaign (seen any articles in Newsweek or Time lately that addresses this other than as a laughable conspiracy theory? Guess who owns Time-Warner?).

I have heard them laughing about this very thing in leadership meetings five years ago, and I doubt their attitude has changed much since then. If people DID believe this, if action could be taken, then I would be very surprised and quite happy."

"Svali" is a registered nurse and freelance writer living in Texas.




Henry Makow, is the inventor of the board game Scruples, and the author of A Long Way to go for a Date. He received his Ph.D. in English Literature from the University of Toronto. He welcomes your feedback and ideas at henry@savethemales.ca.

[AbuMubarak]

http://www.911uncovered.com/twintowers.html

[dour]

I find the vampire post is closer to reality.

[Brother_Daniel]

http://www.jrskelton.com/images/dollar_eye.jpg

Some good conspiracy links:

Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion: http://www.abbc.net/protocols/indexen.htm

The International Jew By Henry Ford: http://www.abbc.net/ford/index.htm

More on the Zionist conspiracy at: http://www.abbc.net/islam/index.htm

The Illumanti, Freemasons, New Age, UFOs, and the New World Order: http://www.conspiracyarchive.com/

Feminism and the New World Order: http://www.savethemales.ca/

More to come, insha'Allaah.

[AbuMubarak]

I find the vampire post is closer to reality.that would be called a fantasy

because we dont know of any blood-sucking vampires, except those that occupy the board rooms throughout america

can you say, count halliburton?

[AbuMubarak]

http://www.masterevilgenius.com/forum/

[AbuMubarak]

PROFITS OF DEATH -- INSIDER TRADING AND 9-11


by

Tom Flocco – Edited by Michael C. Ruppert

[© Copyright 2001. From The Wilderness Publications, www.copvcia.com . All Rights Reserved. May be recopied, distributed or posted on the worldwide web for non-profit purposes only as long as this Copyright statement appears intact.]

FTW, December 6, 2001 -- On October 9th, FTW broke a story on insider trading connected to the 9-11 attacks on the World Trade Center that sparked worldwide controversy. In that story we reported how the Israeli Herzliyya Institute for Counterterrorism had documented that unknown individuals -- with accurate foreknowledge of the attacks -- had purchased an obvious and unusually large number of “put” options on United and American Airlines shortly before the attacks.

Additional companies hit hard by the insider trading included Axa Re(insurance) and Munich Re as well as American investment giants Merrill Lynch and Morgan Stanley.

Put options are essentially a bet that a stock’s price will fall abruptly. The seller, having entered into a time-specific contract with a buyer, does not need to own the actual shares at the time the contract is purchased. Therefore, if a holder of the put option has a contract to sell a stock such as American Airlines for (e.g.) $100 a share on a Friday and the stock falls to $50 on Wednesday, they can purchase the stock, sell it on Friday and double their money. The person on the other end of the contract (the call) has an obligation to buy the shares at the agreed upon price. The bank handling the transaction as a broker is the only entity knowing the identities of both parties.

FTW also revealed that the A.B. Brown (Alex Brown) investment arm of the banking giant Deutschebank/A.B. Brown had been headed until 1998 by the man who is now the Executive Director of the Central Intelligence Agency – A.B. “Buzzy” Krongard. In fact, Krongard is but one name in a long history of CIA interconnections to stock trading and the world’s financial markets. We also discussed, in detail, the evidence indicating that the CIA and other intelligence agencies monitor stock trading in real time for the purpose of identifying potential attacks of any nature that might damage the U.S. economy.

The original FTW story is located at: http://www.copvcia.com/free/ww3/10_09_01_krongard.html (http://www.copvcia.com/free/ww3/10_09_01_krongard.html) .

Critics of FTW’s initial story - not having read any of five related stories dating back to an October 2000 piece on PROMIS software - claimed that we had not made the links to establish culpability. But we knew that the links were there, that our case was solid, and that new evidence would not go undiscovered for long.

Now, investigative reporter Tom Flocco digs deep and strikes pay dirt in a three-part series that reveals not only deeper links between the CIA, Wall Street and the insider trades of 9-11, but also discloses that a key executive at Deutschebank – an American – became, just weeks before the attacks, a convicted felon. His crime: conspiracy to launder drug money to arrange the purchase of U.S. weapons – in association with two Pakistanis who also attempted to acquire nuclear bomb components – for use by Islamic fundamentalist terrorists. – MCR






CIA Does Not Deny Stock Monitoring Outside U.S.

In a returned phone call from the Central Intelligence Agency, press spokesman Tom Crispell denied that the CIA was monitoring "real-time," pre-September 11, stock option trading activity within United States borders using such software as the Prosecutor‘s Management Information System (PROMIS).

"That would be illegal. We only operate outside the United States," the intelligence official said.

However, when asked whether the CIA had been using PROMIS beyond American borders to scrutinize world financial markets for national security purposes, Crispell replied, "I have no way of knowing what operations are outside the country."

Extensive media reporting confirms that investors at Deutschebank-Alex Brown and other global financial entities may have profited from prior knowledge of the attacks while purchasing disproportionate pre-attack put option contracts on targeted U.S. airlines and related insurance or investment firms. All of these firms suffered serious losses resulting from the September 11th attacks and their stocks abruptly plummeted.

Confirmation that the CIA or other U.S. intelligence agencies were monitoring financial markets and had seen these trades before the attacks would have staggering implications for thousands of victims’ families.

The CIA official also declined to comment on the actual capabilities of PROMIS. The highly technical software has been described as a system that "interfaces with any database...as police can input an alleged terrorist’s name or credit card, and the software will provide details of the person’s movements through purchases...," according to an 11-10-01 Toronto Sun report.

The importance of PROMIS is that it is not only capable of interfacing with a wide variety of data bases in different computer languages and then integrating the data, but it has also been modified for intelligence purposes. It has then been sold throughout the world by spy agencies through third parties to clients such as banks and investment houses envious of its unique capabilities. One key modification by agencies such as the CIA and Mossad – not disclosed to most users -- is a secret “back door” that permits those with the right codes to enter databases undetected, retrieve and/or alter information, and leave without a trace. PROMIS has been extensively reported as being used throughout the world’s financial markets because of its versatility in facilitating international transactions.

Further clouding the issue of pre-attack stock screening by U.S. intelligence, the Canadian daily revealed that U.S. police said many of the suspected terrorists were apprehended (and detained) "through use of the state-of-the-art computer software program PROMIS."

In March 2000, CIA director George J. Tenet told the Senate that Osama bin Laden’s group (Al Q’aeda) was "embracing the opportunities offered by recent leaps in information technology." A FOX News story and stories in FTW disclosed in November that Osama bin Laden was believed to have the software.

The issue of CIA monitoring of stock trades follows on the heels of wide reports indicating that investigators are carefully probing the insider trading with its resultant profits, reported to be in the 10’s of millions of dollars -- some of which a Deutschebank investor has yet to claim.

A promis is a promis

Crispell also declined comment when asked whether the Treasury Department or FBI had questioned CIA Executive Director and former Deutschebank-Alex Brown CEO, A.B. "Buzzy" Krongard, about CIA monitoring of financial markets using PROMIS and his former position as overseer of Brown’s "private client” relations. [Note: Krongard stayed with A.B. Brown to head “private client” operations after it was acquired by Banker’s Trust in 1997. As Krongard was leaving in 1998 to join the CIA as counselor to Director George Tenet, Banker’s Trust was acquired by Deutschebank. Banker’s Trust had been previously criticized by the U.S. Senate and regulators for money laundering. Krongard was promoted to Executive Director at CIA in March 2001. - MCR]

Wide reports -- including a 9/28/01 story in the Asian Wall Street Journal and a 10/1/01 story in The Guardian -- indicate that investigators are checking Deutschebank’s alleged links to Saudi "private banking," terrorist bank accounts, and $2.5 million in unclaimed United Airlines (UAL) put options profits; however, no government acknowledgement had ever been given of CIA’s alleged use of PROMIS software prior to the attacks.

In a recent phone conversation, when asked about alleged terrorist ties to Deutschebank and potential pre-attack CIA trade monitoring via PROMIS, Treasury Department spokesman Rob Nichols remarked, "This is clearly an interesting line of questioning regarding conflicts of interest."

However, news searches indicate that no member of Congress has publicly questioned whether wealthy terrorist-connected Saudi nationals participated in the private client operations of Deutschebank-Alex Brown. Osama bin Laden and almost all of the alleged 9-11 hijackers are of Saudi nationality. Also, no member of Congress expressed public interest in asking Krongard about whether or not the CIA affected "real-time" pre-attack trade monitoring using PROMIS software at any location.

[Note: Under a program known as Echelon, the governments of the U.S., Britain, Canada, Australia and New Zealand routinely circumvent prohibitions on domestic electronic spying by having the agencies of the other governments do it for them. - MCR]

Michael Ruppert, editor and publisher of From The Wilderness (FTW) newsletter (www.copvcia.com), has been interviewed by both the House and Senate for his expertise on illegal covert CIA operations. He said recently that, "It is well documented that the CIA has long monitored such (suspicious or unusual) trades -- in real time -- as potential warnings of terrorist attacks and other economic moves contrary to U.S. interests."

Ruppert was the first to point out after 9-11 that CIA Executive Director Buzzy Krongard has extensive past ties to Deutschebank-Alex Brown. Ruppert added, "There is abundant and clear evidence that a number of transactions in financial markets indicated specific [criminal] foreknowledge of the September 11 attacks...and the firm which was used to place put options on UAL stock was, until 1998, managed by the man who is now in the number three position at the CIA."

Ruppert also confirmed that two October 17 calls to the FBI resulted in spokespersons declining to give their names after revealing that "the FBI has discontinued use of the PROMIS software." Moreover, on October 24, Justice Department spokesperson Loren Pfeifle declined to answer any questions about where, when, or how PROMIS had been used and would only say, "I can confirm that the DOJ has discontinued use of the program." This followed almost 17 years of denials by the FBI and the Department of Justice -- in court and under oath -- that they used the software at all in a law enforcement or intelligence capacity.

Krongard’s current lofty intelligence community position, combined with his prior leadership of a financial institution allegedly connected to terrorist hijacker bank accounts [see Part II], suspicious UAL options contracts, and "private banking" is so controversial that it has not as yet sparked any official investigation. That said, the evidence is substantial enough to potentially expose the prior-knowledge issue -- if Congress chooses to act.

And while Treasury Department official Rob Nichols agreed that unresolved conflict of interest questions remain, the CIA Executive Director is still currently charged with supervision of the U.S. intelligence investigation of his former firm and its "private banking" operations.

Reuters has reported that Krongard "was [also] involved in setting up the CIA experiment into investing in high-tech companies with the goal of acquiring innovative technology for its own use."

Commenting on the CIA’s venture capital firm In-Q-Tel, started in 1999 to encourage development of private-sector technologies for use in the intelligence world, Krongard said on August 1, 2001 -- just 5 weeks before the Trade Center attacks -- "I think In-Q-Tel’s a wonderful model...in accessing the capabilities of the private sector."

On October 16, Fox News reported that, according to sources, accused Russian spy and FBI agent Robert Hanssen sold high-tech PROMIS software to Russia, and that Osama bin Laden allegedly purchased it from Russian organized crime sources.

Fox reported that, "Government officials suspect bin Laden may have the highly sophisticated U.S. government software that has been used by several other governments, including the United States, for classified intelligence and law enforcement information."

The admission by U.S. government officials that PROMIS was widely used by a number of governments further blurs the pre-attack stock monitoring issue since intelligence officials will likely continue to decline comment, save for closed-door congressional oversight hearings or challenges by those victims’ families choosing to bypass settlements adjudicated by the Attorney General’s office in favor of direct intervention by the courts.

The buck stops where?

Tom Crispell, the CIA official, was cooperative while attempting to maintain intelligence confidentiality in the face of what he termed as "ongoing investigations surrounding the Twin Towers tragedies by the CIA, FBI, Justice, and Treasury Departments." However, this was in great contrast to an FBI spokesperson who refused to offer either his first or last name, while declining comment on any matter related to events of September 11.

During a series of calls, some spokespersons quickly attempted to defer and deflect questions to another government agency, i.e. "We don’t deal with that issue. Call the other [entity]."

However, many would agree, given the evidence, that the 9-11 terrorism is closely linked to economic issues. President Bush has stated that this is “economic warfare.” Yet few appear to be questioning an apparent paucity of critical information sharing among key government agencies on the issue.

As U.S. investigators retrace the financial trails connecting the Twin Towers, terrorist hijackers and their accomplices, many of whom may still be in the country, evidence is being turned up by FBI, CIA, Justice, Treasury and NSA that does involve global banking conglomerate Deutschebank-Alex Brown.

$2.5 million unclaimed UAL investor profits

For example, according to a 10-19-2001 Wall Street Journal report, an unnamed investor purchased 2,000 United Airlines (UAL) put option contracts through Deutsche Bank-Alex Brown on September 6 -- betting the stock would shortly plummet. And USA Today reported that an individual purchased 810 UAL puts on August 6.

A Baron’s source claimed on 10-8-2001 that the pre-attack UAL order placed through Deutsche Bank was for 2,500 contracts which were "split into 500 chunks each, directing each order to different U.S. exchanges around the country simultaneously."

According to San Francisco Chronicle reporters Christian Berthelsen and Scott Winokur a source familiar with the UAL trades said investors have yet to claim $2.5 million in profits on contracts purchased before United airliners crashed into a New York Trade Tower and a deserted Pennsylvania field on September 11.

The Chronicle source also identified Deutschebank-Alex Brown as the investment firm used to purchase some of the UAL options; and Rohini Pragasam, a bank spokeswoman, declined to comment on the transaction.

The source (who requested anonymity) said, "Usually, if someone has a windfall like that, you take the money and run. Whoever did this thought the Exchange [NYSE] would not be closed for four days. This smells real bad."

The German news weekly Der Spiegel revealed that Deutschebank also handled accounts worth about $100 million for Osama bin Laden's family. These were part of 10 accounts it suspected were linked to terrorists or terrorist activities and which it later handed over to German authorities after the attacks, according to a report in Britain’s The Guardian. But no further comments have been forthcoming from the financial giant.

German Central Bank President Ernst Welteke said a study -- concerning principal hijack subjects residing in Germany and unusual patterns in short-selling of insurance, airline and other financial company shares -- pointed to "terrorism insider trading" in those stocks.

The SEC Is Investigating

A phone interview with Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) press spokesman John Nester, of the Washington, DC office, revealed that the Commission, “has already forwarded a general request to Deutschebank-Alex Brown and other investment firms for unspecified information related to the suspicious put option contracts placed prior to the attacks on the Trade Towers and the Pentagon." But the spokesman declined comment regarding the identities of complying banks or the contents of any information obtained.

Nester augmented his response by adding that "according to SEC Associate Director of Enforcement Bill Baker -- who just spoke on a panel outside New York last week -- our SEC probe is much broader than investigations made by countries in Europe (who also lost citizens), many of whom have already closed their financial investigations of investment banks like Deutschebank." No results of those probes have been made public.

While the SEC media director said "the investigation is still ongoing with no current conclusions," Nester (speaking for the SEC), had difficulty explaining the job description of current New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) Executive Vice President for Enforcement, David P. Doherty. He would only say that the NYSE "regulates itself as an SRO or self-regulating organization...." This vague answer is all the more provocative because Doherty is a retired General Counsel of the Central Intelligence Agency.

Nester added, "The SEC has oversight responsibility regarding the NYSE, and we are also working with Justice, Treasury, and the FBI, having set up professional point men at each firm we are looking at -- so we don‘t have to reinvent the wheel every time we call a company [related to the attacks] to get an answer to a question."

The "reinvent the wheel" statement raised an eyebrow regarding the level of corporate cooperation in the investigation, although Nester declined to add further comment.

In Spite of CIA Ties the NYSE Is Little Help

When asked about the status of the investigation into the disproportionate pre-attack stock option trades involving United and American Airlines, Merrill Lynch, Marsh and McLennan Insurance, Morgan Stanley, Citigroup, Bear Stearns, and American Express, etc. -- all icons of American capitalism -- NYSE Communications Director Ray Pellecchia said, "We don't even confirm that there is an ongoing investigation."

"We report to the SEC as a matter of course," Pellecchia added. But after being referred to as a "persistent piece of work," this writer asked Pellecchia to discuss Doherty’s role in the investigations. He said, "We stand by this statement."

And after pressing for information about what the NYSE is actually doing to investigate the suspicious trades on behalf of thousands of victims’ families who may be concerned about the "prior-knowledge" issue, Pellecchia still declined to confirm that Doherty's enforcement office had even sent a report to the SEC.

When asked why so many former key CIA executives currently hold, or have held in the past, top level executive management positions connected in some way to the stock market via either the SEC, NYSE, or other investment banking entities, Pellecchia replied tersely, "I am quite aware of Mr. Doherty's background and experience."

Pellecchia also declined to discuss anything related to current CIA Executive Director A.B. "Buzzy" Krongard and his past relationship with Alex Brown.

Expecting Miracles?

Questions remain as to who will ultimately take center stage in investigating conflicts of interest or the real-time monitoring of world financial markets by U.S. intelligence entities to protect national security; let alone terrorist ties to wealthy Saudi private clients at global financial institutions having direct access (via correspondent banking relationships) to U.S. banks.

For while thousands of American families, victimized by terrorism, still remain numb with grief, information is being advanced daily regarding what could be described by some as casual, if not negligent, long-term, slipshod governmental responsiveness to fundamental internal national security and safety questions -- or worse.



Profits of Death Part II -- Trading with the Enemy

by Tom Flocco – Edited by Michael C. Ruppert


[Editor’s Notes – A disclosed in Part I and in previous stories by FTW, an abnormal amount of “put” options – bets that a stock price would suddenly fall – were placed on United Air Lines and American Airlines in the days before the attacks of September 11 . These were only two of the companies affected by the attacks which experienced highly suspicious trading in their shares. In Part I we described how put options work. They are basically futures contracts that obligate the “put buyer” to purchase the shares at a price that might be well above the market price when the contract matures. Heavy purchases of put options before a dramatic drop in a particular share price are clear-cut indicators of criminal activity based upon insider trading.

Last month we identified the purchasing end of the contract incorrectly as a “call.” That person, unhappily obligated to pay too high a price for the shares, is better described as the “put buyer.”
Investigative journalist Tom Flocco also revealed dramatic new links to the growing mountain of evidence that puts the Central Intelligence Agency at the heart of America’s and the world’s financial markets. In particular he showed that the firm which had handled many of the put option purchases on United Airlines -- Deutschebank-Alex Brown -- was once headed by the man who is now the Executive Director of the CIA, A.B. “Buzzy” Krongard.

I would like to thank and acknowledge British investigative journalist/writer David Guyatt for first bringing to my attention, Krongard’s past relations with Alex Brown.
Part II of this series is easily one of the most damning pieces of investigative journalism that I have ever seen or participated in. In it Tom Flocco will now reveal even darker direct connections between the worlds of high finance, terrorism, and intelligence. And he will reveal some names that will shock you. – Mike Ruppert]

[b]Part II -- Trading with the Enemy

FTW, December 11, 2001 -- No member of Congress is publicly, as yet, questioning the hazy areas of "private client banking" -- repeatedly described by the U.S. Senate and Justice Department as being a vehicle for drug money laundering -- and apparent conflicts of interest linked to documented 9/11-related insider trading in United Air Lines stock. The trades were placed through one of the world’s three largest pools of investment capital, Deutschebank-Alex Brown.

This, in spite of the fact that there is mounting evidence of "real-time" monitoring of stock market trades by intelligence entities (See Part I at www.copvcia.com ). The recent indictment of a former Deutschebank executive, Kevin Ingram -- who has since pled guilty to conspiracy to launder drug money and arrange the sale of U.S.-made arms to individuals in Pakistan and Afghanistan, where U.S. military personnel are currently at risk -- raises further alarm. Although Ingram was not at Deutschebank when the insider trades were placed, his history (as well as a star-studded cast of international financiers connected to the CIA) reveals a frighteningly dark saga showing the degree to which dirty money influences “the Street” and the world’s financial markets. It also provides more evidence that the CIA knew of the September attacks in advance.

Ingram is also an acknowledged former protégé of former Goldman Sachs CEO and current New Jersey Senator, Jon Corzine who sits on the Senate Banking Committee. He has also worked closely with another former Goldman Sachs, CEO – Robert Rubin, who served as Secretary of the Treasury under President Bill Clinton.

Related to Deutschebank-Alex Brown’s role as the broker for the UAL and other suspicious trades, Ernst Welteke, President of the Bundesbank (Germany’s central bank), said recently that a Bundesbank study pointed strongly to "terrorism insider trading" in the days leading up to September’s carnage in the U.S., according to the London Observer on September 23, 2001.

But reporter John H. Berlin also made the ominous prediction that "their decision [to investigate] provided by far the most authoritative support for persistent rumors that the terrorists could have funded their next strike with huge [insider trading] profits from the [first] attacks." This seems an unlikely proposition since experts acknowledge that attacks of the magnitude of 9-11 take years to plan and perhaps millions of “up-front” dollars to finance.

Other motives, such as generating funds for covert operations by the CIA, have also not been ruled out. Nor has the possibility been excluded that Deutschebank, which handled key but unquestionably suspicious transactions, was generating money for itself by placing "put" options on United Airlines and then putting the profits back into its own tills -- perhaps to "prop up" poorly performing divisions at the global banking giant.

This last scenario is a possibility, given the fact that Deutschebank has been demonstrated in Part I of this series to have intelligence links that might have forewarned the bank of the attacks.

There is precedent for the "slush fund" theory, as Deutschebank’s U.S. affiliate, Bankers Trust (BT) pled guilty to it in March 1999. BT diverted $19.1 million from "unclaimed" funds to prop up profitability at other units, according to a May 30, 2001 New York Times report.

The revelations referred to the growing scope of BT’s misuse of unclaimed client funds, and on the laxity of state and federal bank regulation of BT by claiming "a closer look at the scheme reveals that it goes well beyond the transgressions the bank owned up to."

And as the investigation was heating up, a high-ranking BT executive with long-time intelligence ties had to be thinking that it was getting near time to get out of Dodge City.

Times reporter Tim O’Brien said that it was the auditors at the NY State Comptroller’s Office who uncovered BT’s diversion of funds after noticing that BT’s unclaimed account dropped from $10.2 million in 1993 to only $3.9 million in 1994; so they started requesting documents which the BT executives subsequently refused to provide.

According to analysis by lawyer Matthew Lee, executive director of Inner City Press, it was not the primary regulators of BT -- the Federal Reserve (Fed) and the NY State Banking Department (NYSBD) -- who discovered the fraud. And O’Brien and Lee question why the limited-budget NY Comptroller’s office detected the scam; and whether the Fed and NYSBD just swept their findings under the rug to keep them out of the public eye.

The revelations led O’Brien to conclude that when the Fed became aware of the scope of the Comptroller’s investigation and what was being turned up, it ordered BT to find a merger partner (maybe even suggesting Deutschebank) and then took the investigation out of the hands of the (uncontrollable) NY State Comptroller.

Buzzy the Banker Joins the CIA

According to a CIA press release, in February 1998, A.B. "Buzzy" Krongard, former CEO of Deutschebank-Alex Brown (the nation’s oldest investment banking firm) and Vice Chairman of the Board of Bankers Trust, left BT and the investment banking community to join the CIA full time.
As a matter of fact, the Washington Post reported that Krongard helped engineer the $2.5 billion BT merger with Deutschebank shortly before sliding over to the intelligence side of the stage.

Buzzy (as his friends call him) had served a long-term "moonlighting" stint as a "consultant" to a series of CIA Directors. He left his banking position to become counselor to CIA Director George Tenet just 11 months prior to the final $19.1 million guilty plea by BT, which was by then a subsidiary of Deutschebank.
Given Krongard’s lofty intelligence and investment banking positions, there are no reports available dealing with important questions concerning his knowledge about such relevant issues as the disposition of "unclaimed" funds, monitoring of global stock trades for national security purposes, and wealthy "private client" operations -- let alone whether the developing investigation into BT fraud had necessitated his , ”leaving town just ahead of the sheriff,” as it were.

Yet Krongard has since risen to new heights, having received a March 16, 2001 Bush Administration promotion President George W, Bush to Executive Director, the number three position at the intelligence agency.

Ingram’s Last Trade

On August 28, 2001, 14 days before the Trade Center attacks, former Deutschebank senior bond investment trader Kevin Ingram, pled guilty in a $2.2 million dollar money laundering conspiracy, resulting from a government sting operation investigating the illegal sale of night vision goggles, Beretta machine pistols, M-16 machine guns with silencers, rocket-propelled grenade launchers, mortars, surface-to-air missiles (SAMs), TOW anti-tank missiles, and Stinger missiles, according to court papers examined by the New York Post.

The next day, Alert Global Media, Inc., publishers of Money Laundering Alert, reported that Ingram "pled guilty on August 28 to money laundering conspiracy as part of an agreement [plea bargain] with the U.S. government, which will drop other charges and receive Ingram’s testimony against two co-defendants from Egypt and Pakistan.” Some published reports say that both of the other defendants were from (current U.S. ally) Pakistan.

"Bin Laden has long-standing contacts with senior officials [of Pakistan]...," said Andrew Pearce of the Rand Institute in Washington. The Times of India also reported on June 17, 2001 that one of three Pakistani middlemen working illegally with Ingram asked undercover agents about the chances of obtaining components for nuclear weapons.

Earlier (July 7) Associated Press reported that "Kevin Ingram, 42, an investment counselor at the World Trade Center, was indicted June 28 on three counts of trying to conceal at least $350,000 and one count of violating the Arms Export Act."

"Ingram allegedly laundered $100,000 and $250,000 for federal agents, both times taking a 9 percent cut before being asked to launder the $2.2 million," according to court papers examined by the New York Post in a June 15, 2001 report.

AP added that "Ingram is also named in two other counts...for trying to launder $2.2 million in illegal arms sales. Ingram, out on $250,000 bond, faces a maximum of 100 years in prison if convicted of all charges."

Arrested with Ingram were two New Jersey-based Pakistanis who had offered to make a partial payment for the arms "in the form of heroin," also according to both AP and the New York Post.

A September 29, 2001 Bloomberg News/St. Louis Post Dispatch report revealed that Ingram had angered his judge in July by failing to disclose his Swiss bank account. Bloomberg reported that the Swiss account contained $1,086,000 in cash and 75,800 shares of Carver Bancorp, Inc. worth $650,000.
"He was afraid of the implications, and he just panicked," attorney Richard Lubin told U.S. Magistrate Judge Ann E. Vitunac at a bail hearing on July 10. Vitunac raised Ingrams’s bond to $1.25 million and ordered him jailed two days later.

Curiously, however, given the terrorism that has transpired, federal agents refused to divulge the name of the country that would have received the arms according to court papers examined by the New York Post and others. However, the documents confirmed that the defendants "referred to their foreign arms buyer...as a well-known, former military official who wanted to partially pay for the weapons with heroin."

On June 15, 2001, the New York Post, reported that experts said the most likely buyers connected to the former Deutschebank securities trader and the two Pakistanis were current U.S. ally Pakistan or Osama bin Laden.

The Associated Press reported on 12/1/01 that Ingram had been sentenced to 18 months plus two years probation and a $20,000 fine on the money laundering charges in this case. All other charges were dropped in the plea bargain. AP quoted Ingram as saying at his sentencing hearing, “I made a horrible mistake and I did something wrong. I’m very sorry about it, sorry for my family.” Ingram’s sentence will likely be served at a minimum security facility in Fairton, New Jersey.

Interesting confirmation of the U.S. government’s familiarity with banking operations connected to terrorist activities was revealed in an 11/16/01 AP story by Catherine Wilson. In describing events in a Florida prosecution of Egyptians connected to Ingram’s case she wrote, “Numerous promised wire transfers never arrived, but there were discussions of foreign bankers taking payoffs to move the money to purchase weapons into the United States, said [federal] prosecutor Rolando Garcia.” This is yet another clear indication that intelligence agencies routinely monitor banking transactions in terrorist-related cases. It has not been disclosed whether Ingram’s plea bargain produced testimony in this case

In spite of these revelations, no reporter or government official has asked or disclosed how many times Ingram had laundered money or completed arms shipments before he was finally nabbed. The extensive array of military hardware in the possession of the Taliban and al Q’aeda beg this question.

A "Trader’s" Powerful Friends

Deutschebank-Alex Brown’s role in brokering the insider trades that scream foreknowledge of the attacks further provides a common denominator -- given the activities and histories of key executives at the highest levels of the world’s financial markets. Ingram’s history speaks of access to power and financial policy making at the highest levels. Not only was he an associate of Robert Rubin before Rubin left Goldman Sachs to become Clinton’s Treasury Secretary, he has had ongoing relationships with Corzine, who also sits on the Senate’s Subcommittee on Securities and Investment -- a subcommittee which should be investigating the insider trading.

Prior to working for Deutschebank, Ingram was a highly placed executive with the investment bank Goldman Sachs. Both Rubin and Corzine have served as CEOs at Goldman. Rubin currently sits on the board of Citigroup -- a bank which has been cited for drug money laundering by the U.S. government and which (May 2001) purchased a Mexican bank (Banamex) which has now lost two suits and one appeal over press reports that its former owner, Roberto Hernandez, was a world-class drug money launderer. Hernandez currently sits on the board at Citigroup as a result of the buyout. So too does former CIA Director John Deutch. (See FTW: Vol. IV, No. 3 – May 31, 2001 or visit www.copvcia.com (http://www.copvcia.com/).)

Kevin Ingram joined Goldman Sachs in 1988 after a brief stint at Lehman Brothers, and by 1992 was promoted to run Goldman’s Collateralized Mortgage Obligations desk, overseeing all trading of mortgage and asset-backed securities, according to the New York Observer. Mortgage trading has long been suspected of being a vehicle for the laundering of “hot” money.

In Black Enterprise (BE) magazine’s 1992 "Top 25 Blacks On Wall Street," Ingram was said to have left his (nine-year) high profile Goldman Sachs treasury securities and options desk position in 1996 to head Deutschebank’s U.S. mortgage-backed securities department -- and ultimately their global securities operations in 1998.
BE added that "at Deutschebank, Ingram and his team of 25 professionals structure and issue securities for an international clientele, including...high net-worth individuals. These deals can range from $1 million to several billion dollars."

No member of the House or Senate has even broached the subject of hearings to question either Ingram or recent Deutschebank-Alex Brown Vice Chairman and current CIA Executive Director A.B. Krongard as to whether they dealt with any wealthy Middle Easterners or Saudis in particular. Almost all of the September 11 hijackers were of Saudi nationality. Since both men had high supervisory positions connected to the secretive "private client" operations of Deutschebank, and Deutschebank handled the insider trades, this is an obvious course of inquiry.

Ingram’s position at Deutschebank became tenuous when the bond market crashed in 1998 and the protégé of Corzine and Rubin likely felt insecure. The tumbling bond market combined with periodic absences where "he would sometimes go incommunicado for days -- unusual for someone who ran a trading desk and was responsible for open positions of $7 billion and more." Deutschebank asked for his resignation in September 1999, according to the New York Observer.

The Reverend Jackson to the Rescue

From Fox-TV News’ Bill O’Reilly to well-experienced citizen researchers with monikers like "Uncle Bill, Alamo Girl, and John Huang2" (who post startling, yet often under-publicized findings on grass-roots websites like Jim Robinson’s "Free Republic"), evidence of "shakedowns" related to the race-card continue to surface -- even when connected to terrorism.

Ingram turned to "Rev. Jesse Jackson’s Wall Street Project [for help with the financial settlement of his resignation process]. The Wall Street Project is a Rainbow Coalition-sponsored organization that pushes for increased minority hiring on the Street," according to the New York Observer. And with the specter of a racially-charged lawsuit looming, Deutschebank ultimately settled with Jackson and Ingram for an undisclosed multi-million dollar figure in February 2000.

According to Observer sources, Ingram then made a contribution to Rainbow Push of "around" $100,000 -- as a fiscal tribute to his benefactor.

The "Blind Trust" of a Senatorial Patron?

After the February 2000 Deutschebank settlement, Ingram moved on, raising funds for a soon to-go-bankrupt dot-com company called TruMarkets. Astonishingly, some of TruMarkets $30 million seed money came from the blind trust of Ingram’s former Goldman Sachs patron, U.S. Senator Jon Corzine, according to the New York Observer of 11/29/01.

But federal prosecutors and fellow Senators have never questioned whether Corzine was aware that investigators had been targeting the former Deutschebank executive at the same time regarding money laundering of illegal narcotics proceeds (both drugs and cash) to support the unlawful purchase of U.S. arms to sell to Muslim terrorists in Pakistan and Afghanistan.

It is also a reach to wonder why Corzine -- who took office in January 2001 -- would not have been aware of a Federal banking investigation into dealings with terrorists that had been engineered by a former associate to whom he had been a mentor. It was during this period of time that an undercover agent began holding a series of meetings with Ingram in which Ingram let it be known that "funds coming in from arms sales needed to be laundered," again according to the New York Observer.

Larger questions remain as to whether strings were pulled for Ingram by influential individuals at a time when the prison population has exploded into a cottage industry full of poor and middle class Americans convicted for possession or use of small amounts of drugs. Most of these people -- like Ingram -- are minorities.

Neither Ingram nor his lawyer would comment or return calls. And no one has successfully interviewed the prosecutors regarding decisions which influenced what most would consider to be incredibly soft treatment, given the nature of the charges and what happened on September 11.

That there is serious interest or enough courage to seek answers about prior knowledge of the attacks from Deutschebank-linked key players and associates under their supervision by America’s elected legislators is not even remotely assured at present.







Profits of Death Part III -- ALL ROADS LEAD TO DEUSTCHEBANK AND HARKEN ENERGY

ALL ROADS LEAD TO DEUSTCHEBANK AND HARKEN ENERGY, W’s OWN 1991 INSIDER TRADING SCAM – THE MOTHER OF ALL ENRONS

by Tom Flocco and Michael C. Ruppert

Edited by Michael C. Ruppert


[Editor’s Notes – In Part I of this series FTW, thanks to the brilliant research of Tom Flocco, demonstrated that the CIA has, in fact, been involved in monitoring stock trades on world financial markets, and that current CIA executives have had recent business relationships with firms handling obvious insider trades connected to the attacks of September 11th. Those connections ran directly into the heart of German financial giant Deutschebank. In Part II we documented that a former Deutschebank executive, Kevin Ingram, had recently been convicted on drug and money laundering charges that were directly a result of attempts to arm Islamic terrorist groups. Now in Part III, we conclude this series by revealing a devastating conflict of interest in investigating these leads on the part of President George W. Bush by virtue of his own past insider trading through Harken Energy in Bahrain and Kuwait.

The Administration’s apparently deliberate omission of key mid-Eastern banks in these two countries from post 9-11 investigations suggests clearly that the principal financial institutions of the countries where Harken did business have something to hide which the Bush Administration does not want to see the light of day – especially as potentially explosive Enron investigations gather steam.

After our publication of Part II a number of careful FTW readers were careful to point out that our description of “put” options was oversimplified to the point of describing a short-sell, rather than the more highly leveraged “put option.” We acknowledge this error but re-emphasize that the point of these stories – which could easily be sidetracked into lengthy and detailed discussions of the workings of financial instruments – is not the trades themselves, but who might have made the trades, why they made them and, most importantly, why the Bush Administration wants so desperately to conceal information about them from the world. – MCR]




FTW, January 9, 2002 -- President George W. Bush may have personal reasons for hampering investigations into insider trading connected to the attacks of September 11th. There is substantial evidence suggesting that a detailed investigation into Deutschebank’s connection to Islamic terrorists and 9-11 might reopen a mysteriously closed 1991 investigation of criminal insider trading connected to Harken Energy, a Houston company where George W. Bush served on the board of directors as a major stockholder with his some of his father's key campaign contributors. On January 30, 1990 Harken, with a remarkably unsuccessful history of drilling projects, signed major oil drilling contracts with Bahrain. Five months later, Bush's company suffered an unexplained huge loss of stock value just prior to the Gulf War -- but not before the future president had already cashed out, making close to a million dollars selling his own stock. Because of 9-11 leads suggesting the possible involvement of certain Arab banks in financing the attacks, a conflict of interest exists, clearly limiting how far the President would be willing to pursue the most obvious leads. And U.S. government investigations since 9-11 have avoided looking at key Middle Eastern banks in Bahrain and Kuwait already linked to terrorist activities.

In fact, two banks located in Bahrain and Kuwait – The Faysal Islamic Bank and the Kuwait Finance House – which had been listed in European reports as having terrorist ties were glaringly omitted from George W Bush’s financial crackdown after September 11th. [Source: The Inner City Press, 9-11-99.] Both banks have correspondent relationships with Deutschebank.

In spite of mounting evidence of a number of connections between German financial giant Deutschebank and the terrorist attacks of September 11 - including previously documented links to insider trading based upon events of 9/11 - no press agency or government entity is questioning why certain banking institutions in Kuwait and Bahrain with deep financial ties to the Bush family have been overlooked in the President’s supervision of a so-called "worldwide crackdown on terrorist financing."

Reuters reported on 11-7-2001 that the Treasury Department added 61 additional people and organizations to the President’s original Executive Order of September 23 -- including banks in Somalia and Nassau, The Bahamas. But mysteriously, no banks in Bahrain, Kuwait, or Saudi Arabia were named in either the original order or its expansion.

Moreover, the President’s lack of effective direction and oversight of terrorist finance appears to be abetted and endorsed by the U.S. Congress.

Just 32 days before the attack on the World Trade Center and Pentagon, a Financial Times of Asia (FT) Wire-Business Line report linked Deutschebank to the United States Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), Pakistani and Afghani heroin smuggling, and money laundering of narcotics proceeds (8-10-2001). Retired Pakistani intelligence chief Brig Imtiaz was jailed for eight years on July 31, 2001 for laundering heroin profits -- for covert actions -- via a CIA-linked drug smuggling cell, using Deutschebank and other financial entities and properties.

Former State Department official Jonathan Weiner confirmed that Bahrain, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates have been of little help to federal officials regarding known terrorist funds moving back and forth between those countries. Weiner made these statements in a National Public Radio (NPR) interview on 11-21-2001.

Weiner told host Linda Wertheimer, "Since September 11th, all those countries have frozen accounts or have looked in their banking systems for the money of people associated with terrorist finance, [and] have gone through the entire list provided by the United States."

He added that "country after country has announced, ‘we’ve looked for funds. We’ve looked diligently. We’ve been ready to freeze some funds. We just haven’t found anything.’ No money in the UAE, no money in Kuwait." Weiner then revealed, "There is, I can tell, no money announced in Saudi Arabia, none announced in Bahrain.

"Well, given that we know [that terrorist] funds came out of there and we know [that terrorist] funds went back there, their inability to find funds is pretty astonishing," said the former State Department official.

While 15 of 19 hijackers were Saudis, it is Bahrain and Kuwait’s strange lack of assistance in ferreting out terrorist financial support and insider trading evidence that raises questions, given their extremely close ties to both Bush presidents.

The close financial relationships of both Bush 41 and Bush 43 (referring to their respective presidencies) with government officials of Bahrain as stockholders via Texas corporation Harken Energy, which had secured major drilling rights came during the period when the elder Bush and his advisor son were making U.S. military decisions prior to the Gulf War. Many Harken investors were major campaign donors to Bush 41.

Current President Bush made his first million dollars as a result of a classic insider stock trade--directly related to the sale of his stock in Harken. Moreover, Bush’s oil stock sale was finalized immediately prior to Iraq‘s invasion of Kuwait -- at the height of its share price -- before plummeting days later on news of Iraq’s invasion.

George W. avoided prosecution, thanks to some "well-connected" lawyers, and a soft investigation of Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) violations -- supervised by a presidential parent who pulled the strings with SEC enforcement staff. This, as current and past Enron employees have now lost their pensions as a result of illegal insider stock sales in the oil industry through another company directly connected to the Bushes.

George H. W. Bush, the elder is a hero, an icon, with his picture in Kuwaiti public buildings, and has been a regular visitor to Kuwait since U.S. the Gulf War.

However, considering that Kuwait Finance House and Faysal Islamic Bank of Bahrain are both correspondent banks with Deutschebank, questions remain as to why President Bush would not place them on his list of banks under scrutiny for terrorist ties, given the German bank’s many links to the 9/11 attacks and the above revelations by a former State Department official.

BANKING ON TERRORISM

According to German news weekly Der Spiegel, Deutschebank handled accounts for the bin Laden family worth $103 million British pounds (The London Guardian, 10-1-2001).

The New York Times (9-29-2001) added that FBI officials are "focusing more than ever on Germany," and in particular, an apartment used by Mohamed Atta -- considered the lead hijacker -- and Ramzi Muhammad Abdullah Bin Al Shibh, who also shared the apartment with other hijackers. Fox News and the Washington Post both reported on 1-2-2001 that Al Shibh wired $14,000 to Zacarias Moussaoui, now in U.S. custody and referred to as the “20th hijacker.”

An American official said "It looks like it was organized in Germany... there is clear evidence of meetings between Mr. Atta, Mr. al-Shehhi, and Mr. Jarrah, three of the four suspected hijackers," according to the Times.

Mamoun Darkanzanli, a Syrian businessman whose bank accounts were frozen after the attacks, has been implicated by American officials as an associate of Osama bin Laden who took part in a 1996 attack on U.S. troops at the Khobar Towers in Saudi Arabia. U.S. officials say currently jailed terrorist and bin Laden’s highest ranking associate in U.S. custody -- Mamdouh Mahmud Salim -- named Darkazanli as the co-signer of Salim’s bank account at Deutschebank in Hamburg, also according to the Times. The bin Laden family, with whom the Bushes have had long standing business deals through The Carlyle Group, was later awarded the contract to rebuild the facility.

The New York paper reported that Deutschebank was also linked to Wadih el-Hage, a naturalized American citizen from Lebanon who served as bin Laden’s personal secretary at his Sudan office, and was named by prosecutors as also setting up terrorist front businesses for bin Laden in Kenya during 1994.

El-Hage’s business card lists Mamoun Darkazanli’s current apartment as his Hamburg address, while his confiscated address book lists Darkazanli’s address, phone numbers and yet another Deutschebank account in Hamburg -- but not the same account as Salim’s.

Investigators also suspect that Darkazanli was supporting bin Laden’s Al-Q’aeda network financially, using Deutschebank as his supporting entity for terrorism.

According to the Asian Wall Street Journal (9-28-200), insiders familiar with the family say the bin Ladens do most of their banking with the London branch of Deutschebank and the Saudi National Commercial Bank; however, they also use Citigroup, a bank long linked to drug money laundering and on whose board of directors sit former CIA Director John Deutch and former Treasury Secretary Robert Rubin. Rubin is also the former CEO of Goldman Sachs which was once the home of convicted Deutschebank drug money launderer Kevin Ingram. (See Part II).

DEUTSCHEBANK’S “CORRESPONDING” LACK OF INTELLIGENCE

Michigan Senator Carl Levin’s Minority Banking Report of February 2001 calls correspondent banking the "gateway to money laundering," a financial technique wherein illicit money is moved from bank to bank with "no questions asked," thereby cleansing funds prior to being used for legitimate purposes. Via correspondent banking relationships, banks not licensed in the U.S. may gain access to American financial markets by establishing a correspondent relationship with banks that are. Deutschebank is licensed in the U.S. and maintained offices at the World Trade Center. All U.S. Deutschebank records were destroyed in the September 11 attacks.

An obvious question then is why none of these Middle Eastern financial institutions have felt the sting of U.S. investigative wrath since the attacks.

In another curious disclosure, the FBI also says al Shamal Islamic Bank -- Osama bin Laden’s personal bank -- headquartered in Khartoum, Sudan -- which the terrorist leader helped capitalize with $50 million in private funds, "is being investigated by U.S. or overseas authorities." According to U.S. News (10-8-2001), the Bureau won’t say which authority. President Bush, however, has failed to place Osama bin Laden's al Shamal Islamic Bank in his Executive Order -- freezing all of its correspondent transactions with other banks of the world. [See http://www.banking.state.ny.us/il01102a.pdf (http://www.banking.state.ny.us/il01102a.pdf) ]

This is especially strange, since the Washington Post (9-29-2001) reported that a an unnamed bin Laden associate testified (at the U.S. trial on the 1998 African embassy bombings) that "$250,000 was wired from al Shamal Islamic Bank directly into the bin Laden cohort’s Texas bank account -- where he used it to buy a plane delivered to bin Laden... intended to transport Stinger missiles...." Two months later, FT (11-29-2001) offered more information, reporting that "The money was wired from the Wadi al Aqiq account at al Shamal bank via Bank of New York to a Bank of America account held in Dallas, Texas by Essam al Ridi. Al Ridi, an Egyptian flight instructor who met bin Laden in Pakistan in 1985, flew the plane to Khartoum."

Congress has not sought to inquire as to whether bin Laden's Stinger missiles were flown directly out of Texas, or how his fellow terrorists were able to buy a plane in Dallas to illegally transport arms, or how a bin Laden associate was able to become a Texas flight instructor -- let alone whether he taught other terrorists how to fly airplanes in Dallas.

A Financial Times of Asia Wire story (8-10-2001) revealed that dirty money profits for covert actions resulting from CIA-linked heroin smuggling (which is a primary means of financing terrorist operations) through Pakistan and Northern Afghanistan have been shown to find their way into the international banking system. This was the role played by Kevin Ingram, formerly of Deutschebank in New York as described in Part II of this series.

And while U.S. News (10-8-2001) reported that FBI officials say Deutschebank is "being investigated by U.S. or overseas authorities," again the Bureau will not say which authorities, indicating that the U.S. may not even be taking a lead role in investigating the matter.

A spokesman for Deutschebank said it had provided investigators with information on accounts linked to members of the bin Laden family (The Guardian, 10/1/01). No further information has been made public.

Meanwhile, continued and current revelations indicate that negligence and the "prior-knowledge issue" -- insider trading or otherwise - -will not go away. An executive at a Pan Am flight school in Minnesota told Rep. James L. Oberstar (D-MN) and Rep. Martin O. Sabo (D-MN) that he had discussed and been questioned by an FBI agent on August 15 -- 27 days before the 9/11 attacks, "warning that a Boeing 747-400, which [alleged terrorist Zacarias] Moussaoui was seeking to learn how to fly, could be used as a bomb,’’ (Washington Post, 1-2-2002). But shockingly, the executive also told the lawmakers that "it took between four and six telephone calls to find an [FBI] agent who would help," according to a letter obtained by the Post.

In a Fox News interview hosted by Rita Cosby on 1-3-2002, political analyst **** Morris exposed more governmental negligence by reporting that President Bush "used information provided by FBI wiretaps dating back to 1993 to determine which terrorist-related bank accounts he would freeze in 2002," -- indicating lengthy U.S. intelligence prior knowledge of terrorist financial transactions. Fox’s revelation of the additional careless handling of critical pre-9/11 intelligence data may yet face scrutiny in three states via courtrooms of victim families, despite congressional oversight silence -- and a quickly legislated compensation statute making victim families promise not to sue the government.

Given evidence of prior knowledge, insider trading, CIA ties, and other financial relationships leading directly into Deutschebank (http://www.copvcia.com/free/ww3/12_06_01_death_
profits_pt1.html), the question is begged as to why "President Bush’s original Executive Order [freezing assets] didn’t name any banks," (Washington Post, 9-29-2001). The President has the power to freeze American monetary operations connected to global banks with institutions in countries refusing to cooperate in his terrorist finance probe.

On December 31, 2001, a U.S. State Department Memo revealed that the president again avoided dealing with middle eastern countries -- with close ties to the Bush family -- by announcing that assets of 1 German and 5 Irish terrorist-linked organizations had been frozen--but still no banks linked to the epicenter of terrorist finances in Bahrain, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, or the United Arab Emirates had been touched (http://usinfo.state.gov/topical/pol/terror/02010202).

THE CIA, TERROISM AND DRUG MONEY

Documented Russian organized crime connections to money laundering also lead back to Deutschebank, Pakistan, and terrorist financing.

On September 5, 1999, the German newspaper Weld am Sonntag quoted Deutschebank CEO Rolf Breuer saying that "It could be that we were abused as an intermediate coordinating point" in the fast-developing Russian money laundering scandal. Deutschebank and its U.S. affiliate Bankers Trust (BT) filed "suspicious transaction" reports about Russian clients, as BT had "correspondent banking" relationships with Russia’s Inkombank, which "allegedly had ties to organized crime," according to USA Today ( 8-27-1999 ). Moreover, an Inner City Press story (9-11-1999) also revealed that German magazine Der Spiegel quoted Breuer as admitting that it was "possible" his bank was "misused" as an intermediary for money laundering.

The FT Asia Wire report (8-10-2001) suggested that at least 30 Pakistan Army and Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) officials, serving and retired have accumulated wealth through heroin smuggling. In pervious stories, FTW and other news agencies have thoroughly documented that the Pakistani ISI is a creation and surrogate of the Central Intelligence Agency.

The FT report also revealed that "Pakistani residents are allowed to maintain dollar accounts with no questions asked about the origin of the money and about its liability for income tax." FT added that "the total amount of dollars in private circulation since the military regime came to power was almost equal to that in the Government coffers, if not more....[and] largely, if not totally, derived from the heroin trade."

Additional direct CIA and Deutschebank ties to heroin smuggling and money laundering were also revealed by the FT story. "In the 1980’s, at the instance [sic] of the Central Intelligence Agency, the Internal Political Division of the [Pakistani] Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI), headed by Brig Imtiaz... started a cell for the use of heroin for covert actions. This cell promoted the cultivation of opium and the extraction of heroin in Pakistan as well as in those parts of Afghanistan under Mujahedeen control for being smuggled into the Soviet-controlled areas to get the Soviet troops addicted.

"After the withdrawal of the Soviets, ISI’s [Pakistani] heroin cell started using its network of refineries and smugglers to send heroin to the West and use the money to supplement its legitimate economy... After capturing power on October 12, 1999, Gen. Pervez Musharraf had Brig Imtiaz, because of his proximity to Mr. Nawaz Sharif, arrested and prosecuted for having assets disproportionate to his known sources of income....He was convicted by a court on July 31, 2001 (52 days before the 9-11 attacks), and jailed for eight years.

"According to evidence produced in the court by the National Accountability Bureau, Brig Imtiaz had foreign exchange bearer certificates worth $20 million, a Pakistani rupee account in the Union Bank with a balance of Rs 2.13 billion, a dollar account in Deutschebank with a balance of $19.1 million, five residential houses, five commercial units and three shops. This huge wealth was allegedly accumulated by him through heroin smuggling."

BAHRAIN, KUWAIT AND DEUTSCHEBANK – THE DOOR TO HARKEN ENERGY

According to attorney Matthew Lee of Inner City Press (ICP), after September 11, regulators in Luxembourg, former headquarters of the notorious Pakistani Bank of Credit and Commerce International (BCCI), circulated a list of five banks, in addition to President Bush’s U.S. Executive Order of September 23, freezing the accounts of suspected terrorist-connected individuals and organizations.

In Part II of the Profits of Death series, located at: (http://www.copvcia.com/free/ww3/12_11_01_death_
profits_pt2.html) the U.S. government’s ongoing scrutiny of terrorist banking was documented in an AP story by Catherine Wilson. The story provided clear indication that U.S. intelligence agencies routinely monitor banking transactions in terrorist-related cases. Wilson wrote about the current prosecution of Egyptians in a case connected to former Goldman Sachs and Deutschebank securities trader Kevin Ingram’s attempt to launder heroin and cash for the illegal sale of weapons to Islamic terrorists. She added that "numerous promised wire transfers never arrived, but there were discussions of foreign bankers taking payoffs to move the money to purchase weapons into the United States..."

Moreover, the AP story never questioned how the federal agents knew the names of particular banks and bankers, so as not to arouse suspicion on the part of Kevin Ingram and the other Middle Eastern accomplices, because the bankers had previously been "in-the-loop" of drug money laundering and illegal arms sales.

The Bush Administration would necessarily have to be concerned if congressional investigations of Deutschebank ties to Faysal Islamic Bank of Bahrain and Kuwait Finance House started to dredge up and revive old financial investigations into the 1991 probe of Harken Energy.

AN INSIDE TRADER DIRECTS PROBE OF INSIDE TRADERS – THE MOTHER OF ALL ENRONS

One reason why the Administration has not frozen the assets of the two banks in Kuwait and Bahrain with correspondent relationships with Deutschebank leads directly to Harken.

The probe in question is tied to Bahrain and Kuwait, and directly involves George W. Bush and SEC lawyers appointed by his father. According to SEC records, on four separate occasions President George W. Bush disregarded federal statutes by failing to file insider stock trade reports on a timely basis, back-dating one trade by some four months. (Harken Energy SEC Abstract Filing, transaction date: 6-22-1990; Oil stock sale made 41 days prior to Iraq's attack on Kuwait -- $848,560 profit, filing date: 3-4-1991- 8 1/2 months late and reported to the SEC two days after Gulf War was over on 3-2-1991; Harken Energy SEC Abstract Filing, transaction date: 6-16-89, filing date: 10-23-1989 -- 17 weeks late.) [Sources: Wall Street Journal, 4-4-1991 and 9-28-99; Time, 10-28-1991; U.S. News, 3-16-1992; Associated Press, 10-28-94; Houston Post, 10-18-1994.]

The younger Bush denied the charge of insider trading in spite of his positions on the Harken Energy board of directors, audit committee, and stock restructuring panel. He added that he had no idea Harken was going to get an audit report full of red ink until weeks after he had made his stock sale.

During December, 1999 into January, 2000, journalist Tom Flocco’s former research associate, Mario Calabrese, repeatedly called the SEC requesting copies of George W. Bush’s original Harken Energy stock filings. After some 3 1/2 weeks of calls made during the critical Florida Supreme Court and U.S. Supreme Court arguments deciding the Bush-Gore election, SEC representative Linda Thompson called Mr. Calabrese on January 14, 2001 to confirm that all original Bush SEC documents had been destroyed. Thompson said that "the dates you requested have all met their (6 year) retention time." It is possible that copies are still available via major search engines.

The future president completed his key insider trade eight days before Harken announced a $23 million second quarter corporate loss and about six weeks before the invasion. Having just profited by nearly $1 million--representing a 200 % insider windfall--George Jr. watched Harken stock take a nosedive on the bad news. Thus, Harken Energy, a Houston oil company doing business in Bahrain, wherein some of his father’s largest contributors also maintained substantial stock positions, made George W. his first million which served as seed money for his upcoming Texas Rangers deal.

The April 4, 1991 Wall Street Journal added that "Mr. Bush did not return their phone calls seeking comment, and the Bush White House tersely said ‘It doesn’t comment on the activities of the president’s children.’" Moreover, the SEC also declined to comment, according to The New York Times. [3-9-92]

Neither the younger Bush nor the media made much of the blatant conflicts of interest since the chairman of the SEC was Richard Breedon, former lawyer with Houston firm of Baker and Botts. Breedon had served as deputy counsel to Bush 41 when he was Vice President under Ronald Reagan.

Moreover, the SEC investigation of George W. was led by general counsel James R. Doty who, according to a UPI report, mysteriously neglected to interview any of the Harken directors --including the younger Bush -- regarding "enforcement" oversight. Moreover, Doty had previously served as George W. Bush’s personal lawyer Bush 43’s purchase of the Texas Rangers baseball franchise.

So, in the end, a future president--George W. Bush -- was cleared of insider trade wrongdoing by his personal attorney and by his father’s counsel. That said, the Bush Administration is currently keeping a low profile regarding campaign contributors at Enron Corporation which participated in insider stock sales that bankrupted the corporation while Enron employees were prohibited from cashing in their Enron stock-based 401K plans as their value plummeted.

BUSH IN BAHRAIN – PUBLIC AND PRIVATE

In October 1991, Time Magazine questioned why the tiny country of Bahrain would stake so much of its financial future on Harken Energy, which it labeled an "obscure, money-losing company with no refineries and no experience in offshore oil exploration." The magazine also noted that oil insiders speculated that Bahrain’s rulers saw the arrangement as a way to gain influence with the Bush Administration.

In January, 1991, The Village Voice reported a potential nexus regarding foreign policy and personal financial interests as in 1990, the Bush Administration signed an agreement with Bahrain that chose the small country as the permanent principal allied base in the Middle East, although it was some 200 miles away from the hostilities in Iraq and Kuwait.

The military base deal came right after Harken announced its January 30, 1990 joint oil-drilling venture with Bahrain, suggesting that the elder Bush’s contributors and his son, the future President of the United States, were involved in personal financial business involving Harken, while also making decisions – including dispatching Ambassador April Glaspie to tell Saddam Hussein that it’s actions vis a vis Kuwait were none of the U.S.’s business – that led directly to the Gulf War.

And neither Bush let the press know that they had permitted Kuwait and Bahrain to infuse $19.6 million in foreign cash to hire U.S. public relations firm Hill & Knowlton to lobby Congress and the American people into a war frenzy against Iraq.

A former U.S. ambassador to Bahrain, Sam Zakhem, funneled $7.7 million in advertising and lobbying dollars through two front groups: Coalition for Americans at Risk (a former front group for the contras in Nicaragua) and Freedom Task Force. The Iran-Contra front group prepared and placed TV and newspaper ads and had 50 speakers available for pro-war rallies and publicity events; however, neither disclosed Bahrain as the source of the money. [Source: O'Dwyer's Foreign Agent Registration Act Report, October, 1991 and "Flacking for the Emir," by Arthur E. Rowse, The Progressive, October, 1991]

AN ILLEGAL PRIVILEGE TO “NOT” RELEASE DOCUMENTS

On March 16, 1992, U.S. News & World Report said that "according to documents on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Bush 43’s position on the Harken (restructuring) committee gave him detailed knowledge of the company’s deteriorating financial condition."

Spokesmen from Texas Gov. Ann Richards’ campaign said "Was this a real investigation, or was it a whitewash of an insider stock sale by the son of the sitting president?" UPI noted that "while Bush claims the [conflicted] SEC investigation absolved him of illegal insider trading, he has refused to release the investigation files."

The younger Bush has continued his practice of hiding family information (which should be publicly available) to Congress and the American people. On September 18 he asserted "Executive Privilege" in a proclamation refusing to release his father’s vice-presidential and presidential papers as required by law. This is a violation of the Presidential Records Act of 1978. What those documents might have revealed remains a mystery that only legal action by families of the victims of 9-11 might disclose.

On December 20, 2001, Fox News analyst, Judge Andrew Napolitano, quoted Congressman Dan Burton, Chairman of the House Government and Reform Committee, saying that "George Bush is abusing his power regarding executive privilege in refusing to release documents." Burton (and other members of the House Government Reform Committee are) attempting to acquire the elder Bush’s papers, Vice President Cheney’s closed-door energy policy meeting papers and closed FBI investigative reports of alleged wrongdoing in the Bureau’s Boston field office. All requests have been denied by Bush and Cheney.

It does not seem likely that Chairman Burton will push for records that may reopen Harken energy in the past or shed light on Enron in the present. Only an as-yet nonexistent suit filed in civil court by families of the victims of 9-11 would have the necessary legal clout to drag the records into court. In the meantime all the profits of death remain hidden behind a wall of government secrecy.




Tom Flocco is a freelance writer and researcher. email: TomFlocco@cs.com (TomFlocco@cs.com))

[© Copyright 2001. From The Wilderness Publications, www.copvcia.com (http://www.copvcia.com/). All Rights Reserved. May be recopied, distributed or posted on the worldwide web for non-profit purposes only.]

[AbuMubarak]

Now we know for sure
they lied about 9/11


New video delivers the goods about
government’s false 9/11 Pentagon story





By John Kaminski

skylax@comcast.net


I challenge anyone to watch the new "911 In Plane Site" video and still believe the government's story that a jet airliner full of passengers hit the Pentagon on September 11, 2001. It simply can't be done. I'll bet anyone any amount of anything that they just can't do it.

Utilizing footage from TV networks — often stuff that was shown only one time and never seen again — the Power Hour radio show's Dave Von Kleist methodically provides proof positive that the government lied about what happened in Washington on that fateful day, an event that was the culmination of the greatest sneak attack in American history.

The damning images of flames raging inside the Pentagon behind an unbroken wall with many unbroken windows and an unbroken roof line clearly demonstrates that whatever caused the explosion and fire inside America's most secure building, coupled with no significant trace of airplane wreckage at any time during the disaster, was no giant airliner.

It wasn't until long after the fire began that the roof finally collapsed, and even then, the hole that was created in no way resembles the ghastly imprint two other jets left when they struck the World Trade Center towers in New York City mere minutes before.

What this means for the American people is that the story President Bush, Defense Secretary Rumsfeld, and all those other government officials told the world that day is a lie, a gigantic and bald-faced lie.

A hijacked airliner never hit the Pentagon, and this film proves it. As VonKleist, who both wrote and produced this masterpiece, asks in the film, "How does a plane 125 feet wide and 155 feet long fit into a hole which is only 16 feet across?"

Since day one, the only thing that every single, skeptical 9/11 researcher has ever wanted during all the research they have undertaken during the past three years is one single, irrefutable fact that could disprove the government's blatant lie. Because proving one lie means their whole story is false. One provable lie means 9/11 is not what they said it was.

This is the film that does it. And this is a development in the 9/11 story that no one in America or the world can afford to ignore.

Indictments and arrests should begin immediately based on this film alone. Top members of the government lied about what happened. This is a statement that can no longer be challenged as false. It is now up to American law enforcement officials to act in this matter, or the American people will realize our leaders are allowed the break the law, and the laws no longer apply to them.

And the Pentagon revelation is only the start of this remarkable film, a 70-minute documentary that delves into only four major aspects of Sept. 11.

Having viewed this film with two relatives who did believe the government's story prior to viewing, I interpreted the ashen looks on their faces as a valid testament to the movie's power. Before seeing it, they basically believed what they'd heard on TV about what happened on 9/11. Afterwards, they both told me that they no longer did.

After the Pentagon segment, Von Kleist turns his attention to the plume, a giant puff of smoke that rises from the base of the Twin Towers PRIOR to their collapse. Although Von Kleist doesn't say so (and doesn't really make any conclusions in his objective presentation of film fact), the viewer is left to contemplate whether this was the explosion that brought down the towers. A great clip of firemen describing how the buildings were demolished leaves viewers with that distinct impression.

The most controversial aspect of the film, one which led me and other potential reviewers to express reservations about the film before we'd actually seen it, was the inclusion of material from Phil Jayhan’s letsroll911.org website, the most astounding aspect of which is footage that shows both jetliners appearing to fire missiles at the towers in the instant before impact.

It simply sounded too preposterous. It sounded as untenable as the hologram theory. Many of us worried it was deliberate disinformation, designed to destroy the 9/11 skeptics movement.

You need to see it. Four different people with four different cameras recorded it. I am no photographic expert. I can’t tell you when a film has been tampered with or when it hasn’t. I can only tell you what I saw. It looks real, and the patient pacing of Von Kleist’s explanation will make it most difficult for you to deny what you are seeing.

But my initial fear that the 9/11 truth movement could be hurt by this footage was completely erased after I saw the Pentagon segment, because if people watch that, they will have no alternative but to realize that their leaders are criminals — liars, traitors and mass murderers — who have covered up the truth about 9/11 because they were involved in it.

This is not a conspiracy theory. These are facts recorded on film. See it for yourself. You can’t afford not to. After all, what is at stake is the future of freedom, and that’s not an exaggeration.

And all the subsequent carnage that Bush and his criminal friends have inflicted on the world is predicated on this one colossal lie.

No jetliner hit the Pentagon. This film proves it. This film proves the government lied — big time — about what happened on 9/11. Think about the people who are involved in this lie. Everybody on television. Everybody at the major newspapers. Everybody in the Congress. Thousands of people.

Think about all the lives that have been needlessly thrown away as a result of this lie.

Think about America. It’s a lie. This film proves it.

I talked with Phil Jayhan last night. I told him that I was not a film expert, but that the missile footage looked real to me. And I congratulated him on the tireless outreach he’s done on this project. More than any other 9/11 researcher, he has contacted more people and produced more results than anybody else.

We had argued about this issue in the past. I worried if the missile footage were proven to false or tampered with, the whole movement could be hurt.

I no longer believe that the missile footage — should it somehow be proven false — can hurt the 9/11 skeptics movement, in large part because the Pentagon footage was so masterfully presented that no one in their right mind can deny that no hijacked airliner hit the Pentagon.

I have previously advocated that the time the towers took to fall was the smoking gun of 9/11, because that indicated the WTC buildings had been demolished, since they fell at the same speed as debris off to the side. Jayhan responded that Twin Tower demolition could one day be explained away as a way to prevent more deaths than actually happened. I had to agree the perps could do that, if their demolition scheme were ever to be revealed to the public.

But, Jayhan stressed, there can be no alternative reason for a plane firing missiles at the towers just before impact.

See the film. Make your own decision.

Writer/producer Von Kleist, director William Lewis and Power Hour Productions deserve all the credit possible for bringing this presentation to the world. This could in fact be the one item that finally overturns the coverup.

Every American should see this film. And every cop, too. And perhaps if there is a prosecutor remaining in America with a scintilla of honesty and integrity, he should consider this video as prima facie evidence in the greatest crime in American history, and maybe do something about that.

To order the film, go to http://www.thepowerhour.com/

To see clips of the missile firing, check out http://letsroll911.org/



John Kaminski is the author of "America's Autopsy Report" a collection of his Internet essays seen on hundreds of websites around the world. More recently he has written "The Day America Died: Why You Shouldn’t Believe the Official Story of What Happened on September 11, 2001" a 48-page booklet aimed at those who still believe the government’s version of events on that fateful day. A second collection of his essays, titled "The Perfect Enemy", is in press and should be available in September 2004. For more information see http://www.johnkaminski.com/

[Jam]

A very good book on the Bilderberg Group (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bilderberg_Group):

Them: Adventures with Extremists (http://www.amazon.co.uk/exec/obidos/ASIN/0330375466/qid=1093247639/sr=1-4/ref=sr_1_2_4/202-5147602-2895808) by Jon Rowson

More Links:
http://www.bilderberg.org/
http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/magazine/3773019.stm
http://www.crystalinks.com/bilderberg.html
http://www.guardian.co.uk/netnotes/article/0,6729,1231830,00.html

[AbuMubarak]

9/11 was staged
to defame Muslims




By John Kaminski
skylax@comcast.net
Special to the Yemen Times








In addition to the millions of Americans who are protesting their nation's unjust and immoral torture of the shellshocked country of Iraq, there are also a substantial number of people in the U.S. who see through the lies of Zionist controlled U.S. mainstream media and believe the story told to them by their government about the tragedy of September 11, 2001 is merely another self-serving, nightmare fairytale meant to rally political support by the ignorant and uncaring for the continuing American/British/Israeli assault on the Islamic world.

Indeed, this small but vociferous minority of 9/11 skeptics believes that was the primary purpose of that awful day — to vilify Muslims in the collective mind of the American public and enable the Western war machine to increase its level of aggression against the Persian Gulf states without any political opposition at home. Half the plan seems to have worked. Few Americans initially questioned the official version of 9/11 and rallied round the flag, but now, as clumsy excuses for the invasions of Afghanistan and Iraq have been exposed throughout the world as blatant lies, even some of the most closed-minded Americans are beginning to question their government's dishonest behavior, even in regard to 9/11.

The deaths of many American troops, the sex crimes by American soldiers at Abu Ghraib prison in Baghdad, and the scandals involving misappropriated funds by giant American corporations have emerged into mainstream discussion throughout America, causing not only shame but a reconsideration of the public lies used to start these wars in the first place.

Yet, exposure of these embarrassing revelations seems to have had no tempering impact on the behavior of the U.S. military. It is a sad barometer of mainstream thought in America that President Bush's chief opponent in the upcoming election (November 2004) talks in even more warlike terms than his war-mongering opponent, so that the rest of the world can expect no change in America's charge toward violent imperialism no matter who wins the election.

Still, a vocal minority in America continues its efforts to expose the deceptions that comprise perhaps the greatest threat to political stability the world has ever known, as the Zionist-controlled neocon cabal in Washington continues its efforts to usurp all the Persian Gulf oilfields by planning a series of wars throughout the Middle East aimed at accomplishing this objective.

In both the cases of the 9/11 tragedy and the Iraq war, the great unspoken influence continues to be Israel.

The principal figure in the 9/11 mystery continues to be Larry Silverstein, who leased the World Trade Center towers months before their demise and collected a $3.5 billion insurance payout shortly after their destruction. Silverstein was caught on video ordering the destruction of one of the undamaged WTC towers after the initial damage had been done, leading to speculation that the two main towers were wired for destruction prior to the event. Silverstein, an influential official of several powerful American Jewish groups, is known to be a telephone friend of Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon.

Among the various groups in the American 9/11 skeptics movement, one dividing line appears to be the validity of the hijacker thesis. Since the FBI published a list of the names of the alleged 19 hijackers mere hours after the disaster, eight of those names have belonged to people reportedly alive and well and living in various countries. Yet the FBI has never made an attempt to change its list, nor has it attempted to question those with names used by hijackers who are still able to talk. In addition, there is no legitimate security camera videotape showing the hijackers ever got on the fateful planes, nor any record of their purchasing tickets. And their names were not included on the passenger lists recording the names of the dead.

Adding to the Israeli angle of this discussion is the distressing fact of the Israeli "art students" who were shadowing the alleged hijackers during the months prior to 9/11 were all sent home without investigation when they were "discovered."

And, after much discussion about why America chose to invade Iraq at the moment it did, the oil issue and Saddam's switch to the euro have moved to the background, while Israeli influence at the White House in Washington has come to the fore as the reason for the sudden bombing of Baghdad, especially since America's stated reasons — Saddam's connection to al-Qaida and 9/11, and his concealment of alleged weapons of mass destruction — have long since been proven groundless fabrications.

The real reason for all the fomented misery in the Middle East appears to be nothing more complex than the expansion of Israel's borders.

Bush's White House staff is dominated by Israeli operatives: Perle, Wolfowitz, Libby, Bolten, Zakheim, Feith. In addition, warmongering advisers Cheney, Rumsfeld, and Rice are inextricably linked to both the oil industry and the Zionist agenda, as is much of the leadership of the opposition party, the Democrats, which is why Americans saw a recent vote in their House of Representatives supporting Sharon's policy of wall-building and mass extermination of Palestinians in the Occupied Territories by a count of 407-9.

And yet, with all this evidence (and much more), those trying to expose the 9/11 charade don't primarily focus on Israel. Instead they devolve into convoluted theories about the peak oil scare, questionable film analysis, and some even insist that no planes were used at all in the attacks.

The solidest piece of evidence about 9/11 lies that seems to be emerging is photographic footage of the disaster at the Pentagon, which shows, from a multiplicity of angles and sequences, not a trace of the wreckage of a jetliner. A new video, "911 In Plane Site," convincingly exploits this contention with numerous shots of flames inside the Pentagon behind a relatively unblemished
wall (where the plane was supposed to have hit) with all its windows still unbroken.

Another recent revelation has involved the so-called cellphone calls from distressed passengers on the hijacked planes. It seems that cellphone calls cannot be successfully completed above 8,000 feet, and most of the purported calls were supposedly made above that altitude.

Probably the most compelling evidence for a 9/11 coverup, however, has always been the duplicitous statements made by top American officials immediately after the attacks. Cheney, Rice, and military chief Richard Myers all said that same day that they had no idea attacks like this could ever happen, but then the FBI blew their cover by releasing the names of hijackers they said they had been tracking for six months. Since that time, President Bush has worked diligently to prevent a legitimate investigation of that day's events, culminating recently in the official publication of the 9/11 Commission Report, which never attempted to fix blame on any perpetrators.

Can you imagine? The greatest crime in American history, and it was never properly investigated. Even more amazing: most Americans don't seem have noticed this stupendous affront to honest behavior!

But that's the way it is in America, and probably always has been. Their government storms around the world shooting up innocent civilian populations and stealing the resources of underdeveloped nations, while a majority of Americans believe their brave soldiers are fighting evil terrorists and bringing justice to the unfortunate backwaters of civilization. It's basically the same situation in Palestine, about which most Americans are brainwashed by Zionist media into believing the brave Israelis are struggling for freedom against the evil bandit Palestinians, when in fact it is a population of unarmed Palestinians who are being exterminated by Israeli Jews who believe that anybody who is not a Jew is less-than-human vermin, and therefore it is OK to kill them with impunity.

Indeed, it is the world turned upside down for purposes of plunder and profit.

In understanding a little more about who the true perpetrators of all this evil violence actually are, two recent articles circulating on the Internet have been particularly instructive. The first in a ten-year old fragment of a book by religious historian David Livingstone that gets into the Jewish heritage in the Wahabbi movement within Islam, casting a serious question about motivation of Saudi royalty and its possible connection to Zionist interests, and the second is a series of pieces (all available on rense.com, as is the Livingstone essay) by the Canadian writer Henry Makow about who are the true powers in the world. Makow, a Jew who became a Christian, insists that it is the London banking cabal that controls everything, and makes the interesting point that the Zionist menace in Israel that has captured the political will of the United States is as much a danger to God-fearing Jews as it is to all the other honest, well-meaning people in the world.

What is definitely becoming clearer now, three years after the initial shock of 9/11 jolted America into all-out war mode, is that the information emanating from the big media companies all over the world is clearly and tragically twisted by an evil Zionist corruption that blames innocent people for crimes that these media whores themselves are complicit in. And because of this power, millions of people are being unjustly murdered, while soulless American corporations reap unprecendented profits. And all the while a majority of Americans wave their flags and praise the sacrifice of their young soldiers who squander their lives in a needless war based on lies.

What is encouraging is that more people around the world are realizing this every day. However, whether that will be enough to stop these soulless, money-hungry murderers from destroying the entire planet remains very much in doubt.



John Kaminski is an Internet columnist based in Florida whose essays are seen on hundreds of websites around the world. They have been collected into two anthologies, "America's Autopsy Report" and the soon-to-be-published "The Perfect Enemy." For more information go to http://www.johnkaminski.com/

[Jam]

:salams

For those of you in the UK/Europe (or elsewhere if you have satellite TV) with access to the Sky One (http://www.skyone.co.uk/programmes/program.asp?Section=1&Channel=SK1&date=2004-09-06&Title=Conspiracies&Time=21:00&EndTime=22:00) channel, please mark your calendars for Mondays from Sept 6th to Sept 27th @ 9pm for a:

"..four-part series presented by Danny Wallace, in which he scrutinises worldwide conspiracy theories. In this episode he examines the premise that the conflict and destruction of the 21st century have been created by the US government in order to achieve world domination."

:wswrwb:

[AbuMubarak]

http://www.ummah.net.pk/dajjal/index3.html#population

[AbuMubarak]

http://www.ummah.net.pk/dajjal/index2.html

[AbuMubarak]

http://www.ummah.net.pk/dajjal/

[AbuMubarak]

http://letsroll911.org/ipw-web/bulletin/bb/viewtopic.php?t=2731

Senior Bush killed kennedy to start the takeover of the neo-cons over america

and they aint lettin go

[AbuMubarak]

The Divine Re-Appointment of George W. Bush
11.03.2004
In the Name of Allah the Compassionate, the Merciful

All Praise is due unto Allah, Lord of All the Worlds for allowing the U.$. Election to be hijacked by Freemason and Skull and Bones member George W. Bush. For in Truth, Freemason and Skull and Bones member John Kerry could easily have been granted the election the Power Elite, and subsequently by Diebold Inc, the producers of the Ohio voting machines, who (in an August 14th fund-raising letter from Walden O'Dell, chief executive of the aforementioned corporation), told Republicans that he is "committed to helping Ohio deliver its electoral votes to the president next year." However, had this happened, as all Exit Polling demonstrated Kerry had won by a decisive margin of victory, then what would become of the youth of Amerikkka? Had this happened, what would become of the Muslims the world over who have awoken to the reality of the situation we face, due to the Imperialism and aggression of the United $tates of Amerikkka?

Had John Kerry been given the election by his Masonic masters, who scripted the election down to the Diebold voting machines being recorded en mass as having changed votes by the time voters got to the review screen, then the youth of today, and the Muslims around the world who are waking up to their obligation of Jihad, would have surely been lulled back to sleep by the false belief that John Kerry was a more peaceful and less bloodthirsty President.

My brothers and sisters in Islam, and people of the World, the re-appointment of Dictator George W. Bush was not something that groups like Al-CIAda feared; it was not something feared by the terrorists who have poured into Iraq since George W. Bush promoted falsified "intelligence" against Saddam (who similarly couldn't lose an election). The aggression of Bush is something that the terrorists desparately wanted and NEEDED for their recruitment. On the contrary of what the Neo-Cons would sell you, Afghanistan has been lost by Amerikkka and has its own controlled elections now, in an effort to barely hold onto the last strand of control in this (unfortunately) Taliban re-deminated land. Iraq is in the process of being lost by Amerikkka. Many of the votes of the absentee U.$. Military who hate Bush for purposelessly sending them into harm's way have not been counted and do not matter to the appointers of the President, and Script Writers of the "Election."

Imagine a country where Saddam was cloned and given a different facial appearance. Imagine if the first Saddam wore a red tie and the cloned one wore a blue tie. Imagine if one Saddam called himself a Republican, and the cloned Saddam called himself a Democrat. Imagine if the "Democrat" Saddam told the masses that the Republican Saddam was bad for Iraq, and was cruel and must be voted out of office. All of this would of course transpire with the cooperation and friendly acceptance of the first Saddam. The two Saddams would agree that whoever won, it was no matter, because the leader would be the same; only the appearance would differ. If the masses then elected the second Saddam into power then they would easily be lulled back to sleep and would not oppose their new leader, who was nevertheless ideologically identical to the first Saddam.

If any other candidate emerged from a third party, or on the Democrat ticket, who did not tow the true party line of the secret Baathist Shadow Government, then he would be removed from consideration in the minds of the masses by the Fourth Branch of the government: the Controlled Media.

This is not far different than these United $tates of Freemasonry. It is obviously true that Bush and Kerry are not clones of each other. Nevertheless, what they will DO is not much different at the end of the day:

Bush was for the War in Iraq
Kerry was for the War in Iraq

Bush was for the PATRIOT ACT
Kerry was for the PATRIOT ACT

If Bush was elected, the occupation of Iraq would continue
If Kerry was elected, the occupation of Iraq would continue

Bush will always favor the Zionist Entity over the Palestinian people
Kerry will always favor the Zionist Entity over the Palestinian people

The only difference between these two individuals O brothers and sisters in Islam, and people of the World, is that these two are playing a classic "Good Cop - Bad Cop" scenario. Both parties are the same. Each caters to a different point of view, but in the end both ACT the same.

Bush tells conservatives that he opposes abortion. Kerry tells liberals that he favors it. But will abortion end under either? Of course not.

Bush, carefully crafting his words, tells gun-owners that he is for gun-ownership. Kerry tells them that he is all for using guns to kill animals that he has no need of eating, but not for private ownership for the purpose of defense against any who would oppress. Yet gun control has increased under both Republican and Democratic Presidents, including Bush's father.

Bush overtly favors the rich. Kerry tells the poor that he will make the rich pay their fair share and will alleviate the burden from the working man. But does anything change for the working man, aside from the anomaly of the 90's tech boom (which was caused by neither party and neither a Republican nor Democrat President)? Of course not.

Both parties are the same. Again, all praise is due unto Allah who has allowed this re-appointment of George W. Bush so that the masses may continue to wake up, pay more attention to politics, and Allah Willing, return this nation to a state of social and political consciousness which has not been seen since the Era of Civil Rights, the Vietnam War, Black Power, Red Power, ALL Power to the People. Allah is the best of planners, and George W. Bush would not have been allowed to once again hijack the Presidency if it were not in accordance with the perfect and complete Will of Allah.

Four more years of Federal Suppression of Freedom of Speech under the PATRIOT ACT, as has been occurring in the case of U.S. born and raised African American poet `Amir Sulaiman (http://www.amirsulaiman.com (http://www.amirsulaiman.com/)). Four more years of Muslims realizing that the U.$. Government views us as enemies and "terrorists" even by our very ideas, or our willingness to fight back if attacked. Four more years of a failed economy turning the poor to unemployment benefits, then to welfare and in many cases crime in order to make ends meet. Four more years of unpaid hospital bills for the poor. For more years of the poor being turned away from hospitals. Four more years of inadequate clinics, of inadequate schools. Four more years of Oil Crusades that turn Pediatricians and the like into senior terrorists. For more years of the U.$. soldiers half heartedly fighting a war that they do not believe in and openly questioning and badmouthing the Secretary of Defense. Four more years of pandering to the Saudi regime. Four more years of people realizing that they have slept for too long. This is the 11th Hour. There is no room for armchair activism and revolution. People are waking up. All praise is due unto Allah.

http://www.taliyah.org (http://www.taliyah.org/)

[Jam]

:salams

I was serching for info on the cassini probe, around saturn. I typed "Cassini Latest" into Google and one of the sponsored links on the right was this site:

http://www.youthey.me.uk/ (http://www.youthey.me.uk/)

with the line "MI5 are trying to remove this ad. Take a look and you'll see why!" as the teaser

Am having a look through it, seems a bit bizzare!! It contains info on an eye-opening conspiracy, revelations and world view particularly concerning the crisis that is Britain. (Diana etc.) Its about an Asian (Pakistani?) man in East London who claims to be being pursued by the Secret Service, and has gone public.. Very surreal - am half way through reading it now.. tell me what you think..

:wswrwb:

[BubbleGum]

Have you heard of the dangers of dihydrogen monoxide? It kills thousands of people every year. And nobody ever talks about it :nervous:


http://www.dhmo.org/





Here is a link to a site that has nothing but links to other sites with weird theories.

http://www.crank.net/




~Bub

[dour]

I know what it is. I will not say, it might spoil your fun.

[AbuMubarak]

i thought it was hydrogen dioxide

[AbuMubarak]

According to Joseph McBride of The Nation, "a source with close connections to the intelligence community confirms that Bush started working for the agency in 1960 or 1961, using his oil business as a cover for clandestine activities." 1 By the time of the Kennedy assassination, we have an official FBI document which refers to "Mr. George Bush of the Central Intelligence Agency," and despite official disclaimers there is every reason to think that this is indeed the man in the White House today. The mystery of George Bush as a possible covert operator hinges on four points, each one of which represents one of the great political and espionage scandals of postwar American history. These four cardinal points are:

1. The abortive Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba, launched on April 16-17, 1961, prepared with the assistance of the CIA's "Miami Station" (also known under the code name JM/WAVE). After the failure of the amphibious landings of Brigade 2506, Miami station, under the leadership of Theodore Shackley, became the focus for Operation Mongoose, a series of covert operations directed against Castro, Cuba, and possibly other targets.

2. The assassination of President John F. Kennedy in Dallas on November 22, 1963, and the coverup of those responsible for this crime.

3. The Watergate scandal, beginning with an April, 1971 visit to Miami, Florida by E. Howard Hunt on the tenth anniversary of the Bay of Pigs invasion to recruit operatives for the White House Special Investigations Unit (the "Plumbers" and later Watergate burglars) from among Cuban-American Bay of Pigs veterans.

4. The Iran-contra affair, which became a public scandal during October-November 1986, several of whose central figures, such as Felix Rodriguez, were also veterans of the Bay of Pigs.

"...JM/WAVE ...proliferated across [Florida] in preparation for the Bay of Pigs invasion. A subculture of fronts, proprietaries, suppliers, transfer agents, conduits, dummy corporations, blind drops, detective agencies, law firms, electronic firms, shopping centers, airlines, radio stations, the mob and the church and the banks: a false and secret nervous system twitching to stimuli supplied by the cortex in Clandestine Services in Langley. After defeat on the beach in Cuba, JM/WAVE became a continuing and extended Miami Station, CIA's largest in the continental United States. A large sign in front of the [...] building complex reads: US GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS PROHIBIT DISCUSSION OF THIS ORGANIZATION OR FACILITY.

Donald Freed, Death in Washington (Westport, Connecticut, 1980), p. 141.

The review offered so far of George Bush's activities during the late 1950's and early 1960's is almost certainly incomplete in very important respects. There is good reason to believe that Bush was engaged in something more than just the oil business during those years. Starting about the time of the Bay of Pigs invasion in the spring of 1961, we have the first hints that Bush, in addition to working for Zapata Offshore, may also have been a participant in certain covert operations of the US intelligence community.

Such participation would certainly be coherent with George's role in the Prescott Bush, Skull and Bones, and Brown Brothers, Harriman networks. During the twentieth century, the Skull and Bones/Harriman circles have always maintained a sizable and often decisive presence inside the intelligence organizations of the State Department, the Treasury Department, the Office of Naval Intelligence, the Office of Strategic Services, and the Central Intelligence Agency. Indeed, the Harriman and related Anglophile financier factions of Wall Street have generally regarded those parts of the state apparatus dealing with intelligence and covert operations as their own very special property, property which had to be kept seeded with control networks in order to be effectively steered from above. For George Bush to interface with the intelligence community while ostensibly engaged in his business career would be coherent with that well-established pattern.

A body of leads has been assembled which suggests that George Bush may have been associated with the CIA at some time before the autumn of 1963. According to Joseph McBride of The Nation, "a source with close connections to the intelligence community confirms that Bush started working for the agency in 1960 or 1961, using his oil business as a cover for clandestine activities." 1 By the time of the Kennedy assassination, we have an official FBI document which refers to "Mr. George Bush of the Central Intelligence Agency," and despite official disclaimers there is every reason to think that this is indeed the man in the White House today. The mystery of George Bush as a possible covert operator hinges on four points, each one of which represents one of the great political and espionage scandals of postwar American history. These four cardinal points are:

1. The abortive Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba, launched on April 16-17, 1961, prepared with the assistance of the CIA's "Miami Station" (also known under the code name JM/WAVE). After the failure of the amphibious landings of Brigade 2506, Miami station, under the leadership of Theodore Shackley, became the focus for Operation Mongoose, a series of covert operations directed against Castro, Cuba, and possibly other targets.

2. The assassination of President John F. Kennedy in Dallas on November 22, 1963, and the coverup of those responsible for this crime.

3. The Watergate scandal, beginning with an April, 1971 visit to Miami, Florida by E. Howard Hunt on the tenth anniversary of the Bay of Pigs invasion to recruit operatives for the White House Special Investigations Unit (the "Plumbers" and later Watergate burglars) from among Cuban-American Bay of Pigs veterans.

4. The Iran-contra affair, which became a public scandal during October-November 1986, several of whose central figures, such as Felix Rodriguez, were also veterans of the Bay of Pigs.

George Bush's role in both Watergate and the October surprise/Iran-contra complex will be treated in detail at later points in this book. Right now it is important to see that thirty years of covert operations, in many respects, form a single continuous whole. This is especially true in regard to the dramatis personae. Georgie Anne Geyer points to the obvious in a recent book: "...an entire new Cuban cadre now emerged from the Bay of Pigs. The names Howard Hunt, Bernard Barker, Rolando Martinez, Felix Rodriguez and Eugenio Martinez would, in the next quarter century, pop up, often decisively, over and over again in the most dangerous American foreign policy crises. There were Cubans flying missions for the CIA in the Congo and even for the Portuguese in Africa; Cubans were the burglars of Watergate; Cubans played key roles in Nicaragua, in Irangate, in the American move into the Persian Gulf." 2 Felix Rodriguez tells us that he was infiltrated into Cuba with the other members of the "Grey Team" in conjunction with the Bay of Pigs landings; this is the same man we will find directing the contra supply effort in central American during the 1980's, working under the direct supervision of Don Gregg and George Bush. 3 Theodore Shackley, the JM/WAVE station chief, will later show up in Bush's 1979-80 presidential campaign.

To a very large degree, such covert operations (and the great political scandals attendant upon them) have drawn upon the same pool of personnel. They are a significant extent the handiwork of the same crowd. It is therefore revealing to extrapolate forward and backward in time the individuals and groups of individuals who appear as the cast of characters in one scandal and compare them with the cast of characters for the other scandals, including the secondary ones that have not been enumerated here. Howard Hunt, for example, shows up as a confirmed part of the overthrow of the Guatemalan government of Jacopo Arbenz in 1954, as an important part of the chain of command in the Bay of Pigs, as a person repeatedly accused of having been in Dallas on the day Kennedy was shot, and as one of the central figures of Watergate. (One wonders what secrets, after all, were contained in Howard Hunt's safe, the contents of which were so conveniently "deep sixed" by FBI Director Patrick Gray.)

George Bush is demonstrably one of the most important protagonists of the Watergate scandal, and was the overall director of Iran-contra. Since he appears especially in Iran-contra in close proximity to Bay of Pigs holdovers, it is surely legitimate to wonder when his association with those Bay of Pigs Cubans might have started.

1959 was the year that Bush started operating out of his Zapata Offshore headquarters in Houston; it was also the year that Fidel Castro seized power in Cuba. Officially, as we have seen, George was now a businessman whose work took him at times to Louisiana, where Zapata had offshore drilling operations. George must have been a frequent visitor to New Orleans. Because of his family's estate on Jupiter Island, he would also have been a frequent visitor to the Hobe Sound area. And then, there were Zapata Offshore drilling operations in the Florida Strait. On all of these activities, the official "red Studebaker" biographical material and the Zapata Offshore annual reports are extremely cryptic.

The Jupiter Island connection and father Prescott's Brown Brothers, Harriman/Skull and Bones networks are doubtless the key. Jupiter Island meant Averell Harriman, Robert Lovett, C. Douglas Dillon and other Anglophile financiers who had directed the US intelligence community long before there had been a CIA at all. And, in the back yard of the Jupiter Island Olympians, and under their direction, a powerful covert operations base was now being assembled, in which George Bush would have been present at the creation as a matter of birthright.

During 1959-60, Allen Dulles and the Eisenhower Administration began to assemble in south Florida the infrastructure for covert action against Cuba. This was the JM/WAVE capability, later formally constituted as the CIA Miami station. JM/WAVE was an operational center for the Eisenhower regime's project of staging an invasion of Cuba using a secret army of anti-Castro Cuban exiles organized, armed, trained, transported, and directed by the CIA. The Cubans, called Brigade 2506, were trained in secret camps in Guatemala, and they had air support from B-26 bombers based in Nicaragua. This invasion was crushed by Castro's defending forces in less than three days.

Before going along with the plan so eagerly touted by Allen Dulles, Kennedy had established the pre-condition that under no circumstances whatsoever would there be direct intervention by US military forces against Cuba. On the one hand, Dulles had assured Kennedy that the news of the invasion would trigger an insurrection which would sweep Castro and his regime away. On the other, Kennedy had to be concerned about provoking a global thermonuclear confrontation with the USSR, in the eventuality that N.S. Khrushchev decided to respond to a US Cuban gambit by, for example, cutting off US access to Berlin.

Hints of the covert presence of George Bush are scattered here and there around the Bay of Pigs invasion. According to some accounts, the code name for the Bay of Pigs was Operation Pluto. 4 But Bay of Pigs veteran Howard Hunt scornfully denies that this was the code name used by JM/WAVE personnel; Hunt writes: "So perhaps the Pentagon referred to the Brigade invasion as PLUTO. CIA did not." 5 But Hunt does not tell us what the CIA code name was, and the contents of Hunt's Watergate era White House safe, which might have told us the answer, were of course "deep-sixed" by FBI Director Patrick Gray. One code name frequently used by CIA Miami Station personnel appears to have been "Don Eduardo," roughly the Spanish equivalent of "Mr. Edward" or perhaps "Mr. Ed." 6

According to reliable sources and published accounts, the CIA code name for the Bay of Pigs invasion was Operation Zapata, and the plan was so referred to by Richard Bissell of the CIA, one of the plan's promoters, in a briefing to President Kennedy in the Cabinet Room on March 29, 1961. 7 Does Operation Zapata have anything to do with Zapata Offshore? The run-of-the-mill Bushman might respond that Emiliano Zapata, after all, had been a public figure in his own right, and the subject of a recent Hollywood movies starring Marlon Brando. As J. Hugh Liedtke had observed, he was the classic figure for the revolutionary-cum-bandit. A more knowledgeable Bushman might argue that the main landing beach, the Playa Giron, is located south of the city of Cienfuegos on the Zapata Peninula, on the south coast of Cuba.

Then there is the question of the Brigade 2506 landing fleet, which was composed of five older freighters bought or chartered from the Garcia Steamship Lines, bearing the names of Houston, Rio Escondido, Caribe, Atlantic, and Lake Charles. In addition to these vessels, which were outfitted as transport ships, there were two somewhat better armed fire support ships, the Blagar and the Barbara. (In some sources Barbara J.) 8 The Barbara was originally an LCI (Landing Craft Infantry) of earlier vintage. Our attention is attracted at once to the Barbara and the Houston, in the first case because we have seen George Bush's habit of naming his combat aircraft after his wife, and, in the second case, because Bush was at this time a resident, booster, and Republican activist of Houston, Texas. But of course, the appearance of names like "Zapata," Barbara, and Houston can by itself only arouse suspicion, and proves nothing.

After the ignominious defeat of the Bay of Pigs invasion, there was great animosity against Kennedy among the survivors of Brigade 2506, some of whom eventually made their way back to Miami after being released from Castro's prisoner of war camps. There was also great animosity against Kennedy on the part of the JM/WAVE personnel.

During the early 1950's, E. Howard Hunt had been the CIA station chief in Mexico City. As David Atlee Phillips (another embittered JM/WAVE veteran) tells us in his autobiographical account, The Night Watch, Howard Hunt had been the immediate superior of a young CIA recruit named William F. Buckley, the Yale graduate and Skull and Bones member who later founded the National Review. In his autobiographical account written during the days of the Watergate scandal, Hunt includes the following tirade about the Bay of Pigs:

No event since the communization of China in 1949 has had such a profound effect on the United States and its allies as the defeat of the US-trained Cuban invasion brigade at the Bay of Pigs in April 1961.

Out of that humiliation grew the Berlin Wall, the missile crisis, guerrilla warfare throughout Latin American and Africa, and our Dominican Republic intervention. Castros' beachhead triumph opened a bottomless Pandora's box of difficulties that affected not only the United States, but most of its allies in the Free World. These bloody and subversive events would not have taken place had Castro been toppled. Instead of standing firm, our government pyramided crucially wrong decisions and allowed Brigade 2506 to be destroyed. The Kennedy administration yielded Castro all the excuse he needed to gain a tighter grip on the island of Jose Marti, then moved shamefacedly into the shadows and hoped the Cuban issue would simply melt away.9

Hunt was typical of the opinion that the debacle had been Kennedy's fault, and not the responsibility of men like Allen Dulles and Richard Bissell, who had designed it and recommended it. After the embarrassing failure of the invasion, which never evoked the hoped-for spontaneous anti-Castro insurrection, Kennedy fired Allen Dulles, his Harrimanite deputy Bissell, and CIA deputy Director Charles Cabell (whose brother was the mayor of Dallas at the time Kennedy was shot).

During the days after the Bay of Pigs debacle, Kennedy was deeply suspicious of the intelligence community and of proposals for military escalation in general, including in places like South Vietnam. Kennedy sought to procure an outside, expert opinion on military matters. For this he turned to the former commander in chief of the Southwest Pacific Theatre during World War II, General Douglas MacArthur. Almost ten years ago, a reliable source shared with one of the authors an account of a meeting between Kennedy and MacArthur in which the veteran general warned the young president that there were elements inside the US government who emphatically did not share his patriotic motives, and who were seeking to destroy his administration from within. MacArthur's warned that the forces bent on destroying Kennedy were centered in the Wall Street financial community and its various tentacles in the intelligence community.

It is a matter of public record that Kennedy met with MacArthur in the latter part of April, 1961, after the Bay of Pigs. According to Kennedy aide Theodore Sorenson, MacArthur told Kennedy, "The chickens are coming home to roost, and you happen to have just moved into the chicken house." 10 At the same meeting, according to Sorenson, MacArthur "warned [Kennedy] against the committment of American foot soldiers on the Asian mainland, and the President never forgot this advice." 11 This point is grudgingly confirmed by Arthur M. Schlesinger, a Kennedy aide who had a vested interest in vilifying MacArthur, who wrote that "MacArthur expressed his old view that anyone wanting to commit American ground forces to the mainland [of Asia] should have his head examined." 12 MacArthur restated this advice during a second meeting with Kennedy when the General returned from his last trip to the Far East in July, 1961.

Kennedy valued MacArthur's professional military opinion highly, and used it to keep at arms length those advisers who were arguing for escalation in Laos, Vietnam, and elsewhere. He repeatedly invited those who proposed to send land forces to Asia to convince MacArthur that this would as good idea. If they could convince MacArthur, then he, Kennedy, might also go along. At this time, the group proposing escalation in Vietnam (as well as preparing the assassination of President Diem) had a heavy Brown Brothers, Harriman/Skull and Bones overtone: the hawks of 1961-63 were Harriman, McGeorge Bundy, William Bundy, Henry Cabot Lodge, and some key London oligarchs and theoreticians of counterinsurgency wars. And of course, George Bush during these years was calling for escalation in Vietnam and challenging Kennedy to "muster the courage" to try a second invasion of Cuba. In the meantime, the JM/WAVE-Miami station complex was growing rapidly to become the largest of Langley's many satellites. Its center was at the former Richmond Naval Air Station south of Miami, which had been a base for antisubmarine blimps during World War II. During the years after the failure of the Bay of Pigs, this complex had as many as 3,000 Cuban agents and subagents, with a small army of case officers to direct and look after each one. According to one account, there were at least 55 dummy corporations to provide employment, cover, and commercial disguise for all these operatives. There were detective bureaus, gun stores, real estate brokerages, boat repair shops, and party boats for fishing and other entertainments. There was the clandestine Radio Swan, later renamed Radio Americas. There were fleets of specially modified boats based at Homestead Marina, and at other marinas throughout the Florida Keys. Agents were assigned to the University of Miami and other educational institutions.

The raison d'être of the massive capability commanded by Theodore Shackley was now Operation Mongoose, a program for sabotage raids and assassinations to be conducted on Cuban territory, with a special effort to eliminate Fidel Castro personally. In order to run these operations from US territory, flagrant and extensive violation of federal and state laws was the order of the day. Documents regarding the incorporation of businesses were falsified. Income tax returns were faked. FAA regulations were violated by planes taking off for Cuba or for forward bases in the Bahamas and elsewhere. Explosives moved across highways that were full of civilian traffic. The Munitions Act, the Neutrality Act, the customs and immigrations laws were routinely flaunted. 13 Above all, the drug laws were massively violated as the gallant anti-communist fighters filled their planes and boats with illegal narcotics to be smuggled back into the US when they returned from their missions. By 1963, the drug-running activities of the covert operatives were beginning to attract attention. JM/WAVE, in sum, accelerated the slide of south Florida towards the status of drug and murder capital of the United States it achieved during the 1980's, when it became as notorious as Chicago during Prohibition.

[AbuMubarak]

It cannot be the task of this study to even begin to treat the reasons for which certain leading elements of the Anglo-American financial oligarchy, perhaps acting with certain kinds of support from continental European aristocratic and neofascist networks, ordered the murder of John F. Kennedy. The British and the Harrimanites wanted escalation in Vietnam; by the time of his assassination Kennedy was committed to a pullout of US forces. Kennedy, as shown by his American University speech of 1963, was also interested in seeking a more stable path of war avoidance with the Soviets, using the US military superiority demonstrated during the Cuban missile crisis to convince Moscow to accept a policy of world peace through economic development. Kennedy was interested in the possibilities of anti-missile strategic defense to put an end to that nightmare of mutually assured destruction which appealed to Henry Kissinger, a disgruntled former employee of the Kennedy administration whom the president had denounced as a madman. Kennedy was considering moves to limit or perhaps abolish the usurpation of authority over the national currency by the Wall Street and London interests controlling the Federal Reserve System. If re-elected to a second term, Kennedy was likely to have re-asserted presidential control, as distinct from Wall Street control, over the intelligence community. There is good reason to believe that Kennedy would have ousted J. Edgar Hoover from his self-appointed life tenure at the FBI, subjecting that agency to presidential control for the first time in many years. Kennedy was committed to a vigorous expansion of the space program, the cultural impact of which was beginning to alarm the finance oligarchs. Above all, Kennedy was acting like a man who thought he was president of the United States, violating the collegiality of oligarchical trusteeship of that office that had been in force since the final days of Roosevelt. Kennedy furthermore had two younger brothers who might succeed him, putting a strong presidency beyond the control of the Eastern Anglophile Liberal Establishment for decades. George Bush joined in the Harrimanite opposition to Kennedy on all of these points.


After Kennedy was killed in Dallas on November 22, 1963, it was alleged that E. Howard Hunt and Frank Sturgis had both been present, possibly together, in Dallas on the day of the shooting, although the truth of these allegations has never been finally established. Both Hunt and Sturgis were of course Bay of Pigs veterans who would later appear center stage in Watergate. There were also allegations that Hunt and Sturgis were among a group of six to eight derelicts who were found in boxcars sitting on the railroad tracks behind the grassy knoll near Dealey Plaza, and who were rounded up and taken in for questioning by the Dallas police on the day of the assassination. Some suspected that Hunt and Sturgis had participated in the assassination. Some of these allegations were at the center of the celebrated 1985 defamation case of Hunt v. Liberty Lobby, in which a Florida federal jury found against Hunt. But, since the Dallas Police Department and County Sheriff never photographed or fingerprinted the "derelicts" in question, it has so far proven impossible definitively to resolve this question. But these allegations and theories about the possible presence and activities of Hunt and Sturgis in Dallas were sufficiently widespread so as to compel the Commission on CIA Activities Within the United States (the Rockefeller Commission) to attempt to refute them in its 1975 report. 14


According to George Bush's official biography, he was during 1963 a well-to-do businessman residing in Houston, the busy president of Zapata Offshore and the chairman of the Harris County Republican Organization, supporting Barry Goldwater as the GOP's likely 1964 presidential candidate, while at the same time actively preparing his own 1964 bid for the US Senate. But during that same period of time, Bush may have shared some common acquaintances with Lee Harvey Oswald.


Between October, 1962 and April, 1963, Lee Harvey Oswald and his Russian wife Marina were in frequent contact with a Russian emigré couple living in Dallas: these were George de Mohrenschildt and his wife Jeanne. During the Warren Commission investigation of the Kennedy assassination, de Mohrenschildt was interviewed at length about his contacts with Oswald. When, in the spring of 1977, the discrediting of the Warren Commission report as a blatant coverup had made public pressure for a new investigation of the Kennedy assassination irresistible, the House Assassinations Committee planned to interview de Mohrenschildt once again. But in March, 1977, just before de Mohrenschildt was scheduled to be interviewed by Gaeton Fonzi of the House committee's staff, he was found dead in Palm Beach, Florida. His death was quickly ruled a suicide. One of the last people to see him alive was Edward Jay Epstein, who was also interviewing de Mohrenschildt about the Kennedy assassination for an upcoming book. Epstein is one of the writers on the Kennedy assassination who enjoyed excellent relations with the late James Angleton of the CIA. If de Mohrenschildt were alive today, he might be able to enlighten us about his relations with George Bush, and perhaps afford us some insight into Bush's activities during this epoch.


Jeanne de Mohrenschildt rejected the finding of suicide in her husband's death. "He was eliminated before he got to that committee," the widow told a journalist in 1978, "because someone did not want him to get to it." She also maintained that George de Mohrenschildt had been surreptitiously injected with mind-altering drugs. 15 After de Mohrenschildt's death, his personal address book was located, and it contained this entry: "Bush, George H.W. (Poppy) 1412 W. Ohio also Zapata Petroleum Midland." There is of course the problem of dating this reference. George Bush had moved his office and home from Midland to Houston in 1959, when Zapata Offshore was constituted, so perhaps this reference goes back to some time before 1959. There is also the number: "4-6355." There are, of course, numerous other entries, including one W.F. Buckley of the Buckley brothers of New York City, William S. Paley of CBS, plus many oil men, stock brokers, and the like. 16


George de Mohrenschildt recounted a number of different versions of his life, so it is very difficult to establish the facts about him. According to one version he was the Russian Count Sergei de Mohrenschildt, but when he arrived in the United States in 1938 he carried a Polish passport identifying him as Jerzy Sergius von Mohrenschildt, born in Mozyr, Russia in 1911. He may in fact have been a Polish officer, or a correspondent for the Polish News Service, or none of these. He worked for a time for the Polish embassy in Washington DC. Some say that de Mohrenschildt met the Chairman of Humble Oil, Blaffer, and that Blaffer procured him a job. Other sources say that during this time de Mohrenschildt was affiliated with the War Department. According to some accounts, he later went to work for the French Deuxième Bureau, which wanted to know about petroleum exports from the United States to Europe.


De Mohrenschildt in 1941 became associated with a certain Baron Konstantin von Maydell in a public affairs venture called "Facts and Film." Maydell was considered a Nazi agent by the FBI, and in September 1942 he was sent to North Dakota for an internment that would last four years. De Mohrenschildt was also reportedly in contact with Japanese networks at this time. In June, 1941, de Mohrenschildt was questioned by police at Port Arthur, Texas, on the suspicion of espionage after he was found making sketches of port facilities. During 1941 de Mohrenschildt applied for a post in the US Office of Strategic Services (OSS). According to the official account, he was not hired. Soon after he made the application, he went to Mexico where he stayed until 1944. In the latter year he established his name as de Mohrenschildt, jettisoning the German version of von Mohrenschildt, and began study for a master's degree in petroleum engineering at the University of Texas. According to some accounts, during this period de Mohrenschildt was investigated by the Office of Naval Intelligence because of alleged communist sympathies. After the war, de Mohrenschildt worked as a petroleum engineer in Cuba and Venezuela, and in Caracas he had several meetings with the Soviet ambassador. During the postwar years he also worked in the Rangely oil field in Colorado. During the 1950's, after having married Winifred Sharpless, the daughter of an oil millionaire, de Mohrenschildt was active as an independent oil entrepreneur.


In 1957, de Mohrenschildt was approved by the CIA Office of Security to be hired as a US government geologist for a mission to Yugoslavia. Upon his return he was interviewed by one J. Walter Moore of the CIA's Domestic Contact Service, with whom he remained in contact. During 1958, de Morhenschildt visited Ghana, Togo, Dahomey; during 1959 he visited Africa again and returned by way of Poland. In 1959 he married Jeanne, his fourth wife, a former ballet dancer and dress designer who had been born in Manchuria, where her father had been one of the directors of the Chinese Eastern Railroad. During the summer of 1960, George and Jeanne de Mohrenschildt told their friends that they were going to embark on a walking tour of 11,000 miles along Indian trails from Mexico to Central America. One of their principal destinations was Guatemala City, where they were staying at the time of the Bay of Pigs invasion in April, 1961, after which they made their way home by way of Panama and Haiti. After two months in Haiti, the Mohrenschildts returned to Dallas, where they came into contact with Lee Harvey Oswald, who had come back to the United States from his sojourn in the Soviet Union in June, 1962. By this time de Mohrenschildt was also frequenting Admiral Henry C. Bruton and his wife, to whom he introduced the Oswalds. Admiral Bruton was the former director of naval communications, and had superintended a comprehensive modernization and reorganization of the navy's means of keeping in touch with ships, planes, missiles, submarines, and the like.


It is established that between October, 1962 and late April, 1963, de Mohrenschildt was a very important figure in the life of Oswald and his Russian wife. Despite Oswald's lack of social graces, de Mohrenschildt introduced him into Dallas society, took him to parties, assisted him in finding employment, and much more. It was through de Mohrenschildt that Oswald met a certain Volkmar Schmidt, a young German geologist who had studied with Professor Wilhelm Kuetemeyer, an expert in psychosomatic medicine and religious philosophy at the University of Heidelberg, who compiled a detailed psychological profile of Oswald. Jeanne and George helped Marina move her belongings during one of her many estrangements from Oswald. According to some accounts, de Mohrenschildt's influence on Oswald was so great during this period that he could virtually dictate important decisions to the young ex-marine simply by making suggestions. Oswald was in awe of de Mohrenschildt, according to some.


According to some versions, de Mohrenschildt was aware of Oswald's alleged April 10, 1963 attempt to assassinate the well-known right-wing General Edwin Walker. According to Marina, de Mohrenschildt once asked Oswald, "Lee, how did you miss General Walker?" On April 19, George and Jeanne de Mohrenschildt went to New York City, and on April 29 the CIA Office of Security found that it had no objection to de Mohrenschildt's acceptance of a contract with the Duvalier regime of Haiti in the field of natural resource development. De Mohrenschildt appears to have departed for Haiti on May 1, 1963. In the meantime Oswald had left Dallas and traveled to New Orleans.


According to Mark Lane, "there is evidence that de Mohrenschildt served as a CIA control officer who directed Oswald's actions." Much of the extensive published literature on de Mohrenschildt converges on the idea that he was a baby sitter, handler, case officer, or control agent for Oswald on behalf of some intelligence agency. 17 De Mohrenschildt's pedigree evokes haunting parallels to the typical figures of the PERMINDEX networks of Georges Mandel, Ferenc Nagy, Max Hagerman, Max Seligman, Carlo d'Amelio, Lewis Mortimer Bloomfield, and Clay Shaw, to which public attention was called during the investigations of New Orleans district attorney James Garrison.


It is therefore highly interesting that George Bush's name turned up in the personal address book of George de Mohrenschildt. The Warren Commission went to absurd lengths to cover up the fact that George de Mohrenschildt was a denizen of the world of the intelligence agencies. This included ignoring the well-developed paper trial on de Mohrenschildt as Nazi and communist sympathizer, and later as a US asset abroad. The Warren Commission concluded:


The Commission's investigation has developed no signs of subversive or disloyal conduct on the part of either of the de Mohrenschildts. Neither the FBI, CIA, nor any witnesses contacted by the Commission has provided any information linking the de Mohrenschildts to subversive or extremist organizations. Nor has there been any evidence linking them in any way with the assassination of President Kennedy. 18


On the day of the Kennedy assassination, FBI records show George Bush as reporting a right-wing member of the Houston Young Republicans for making threatening comments about President Kennedy. According to FBI documents released under the Freedom of Information Act,


On November 22, 1963 Mr. GEORGE H.W. BUSH, 5525 Briar, Houston, Texas, telephonically advised that he wanted to relate some hearsay that he had heard in recent weeks, date and source unknown. He advised that one JAMES PARROTT had been talking of killing the President when he comes to Houston.


PARROTT is possibly a student at the University of Houston and is active in politics in the Houston area.


According to related FBI documentation, "a check with Secret Service at Houston, Texas revealed that agency had a report that PARROTT stated in 1961 he would kill President Kennedy if he got near him." Here Bush is described as "a reputable businessman." FBI agents were sent to interrogate Parrott's mother, and later James Milton Parrott himself. Parrott had been discharged from the US Air Force for psychiatric reasons in 1959. Parrott had an alibi for the time of the Dallas shootings; he had been in the company of another Republican activist. According to press accounts, Parrott was a member of the right-wing faction of the Houston GOP which was oriented towards the John Birch Society and which opposed Bush's chairmanship. 19 According to the San Francisco Examiner, Bush's press office in August, 1988 first said that Bush had not made any such call, and challenged the authenticity of the FBI documents. Several days later Bush's spokesman said that the candidate "does not recall" placing the call.


One day later after he reported Parrott to the FBI, Bush received a highly sensitive, high-level briefing from the Bureau:





Date: November 29, 1963

To: Director

Bureau of Intelligence and Research

Department of State




From: John Edgar Hoover, Director

Subject: ASSASSINATION OF PRESIDENT JOHN F. KENNEDY NOVEMBER 22, 1963


Our Miami, Florida, Office on November 23, 1963 advised that the Office of Coordinator of Cuban Affairs in Miami advised that the Department of State feels some misguided anti-Castro group might capitalize on the present situation and undertake an unauthorized raid against Cuba, believing that the assassination of President John F. Kennedy might herald a change in US policy, which is not true.


Our sources and informants familiar with Cuban matters in the Miami area advise that the general feeling in the anti-Castro Cuban community is one of stunned disbelief and, even among those who did not entirely agree with the President's policy concerning Cuba, the feeling is that the President's death represents a great loss not only to the US but to all Latin America. These sources know of no plans for unauthorized action against Cuba.


An informant who has furnished reliable information in the past and who is close to a small pro-Castro group in Miami has advised that those individuals are afraid that the assassination of the President may result in strong repressive measures being taken against them and, although pro-Castro in their feelings, regret the assassination.


The substance of the foregoing information was orally furnished to Mr. George Bush of the Central Intelligence Agency and Captain William Edwards of the Defense Intelligence Agency on November 23, 1963, by Mr. W.T. Forsyth of this Bureau.



William T. Forsyth, since deceased, was an official of the FBI's Washington headquarters; during the time he was attached to the Bureau's subversive control section, he ran the investigation of Rev. Martin Luther King. Was he also a part of the FBI's harassment of Dr. King? The efforts of journalists to locate Captain Edwards have not been successful.



This FBI document identifying George Bush as a CIA agent in November, 1963 was first published by Joseph McBride in The Nation in July, 1988, just before Bush received the Republican nomination for president. McBride's source observed: "I know [Bush] was involved in the Caribbean. I know he was involved in the suppression of things after the Kennedy assassination. There was a very definite worry that some Cuban groups were going to move against Castro and attempt to blame it on the CIA." 20 When pressed for confirmation or denial, Bush's spokesman Stephen Hart commented: "Must be another George Bush." Within a short time the CIA itself would peddle the same damage control line. On July 19, 1988 in the wake of wide public attention to the report published in The Nation, CIA spokeswoman Sharron Basso departed from the normal CIA policy of refusing to confirm or deny reports that any person is or was a CIA employee. CIA spokeswoman Basso told the Associated press that the CIA believed that "the record should be clarified." She said that the FBI document "apparently" referred to a George William Bush who had worked in 1963 on the night shift at CIA headquarters, and that "would have been the appropriate place to have received such an FBI report." According to her account, the George William Bush in question had left the CIA to join the Defense Intelligence Agency in 1964.


For the CIA to volunteer the name of one of its former employees to the press was a shocking violation of traditional methods, which are supposedly designed to keep such names a closely guarded secret. This revelation may have constituted a violation of federal law. But no exertions were too great when it came to damage control for George Bush.


George William Bush had indeed worked for the CIA, the DIA, and the Alexandria, Virginia Department of Public Welfare before joining the Social Security Administration, in whose Arlington, Virginia office he was employed as a claims representative in 1988. George William Bush told The Nation that while at the CIA he was "just a lowly researcher and analyst" who worked with documents and photos and never received interagency briefings. He had never met Forsyth of the FBI or Captain Edwards of the DIA. "So it wasn't me," said George William Bush. 21


Later, George William Bush formalized his denial in a sworn statement to a federal court in Washington, DC. The affidavit acknowledges that while working at CIA headquarters between September 1963 and February 1964, George William Bush was the junior person on a three to four man watch shift which was on duty when Kennedy was shot. But, as George William Bush goes on to say,



I have carefully reviewed the FBI memorandum to the Director, Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Department of State dated November 29, 1963 which mentions a Mr. George Bush of the Central Intelligence Agency....I do not recognize the contents of the memorandum as information furnished to me orally or otherwise during the time I was at the CIA. In fact, during my time at the CIA. I did not receive any oral communications from any government agency of any nature whatsoever. I did not receive any information relating to the Kennedy assassination during my time at the CIA from the FBI.



Based on the above, it is my conclusion that I am not the Mr. George Bush of the Central Intelligence Agency referred to in the memorandum. 22



So we are left with the strong suspicion that the "Mr. George Bush of the CIA" referred to by the FBI is our own George Herbert Walker Bush, who, in addition to his possible contact with Lee Harvey Oswald's controller, may thus also join the ranks of the Kennedy assassination cover-up. It makes perfect sense for George Bush to be called in on a matter involving the Cuban community in Miami, since that is a place where George has traditionally had a constituency. George inherited it from his father, Prescott Bush of Jupiter Island, and later passed it on to his own son, Jeb.

[AbuMubarak]

http://www.the7thfire.com/bushPrefaceTC.htm

http://www.the7thfire.com/bush8b.htm

http://perso.club-internet.fr/mouv4x8/11Sept01/A9016_a7_skullbonesindex.pdf

http://www.rightwingnews.com/crackpots/guardian.php

bush wanted to kill the president of guatemala, the pres finally capitulated

then they wanted to do the same thing to castro, kennedy pulled the plug, kennedy was getting ready to normalize relationships with cuba, but he was killed five days before the cuban-american summit

stay away from the bushes

[AbuMubarak]

The Bay of Pigs Invasion

The story of the failed invasion of Cuba at the Bay of Pigs is one of mismanagement, overconfidence, and lack of security. The blame for the failure of the operation falls directly in the lap of the Central Intelligence Agency and a young president and his advisors. The fall out from the invasion caused a rise in tension between the two great superpowers and ironically 34 years after the event, the person that the invasion meant to topple, Fidel Castro, is still in power. To understand the origins of the invasion and its ramifications for the future it is first necessary to look at the invasion and its origins. Part I: The Invasion and its Origins.

The Bay of Pigs invasion of April 1961, started a few days before on April 15th with the bombing of Cuba by what appeared to be defecting Cuban air force pilots. At 6 a.m. in the morning of that Saturday, three Cuban military bases were bombed by B-26 bombers. The airfields at Camp Libertad, San Antonio de los Ba¤os and Antonio Maceo airport at Santiago de Cuba were fired upon. Seven people were killed at Libertad and forty-seven people were killed at other sites on the island.

Two of the B-26s left Cuba and flew to Miami, apparently to defect to the United States. The Cuban Revolutionary Council, the government in exile, in New York City released a statement saying that the bombings in Cuba were ". . . carried out by 'Cubans inside Cuba' who were 'in contact with' the top command of the Revolutionary Council . . . ." The New York Times reporter covering the story alluded to something being wrong with the whole situation when he wondered how the council knew the pilots were coming if the pilots had only decided to leave Cuba on Thursday after " . . . a suspected betrayal by a fellow pilot had precipitated a plot to strike . . . ." Whatever the case, the planes came down in Miami later that morning, one landed at Key West Naval Air Station at 7:00 a.m. and the other at Miami International Airport at 8:20 a.m. Both planes were badly damaged and their tanks were nearly empty. On the front page of The New York Times the next day, a picture of one of the B-26s was shown along with a picture of one of the pilots cloaked in a baseball hat and hiding behind dark sunglasses, his name was withheld. A sense of conspiracy was even at this early stage beginning to envelope the events of that week.

In the early hours of April 17th the assault on the Bay of Pigs began. In the true cloak and dagger spirit of a movie, the assault began at 2 a.m. with a team of frogmen going ashore with orders to set up landing lights to indicate to the main assault force the precise location of their objectives, as well as to clear the area of anything that may impede [Map of Cuba was here] the main landing teams when they arrived. At 2:30 a.m. and at 3:00 a.m. two battalions came ashore at Playa Gir¢n and one battalion at Playa Larga beaches. The troops at Playa Gir¢n had orders to move west, northwest, up the coast and meet with the troops at Playa Larga in the middle of the bay. A small group of men were then to be sent north to the town of Jaguey Grande to secure it as well. (See figure 1).

When looking at a modern map of Cuba it is obvious that the troops would have problems in the area that was chosen for them to land at. The area around the Bay of Pigs is a swampy marsh land area which would be hard on the troops. The Cuban forces were quick to react and Castro ordered his T-33 trainer jets, two Sea Furies, and two B-26s into the air to stop the invading forces. Off the coast was the command and control ship and another vessel carrying supplies for the invading forces. The Cuban air force made quick work of the supply ships, sinking the command vessel the Marsopa and the supply ship the Houston, blasting them to pieces with five- inch rockets. In the end the 5th battalion was lost, which was on the Houston, as well as the supplies for the landing teams and eight other smaller vessels. With some of the invading forces' ships destroyed, and no command and control ship, the logistics of the operation soon broke down as the other supply ships were kept at bay by Casto's air force. As with many failed military adventures, one of the problems with this one was with supplying the troops.

In the air, Castro had easily won superiority over the invading force. His fast moving T-33s, although unimpressive by today's standards, made short work of the slow moving B-26s of the invading force. On Tuesday, two were shot out of the sky and by Wednesday the invaders had lost 10 of their 12 aircraft. With air power firmly in control of Castro's forces, the end was near for the invading army.

Over the 72 hours the invading force of about 1500 men were pounded by the Cubans. Casto fired 122mm. Howitzers, 22mm. cannon, and tank fire at them. By Wednesday the invaders were pushed back to their landing zone at Playa Gir¢n. Surrounded by Castro's forces some began to surrender while others fled into the hills. In total 114 men were killed in the slaughter while thirty-six died as prisoners in Cuban cells. Others were to live out twenty years or more in those cells as men plotting to topple the government of Castro.

The 1500 men of the invading force never had a chance for success from almost the first days in the planning stage of the operation. Operation Pluto, as it came to be known as, has its origins in the last dying days of the Eisenhower administration and that murky time period during the transition of power to the newly elected president John F. Kennedy.

The origins of American policy in Latin America in the late 1950s and early 1960s has its origins in American's economic interests and its anticommunist policies in the region. The same man who had helped formulate American containment policy towards the Soviet threat, George Kennan, in 1950 spoke to US Chiefs of Mission in Rio de Janeiro about Latin America. He said that American policy had several purposes in the region,

. . . to protect the vital supplies of raw materials which Latin American countries export to the USA; to prevent the 'military exploitation of Latin America by the enemy' [The Soviet Union]; and to avert 'the psychological mobilization of Latin America against us.' . . . .

By the 1950s trade with Latin America accounted for a quarter of American exports, and 80 per cent of the investment in Latin America was also American. The Americans had a vested interest in the region that it would remain pro-American.

The Guatemalan adventure can be seen as another of the factors that lead the American government to believe that it could handle Casto. Before the Second World War ended, a coup in Guatemala saw the rise to power of Juan Jose Ar‚valo. He was not a communist in the traditional sense of the term, but he ". . . packed his government with Communist Party members and Communist sympathizers." In 1951 Jacobo Arbenz succeeded Ar‚valo after an election in March of that year. The party had been progressing with a series of reforms, and the newly elected leader continued with these reforms. During land reforms a major American company, the United Fruit Company, lost its land and other holdings without any compensation from the Guatemalan government. When the Guatemalans refused to go to the International Court of Law, United Fruit began to lobby the government of the United States to take action. In the government they had some very powerful supporters. Among them were Foster Dulles, Secretary of State who had once been their lawyer, his brother Allen the Director of Central Intelligence who was a share holder, and Robert Cutler head of the National Security Council. In what was a clear conflict of interest, the security apparatus of the United States decided to take action against the Guatemalans.

From May 1st, 1954, to June 18th, the Central Intelligence Agency did everything in its power to overthrow the government of Arbenz. On June 17th to the 18th, it peaked with an invasion of 450 men lead by a Colonel Carlos Castillo Armas. With the help of air support the men took control of the country and Arbenz fled to the Mexican Embassy. By June 27th, the country was firmly in control of the invading force. With its success in Guatemala, CIA had the confidence that it could now take on anyone who interfered with American interests.

In late 1958 Castro was still fighting a guerilla war against the corrupt regime of Fulgencio Batista. Before he came to power, there was an incident between his troops and some vacationing American troops from the nearby American naval base at Guantanamo Bay. During the incident some US Marines were held captive by Casto's forces but were later released after a ransom was secretly paid. This episode soured relations with the United States and the chief of U.S. Naval Operations, Admiral Burke, wanted to send in the Marines to destroy Castro's forces then but Secretary of State Foster Dulles disagreed with the measures suggested and stopped the plan.

Castro overthrew Batista in 1959. Originally Castro was not a communist either and even had meetings with then Vice-President Richard Nixon. Fearful of Castro's revolution, people with money, like doctors, lawyers, and the mafia, left Cuba for the United States. To prevent the loss of more capital Castro's solution was to nationalize some of the businesses in Cuba. In the process of nationalizing some business he came into conflict with American interests just as Arbenz had in Guatemala. ". . . legitimate U.S. Businesses were taken over, and the process of socialization begun with little if any talk of compensation." There were also rumours of Cuban involvement in trying to invade Panama, Guatemala, and the Dominican Republic and by this time Castro had been turn down by the United States for any economic aid. Being rejected by the Americans, he met with foreign minister Anasta Mikoyan to secure a $100 million loan from the Soviet Union. It was in this atmosphere that the American Intelligence and Foreign Relations communities decided that Castro was leaning towards communism and had to be dealt with.

In the spring of 1960, President Eisenhower approved a plan to send small groups of American trained, Cuban exiles, to work in the underground as guerrillas to overthrow Castro. By the fall, the plan was changed to a full invasion with air support by exile Cubans in American supplied planes. The original group was to be trained in Panama, but with the growth of the operation and the quickening pace of events in Cuba, it was decided to move things to a base in Guatemala. The plan was becoming rushed and this would start to show, the man in charge of the operation, CIA Deputy Director Bissell said that,

. . . There didn't seem to be time to keep to the original plan and have a large group trained by this initial cadre of young Cubans. So the larger group was formed and established at La finca, in Guatemala, and there the training was conducted entirely by Americans . . .

It was now fall and a new president had been elected. President Kennedy could have stopped the invasion if he wanted to, but he probably didn't do so for several reasons. Firstly, he had campaigned for some form of action against Cuba and it was also the height of the cold war, to back out now would mean having groups of Cuban exiles travelling around the globe saying how the Americans had backed down on the Cuba issue. In competition with the Soviet Union, backing out would make the Americans look like wimps on the international scene, and for domestic consumption the new president would be seen as backing away from one of his campaign promises. The second reason Kennedy probably didn't abort the operation is the main reason why the operation failed, problems with the CIA. Part II: Failure and Ramifications.

The failure at the CIA led to Kennedy making poor decisions which would affect future relations with Cuba and the Soviet Union. The failure at CIA had three causes. First the wrong people were handling the operation, secondly the agency in charge of the operation was also the one providing all the intelligence for the operation, and thirdly for an organization supposedly obsessed with security the operation had security problems.

In charge of the operation was the Director of Central Intelligence, Allan Dulles and main responsibility for the operation was left to one of his deputies, Richard Bissell. In an intelligence community geared mainly for European operations against the USSR, both men were lacking in experience in Latin American affairs. Those in charge of Operation Pluto, based this new operation on the success of the Guatemalan adventure, but the situation in Cuba was much different than that in Guatemala. In Guatemala the situation was still chaotic and Arbenz never had the same control over the country that Castro had on Cuba. The CIA had the United States Ambassador, John Puerifoy, working on the inside of Guatemala coordinating the effort, in Cuba they had none of this while Castro was being supplied by the Soviet block. In addition, after the overthrow of the government in Guatemala, Castro was aware that this may happen to him as well and probably had his guard up waiting for anything that my indicate that an invasion was imminent.

The second problem was the nature of the bureaucracy itself. The CIA was a new kid on the block and still felt that it had to prove itself, it saw its opportunity in Cuba. Obsessed with secrecy, it kept the number of people involved to a minimum. The intelligence wing of CIA was kept out of it, their Board of National Estimates could have provided information on the situation in Cuba and the chances for an uprising against Castro once the invasion started. Also kept out of the loop were the State Department and the Joint Chiefs of Staff who could have provided help on the military side of the adventure. In the end, the CIA kept all the information for itself and passed on to the president only what it thought he should see. Lucien S. Vandenbroucke, in Political Science Quarterly of 1984, based his analysis of the Bay of Pigs failure on organizational behaviour theory. He says that the CIA ". . . supplied President Kennedy and his advisers with chosen reports on the unreliability of Castro's forces and the extent of Cuban dissent." Of the CIA's behaviour he concludes that,

. . . By resorting to the typical organization strategy of defining the options and providing the information required to evaluate them, the CIA thus structured the problem in a way that maximized the likelihood the president would choose the agency's preferred option . .

. . The CIA made sure the deck was stacked in their favour when the time came to decide whether a project they sponsored was sound or not. President Kennedy's Secretary of State at the time was Dean Rusk, in his autobiography he says that,

. . . The CIA told us all sorts of things about the situation in Cuba and what would happen once the brigade got ashore. President Kennedy received information which simply was not correct. For example, we were told that elements of the Cuban armed forces would defect and join the brigade, that there would be popular uprisings throughout Cuba when the brigade hit the beach, and that if the exile force got into trouble, its members would simply melt into the countryside and become guerrillas, just as Castro had done . . . .

As for senior White House aides, most of them disagreed with the plan as well, but Rusk says that Kennedy went with what the CIA had to say. As for himself, he said that he ". . . did not serve President Kennedy very well . . ." and that he should have voiced his opposition louder. He concluded that ". . . I should have made my opposition clear in the meetings themselves because he [Kennedy] was under pressure from those who wanted to proceed." When faced with biased information from the CIA and quiet advisors, it is no wonder that the president decided to go ahead with the operation.

For an organization that deals with security issues, the CIA's lack of security in the Bay of Pigs operation is ironic. Security began to break down before the invasion when The New York Times reporter Tad Szulc ". . . learned of Operation Pluto from Cuban friends. . ." earlier that year while in Costa Rica covering an Organization of American States meeting. Another breakdown in security was at the training base in Florida,

. . . Local residents near Homestead [air force base] had seen Cubans drilling and heard their loudspeakers at a farm. As a joke some firecrackers were thrown into the compound . . . . The ensuing incident saw the Cubans firing their guns and the federal authorities having to convince the local authorities not to press charges. Operation Pluto was beginning to get blown wide open, the advantage of surprise was lost even this early in the game.

After the initial bombing raid of April 15th, and the landing of the B-26s in Florida, pictures of the planes were taken and published in newspapers. In the photo of one of the planes, the nose of it is opaque whereas the model of the B-26 the Cubans really used had a plexiglass nose,

. . . The CIA had taken the pains to disguise the B-26 with "FAR" markings [Cuban Air Force], the agency overlooked a crucial detail that was spotted immediately by professional observers . . . . All Castro's people had to do was read the newspapers and they'd know that something was going to happen, that those planes that had bombed them were not their own but American.

In The New York Times of the 21st of April, stories about the origins of the operation in the Eisenhower administration appeared along with headlines of "C.I.A. Had a Role In Exiles' Plans" revealing the CIA's involvement. By the 22nd, the story is fully known with headlines in The New York Times stating that "CIA is Accused by Bitter Rebels" and on the second page of that day's issue is a full article on the details of the operation from its beginnings.

The conclusion one can draw from the articles in The New York Times is that if reporters knew the whole story by the 22nd, it can be expected that Castro's intelligence service and that of the Soviet Union knew about the planned invasion as well. Tad Szulc's report in the April 22nd edition of The New York Times says it all,

. . . As has been an open secret in Florida and Central America for months, the C.I.A. planned, coordinated and directed the operations that ended in defeat on a beachhead in southern Cuba Wednesday . . .

It is clear then that part of the failure of the operation was caused by a lack of security and attention to detail on the part of the Central Intelligence Agency, and misinformation given to the president.

On the international scene, the Bay of Pigs invasion lead directly to increased tensions between the United States and the Soviet Union. During the invasion messages were exchanged between Kennedy and Khrushchev regarding the events in Cuba. Khrushchev accused the Americans of being involved in the invasion and stated in one of his messages that a,

. . . so-called "small war" can produce a chain reaction in all parts of the world... we shall render the Cuban people and their Government all necessary assistance in beating back the armed attack on Cuba... Kennedy replied giving American views on democracy and the containment of communism, he also warned against Soviet involvement in Cuba saying to Khrushchev,

. . . In the event of any military intervention by outside force we will immediately honor our obligations under the inter-American system to protect this hemisphere against external aggression . . . .

Even though this crisis passed, it set the stage for the next major crisis over Soviet nuclear missiles in Cuba and probably lead to the Soviets increasing their military support for Castro.

In the administration itself, the Bay of Pigs crisis lead to a few changes. Firstly, someone had to take the blame for the affair and, as Director of Central Intelligence, Allen Dulles was forced to resign and left CIA in November of 1961 Internally, the CIA was never the same, although it continued with covert operations against Castro, it was on a much reduced scale. According to a report of the Select Senate Committee on Intelligence, future operations were ". . . to nourish a spirit of resistance and disaffection which could lead to significant defections and other by-products of unrest." The CIA also now came under the supervision of the president's brother Bobby, the Attorney General. According to Lucien S. Vandenbroucke, the outcome of the Bay of Pigs failure also made the White House suspicious of an operation that everyone agreed to, made them less reluctant to question the experts, and made them play "devil's advocates" when questioning them. In the end, the lessons learned from the Bay of Pigs failure may have contributed to the successful handling of the Cuban missile crisis that followed.

The long term ramifications of the Bay of Pigs invasion are a little harder to assess. The ultimate indication of the invasions failure is that thirty-four years later Castro is still in power. This not only indicates the failure of the Bay of Pigs invasion, but American policy towards Cuba in general. The American policy, rather than undermining Castro's support, has probably contributed to it. As with many wars, even a cold one, the leader is able to rally his people around him against an aggressor.

When Castro came to power he instituted reforms to help the people and end corruption, no longer receiving help from the Soviet Union things are beginning to change. He has opened up the Cuban economy for some investment, mainly in telecommunications, oil exploration, and joint ventures. In an attempt to stay in power, he is trying to adapt his country to the new reality of the world. Rather than suppressing the educated elite, he is giving them a place in guiding Cuba. The question is, will they eventually want more power and a right to control Cuba's fate without Castro's guidance and support? If the collapse of past regimes is any indication, they will eventually want more power.

When Castro came to power in 1959, the major opponents in America to him, as with Guatemala, were the business interests who were losing out as a result of his polices. The major pressure for the Americans to do something came, not only from the Cuban exiles in Florida, but from those businesses. Today, the tables are turned and businesses are loosing out because of the American embargo against Cuba. It is estimated that if the embargo were lifted, $1 billion of business would be generated for US companies that first year. Right now, 100 firms have gone to Cuba to talk about doing business there after the embargo is lifted. Will American policy change toward Cuba because of pressure from business interests and growing problems with refugees from Cuba? Given the reasons why the United States got involved in Latin American politics in the first place, it is very likely that their position will change if they can find a face saving way to do so. American policy at this time though is still stuck in the cold war, the chairmen of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee Jesse Helms said that,

. . . Whether Castro leaves Cuba in a vertical or horizontal position is up to him and the Cuban people. But he must and will leave Cuba . . . .

The failure of the Bay of Pigs invasion was caused by misinformation and mismanagement, the consequences of that was egg in the face for the Americans and an increase in tension between the superpowers at the height of the cold war. We will only have to wait and see if the Americans have really learned their lesson and will not miss another opportunity to set things right in Cuba.



Bibliography

Fedarko, Kevin. "Bereft of Patrons, Desperate to Rescue his Economy, Fidel Turns to an Unusual Solution: Capitalism." Time Magazine, week of February 20th, 1995. Internet, http://www.timeinc.com, 1995.

Meyer, Karl E. and Szulc, Tad. The Cuban Invasion: The Chronicle of a Disaster. New York: Frederick A. Praeger, Publishers, 1962 and 1968.

Mosley, Leonard. Dulles: A Biography of Eleanor, Allen, and John

Foster Dulles and their Family Network. New York: The Dail Press/James Wade, 1978.

Prados, John. Presidents' Secret Wars: CIA and Pentagon Covert Operations Since World War II. New York: William Morrow and Company, Inc., 1986.

Ranelagh, John. CIA: A History. London: BBC Books, 1992.

Rositzke, Harry, Ph.d. The CIA's Secret Operations: Espionage, Counterespionage, and Covert Action. New York: Reader's Digest Press, 1977.

Rusk, Dean and Richard. As I Saw It. New York and London: W.W. Norton and Company, 1990.

The New York Times. 16 April to 22 April, 1961. New York: The New York Times, 1961.

United States. Central Intelligence Agency. Cuba. Map, 22 by 52 cm, No. 502988 1-77. Washington, D.C.: Central Intelligence Agency, 1977.

Vandenbroucke, Lucien S. "Anatomy of a Failure: The Decision to Land at the Bay of Pigs." Political Science Quarterly, Volume 99, Number 3, Fall 1984.

[AbuMubarak]

umm abdullah

you have posted the same comment twice

many things on here are not rubbish, so your blanket condemnation is not informing anyone of anything new

i fail to see its purpose

if you disbelieve in everything in this thread, that is your perogative, but at least give us a reason, other than who is stupid enough to believe in this stuff

[AbuMubarak]

http://www.geocities.com/bohemian_grove_dirt/

[AbuMubarak]

one of my favorite threads

[AbuMubarak]

They have always taught and trained you to believe it to be your patriotic duty to go to war and to have yourselves slaughtered at their command. But in all the history of the world you, the people, have never had a voice in declaring war, and strange as it certainly appears, no war by any nation in any age has ever been declared by the people: Eugene Debs

=
The first step in a fascist movement is the combination under an energetic leader of a number of men who possess more than the average share of leisure, brutality, and stupidity. The next step is to fascinate fools and muzzle the intelligent, by emotional excitement on the one hand and terrorism on the other. (Bertrand Russell: Freedom, Harcourt Brace, 1940)

=
One of the saddest lessons of history is this: If we've been bamboozled long enough, we tend to reject any evidence of the bamboozle. We're no longer interested in finding out the truth. The bamboozle has captured us. It is simply too painful to acknowledge -- even to ourselves -- that we've been so credulous: Carl Sagan

=
"Philosophy should always know that indifference is a militant thing. It batters down the walls of cities and murders the women and children amid the flames and the purloining of altar vessels. When it goes away it leaves smoking ruins, where lie citizens bayonetted through the throat. It is not a children's pastime like mere highway robbery." : Stephen Crane

===
To read this newsletter online http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/ or http://snipurl.com/ayzc

To Unsubscribe see information at the base of this newsletter

RSS FEED http://www.feedfire.com/site/rss.cgi?ChanContentId=001864

===

Number Of Iraqi civilians Slaughtered In America's War 100,000 +
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article7170.htm

Number of U.S. Military Personnel Slaughtered In Bush's War 2129
http://icasualties.org/oif/

===
Wrongful Imprisonment: Anatomy of a CIA "Mistake"

German Citizen Released After Months in 'Rendition'

By Dana Priest

Coats informed the German minister that the CIA had wrongfully imprisoned one of its citizens, Khaled Masri, for five months, and would soon release him, the sources said. There was also a request: that the German government not disclose what it had been told even if Masri went public. The U.S. officials feared exposure of a covert action program designed to capture terrorism suspects abroad and transfer them among countries, and possible legal challenges to the CIA from Masri and others with similar allegations.
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article11207.htm

===
On the road to Damascus

By William Bowles

Much has been made in the corporate/state-run media of Blair being some kind of ‘restraining influence’ on Bush and the ‘neo-cons’ but as the report makes abundantly clear, US-UK foreign and energy and military policies are ‘joined at the hip’ and have been so for the past century and in spite of the rivalries.
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article11205.htm

===
Death toll of Iraqi army attack reaches 21:

The death toll in an insurgent attack in Baquba on an Iraqi army patrol reached 21, hospital sources said Sunday.
http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/articleshow/1317768.cms

===
Insurgent Attack Kills 19 Iraqi Soldiers :

Insurgents killed 19 Iraqi soldiers and wounded four in a coordinated ambush northeast of Baghdad just two days after the deadliest attack against U.S. Marines in four months.
http://www.guardian.co.uk/worldlatest/story/0,1280,-5456045,00.html

===
2 U.S. Soldiers Among 13 Killed In Continuing Violence:

Two Iraqi policemen were killed when gunmen attacked their patrol in Ahmar village, about 40 km (25 miles) east of Baquba, police said.
http://www.alertnet.org/thenews/newsdesk/KAM444160.htm

===
US Army admits Iraqis outnumber foreign fighters :

Of 1,300 suspected insurgents arrested over the past five months in and around Ramadi, none has been a foreigner. Col John Gronski, senior officer in the town, Anbar's provincial capital, said that almost all insurgent fighting there was by Iraqis
http://tinyurl.com/doo3l

===
Angry Shi'as pelt Iraq Allawi - police:

A crowd hurling shoes, rocks and tomatoes forced former Prime Minister Iyad Allawi to cut short a visit on Sunday to Iraq's holiest Shi'a shrine during a campaign trip to the city of Najaf, police officers said.
http://tinyurl.com/783el

===
The Revolt of the Generals: "Broken, Worn Out" and "Living Hand to Mouth":

"The Four Star Generals picked Murtha to make this speech because he has maximum credibility." It's true. Even in the US Senate there's no one with quite Murtha's standing to deliver the message, except maybe for Byrd,
http://www.counterpunch.org/cockburn12032005.html

===
Funds may be lacking for ample Iraqi army:

The U.S. general in charge of shaping an Iraqi army raised the prospect yesterday that the new Baghdad government will not have sufficient money to fund the 10-division army envisioned by the Bush administration.
http://washingtontimes.com/national/20051202-112807-9790r.htm

===
Iraq's Death Squads:

OF ALL THE bloodshed in Iraq, none may be more disturbing than the campaign of torture and murder being conducted by U.S.-trained government police forces
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2005/12/03/AR2005120300881.html

===
Death By Torture:

The Proof is in the Military's Own Autopsy Reports: US Media Ignores Hard Evidence
http://www.counterpunch.org/phillips12022005.html

===
Smear Pattern :

Rather than address the issues the soldiers raised, angry White House officials devised a plan to attack the messenger – the ABC correspondent who filed the story, Jeffrey Kofman.
http://www.antiwar.com/sperry/?articleid=8201

===
All the President's Flacks:

Mr. Woodward knows more about the internal workings of this presidency than any other reporter. He has been granted access to all its top officials, including lengthy interviews with the president himself, to produce two Bush best sellers since 9/11. But he was gamed anyway by the White House, which exploited his special stature to the fullest for its own propagandistic ends.
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article11206.htm

===
In case you missed it:

Revealed: the secret cabal which spun for Blair:

BRITAIN ran a covert 'dirty tricks' operation designed specifically to produce misleading intelligence that Saddam had weapons of mass destruction to give the UK a justifiable excuse to wage war on Iraq.
http://www.sundayherald.com/34491

===
In case you missed it:

Revealed: how MI6 sold the Iraq war:

THE Secret Intelligence Service has run an operation to gain public support for sanctions and the use of military force in Iraq. The government yesterday confirmed that MI6 had organised Operation Mass Appeal, a campaign to plant stories in the media about Saddam Hussein’s weapons of mass destruction.
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article5433.htm

===
In case you missed it:

John Pilger: Squeezed to death :

Half a million children have died in Iraq since UN sanctions were imposed - most enthusiastically by Britain and the US. Three UN officials have resigned in despair. Meanwhile, bombing of Iraq continues almost daily.
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article11208.htm

===
CIA Shoots Al Quida Leader:

The US Intelligence Service CIA used a remote controlled air attack to kill a high ranking Al Quaida commander. Witnesses report that a rocket fired from a "Predator" drone hit the man's hideout in Pakistan.
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article11209.htm

===
Al-Qaida No. 3 killed in Pakistan in joint operation with U.S.:

According to reports, Rabia was killed by rockets fired from an unmanned American aerial vehicle. The rockets were aimed at a house in western Pakistan, in which Rabia was hiding. Four other people suspected of belonging to al-Qaida were also killed in the attack.
http://www.haaretzdaily.com/hasen/spages/653118.html

===
Saddam trial judge steps down :

One of the five judges in the Saddam Hussein trial has stepped down after learning that one of the defendants may have been involved in the execution of his brother, a court official said today.
http://www.breakingnews.ie/2005/12/04/story233399.html

===
FBI mishandled terrorism case, report finds :

Officials at the FBI mishandled a Florida terror investigation, falsified documents in an effort to cover repeated missteps and retaliated against an agent who first complained about the problems, Justice Department investigators have concluded.
http://www.iht.com/articles/2005/12/04/news/terror.php#

===
Four killed in bomb blast, ambush:

Militants blew up one vehicle and ambushed another in volatile southern Afghanistan, killing a district government chief and three police officers and wounding eight others, authorities said yesterday.
http://www.edmontonsun.com/News/World/2005/12/04/1337034-sun.html

===
2 killed, 2 injured in suicide bombing in Afghanistan :

A suicide bombing Sunday afternoon killed two including the attacker, and injured two others in Afghanistan's southern province of Kandahar, a local official said.
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/2005-12/04/content_3875999.htm

===
Details emerge on terror supects' Afghanistan jailbreak :

The prisoners were considered some of the most dangerous men among the hundreds of terror suspects locked behind the walls of a secretive and secure U.S. military detention center in Bagram, Afghanistan. Their escape, however, might as well have been a breakout from the county jail.
http://www.iht.com/articles/2005/12/04/news/bagram.php

===
Zbigniew Brzezinski: Do These Two Have Anything in Common?:

President Bush has equated Islamic radicalism with communism. Is the comparison sound? Is it wise?
http://tinyurl.com/ac4k7

===
The next holocaust: Islamophobia is not a uniquely British disease:

Across Europe, liberals openly express prejudice against Muslims. Do new pogroms beckon?
http://www.newstatesman.com/200512050006

===
USrael and Armageddon:

“The Israelis are supported and egged on in their expansionism and intransigence by the "Armageddon Lobby," thirty million "Christian Zionists" who believe Israel must expand to its Biblical borders in order to bring on Armageddon and the return of Jesus Christ."
http://www.batr.org/gulag/120505.html

===
Saying "No" to King Herod: The Forgotten Christmas Story:

There is a forgotten Christmas story. A story rarely dwelled on in Christian churches. A story often drowned out by a "multitude of the heavenly hosts" singing Christmas carols.

Netanyahu: Israel should take out Iranian nuclear facilities: Israel should undertake an operation to destroy the Iranian nuclear programme similar to the airstrike it launched against the nuclear reactor built by Saddam Hussein, leading opposition legislator and prime ministerial candidate Benjamin Netanyahu said Sunday.
http://www.counterpunch.com/alberts12032005.html

===
Netanyahu: Bold action needed to stop nuclear Iran :

MK Benjamin Netanyahu (Likud) said Sunday that Israel should take "bold and daring" action to thwart Iran's plans for nuclear armament, citing Israel's 1981 air strike on an Iraqi nuclear facility.
http://tinyurl.com/9ay4t

===
Israel voices worry over Iran-Russia missile deal:

Israel has lambasted Russia over the sale of anti-missile systems to arch-enemy Iran, the latest round of what the local press has dubbed the "Iranian-Israeli arms race."
http://www.turkishpress.com/news.asp?id=82507

===
Iran's patience running out over nuclear issue:

Iran's patience regarding Western opposition to its nuclear program is wearing thin and Tehran will give the EU only a few months to settle the issue through talks, the country's chief nuclear negotiator said on Sunday.
http://tinyurl.com/9dmgp

===
Iran: Measures taken to sell oil in euros :

The Chairman of the Majlis Energy Commission, Kamal Daneshyar said here, on Friday, that preparatory measures have been taken to sell oil in euros instead of dollar, adding that such a measure is quite positive and should be taken as soon as possible.
http://www.mehrnews.com/en/NewsDetail.aspx?NewsID=260851

===
Israelis killed Zia, suspects ex-US ambassador:

The Israeli secret agency Mossad most probably killed Gen Ziaul Haq, suspects John Gunther Dean, who was the American ambassador to India in 1988, according to an article in the latest issue of World Policy Journal by Barbara Crossette, who was the South Asia Bureau Chief of the New York Times from 1988 to 1991.
http://tinyurl.com/c8ofq

===
Oversight of war spending is faulted:

The Pentagon's accounting methods make it difficult to monitor how the armed services have spent more than $300 billion since the war on terror began.
http://tinyurl.com/bn874

===
NEWS FOR SATURDAY 12/03/05

Includes articles by Robert Fisk etc.
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article11210.htm

===
This web site represents the effort of one person.

I need your help to offset the costs associated with site hosting and bandwidth usage.
f you find this site informative please help by clicking here
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/support.htm

===

Peace & Joy
Tom Feeley
===


Liberty can not be preserved without general knowledge among people." (August 1765) John Adams

[AbuMubarak]

you gotta wonder what patriots think when they read this

i think they stand in a dark room, close their eyes, hold their hands across their chest, and repeat "god bless america" as they click their heels